| blob | 5f26eba695ec2e8a649397f08904fd1bf625576a |
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (0 0 0 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
68 ;;;***
69 \f
70 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
71 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
74 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
75 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
76 extensions.
77 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
78 the file name.
83 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
89 ;;;***
90 \f
91 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-prj" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" (0 0 0 0))
92 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-prj.el
96 ;;;***
97 \f
98 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
99 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
102 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-stmt" '("ada-")))
108 ;;;***
109 \f
110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
111 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
114 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
115 Completion is available.
119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ada-xref" '("ada-")))
121 ;;;***
122 \f
123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (0 0 0 0))
124 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
129 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
130 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
131 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
137 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
143 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
144 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
145 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
146 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
152 Prompt for a change log name.
159 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
160 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
162 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
164 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
165 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
166 directory and its successive parents for a file so named. Stop at the first
167 such file that exists (or has a buffer visiting it), or the first directory
168 that contains any of `change-log-directory-files'. If no match is found,
169 use the current directory. To override the choice of this function,
170 simply create an empty ChangeLog file first by hand in the desired place.
172 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
173 current buffer to the complete file name.
174 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
179 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
180 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
181 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
183 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
184 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
186 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
188 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
189 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
190 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
192 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
193 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
194 after a comma on an existing line.
196 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
197 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
198 the same person.
200 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
201 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
202 notices.
204 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
205 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
210 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
211 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
212 the change log file in another window.
217 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
218 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
219 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
220 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
221 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
228 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
231 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
233 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
234 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
235 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
236 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
237 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
239 Has a preference of looking backwards.
244 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
245 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
246 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
247 or a buffer.
249 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
250 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
254 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "add-log" '("add-log-" "change-log-")))
256 ;;;***
257 \f
258 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (0 0 0 0))
259 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
262 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
263 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
264 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
265 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
266 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
267 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
268 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
269 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
275 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
276 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
277 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
278 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
279 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
280 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
286 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
291 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
296 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
298 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
299 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
300 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
301 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
302 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
304 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
305 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
306 the new one.
308 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
309 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
310 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
311 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
312 mapped to the closest extremal position).
314 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
315 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
316 the cache-id will clear the cache.
321 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
322 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
323 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
324 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
325 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
326 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
327 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
328 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
329 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
330 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
331 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
332 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
333 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
334 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
335 definition will always be cached for later usage.
340 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
341 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
343 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
344 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
345 BODY...)
347 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
348 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
349 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
350 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
351 see also `ad-add-advice'.
352 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
353 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
354 before/around/after-advices will be used.
355 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
356 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
357 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
358 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
359 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
360 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
362 Semantics of the various flags:
363 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
364 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
365 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
367 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
368 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
370 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
371 advised function should be compiled.
373 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
374 during activation until somebody enables it.
376 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
377 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
378 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
379 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
381 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
382 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
383 BODY...)
393 ;;;***
394 \f
395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (0 0 0 0))
396 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
399 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
400 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
401 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
402 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
403 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
404 rule's `separate' attribute).
406 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
407 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
408 `separate' attribute set.
410 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
411 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
412 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
413 on the format of these lists.
418 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
419 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
420 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
422 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
423 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
425 Fred (123) 456-7890
426 Alice (123) 456-7890
427 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
428 Joe (123) 456-7890
430 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
432 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
434 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
436 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
437 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
438 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
440 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
441 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
442 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
443 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
444 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
445 throughout the line.
447 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
449 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
452 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
453 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
458 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
459 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
460 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
461 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
462 align that section.
467 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
468 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
469 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
470 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
471 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
472 been used to align that section.
477 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
478 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
479 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
480 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
481 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
482 to be colored.
487 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
492 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
493 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
494 indented.
500 ;;;***
501 \f
502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (0 0 0 0))
503 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
507 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
509 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
514 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
516 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
517 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
519 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
520 `allout-auto-activation'.
525 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
527 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
528 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
529 file variable `allout-layout'.
532 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
533 specified layout is applied.
536 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
539 Auto-layout is not.
545 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
549 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
559 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
561 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
563 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
565 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
567 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
571 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
574 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
579 Toggle Allout outline mode.
580 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
581 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
582 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
585 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
586 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
587 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
588 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
589 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
590 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
591 outline.)
593 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
595 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
596 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
597 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
598 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
599 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
601 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
602 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
604 and many other features.
606 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
607 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
608 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
609 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
610 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
612 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
613 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
615 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
617 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
619 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
620 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
621 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
623 Exposure Control:
624 ----------------
631 Navigation:
632 ----------
639 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
641 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
642 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
645 Topic Header Production:
646 -----------------------
649 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
651 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
652 ---------------------------------
655 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
656 current topic
658 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
659 are alternated according to nesting depth.
661 the offspring are not affected.
662 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
664 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
665 ----------------------------------
667 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
671 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
672 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
675 Topic-oriented Encryption:
676 -------------------------
678 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
680 Misc commands:
681 -------------
682 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
683 and establish a default file-var setting
684 for `allout-layout'.
687 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
688 buffer with name derived from derived from that
691 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
692 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
693 format.
695 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
696 auto-activation.
698 Topic Encryption
700 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
701 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
702 pending encryption on save.
704 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
705 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
706 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
707 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
708 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
710 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
711 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
712 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
713 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
714 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
715 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
716 signal.
718 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
719 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
720 for details.
722 HOT-SPOT Operation
724 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
725 navigation and exposure control.
727 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
728 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
733 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
734 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
736 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
737 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
740 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
741 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
742 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
743 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
744 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
745 at the beginning of the current entry.
747 Extending Allout
749 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
750 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
751 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
753 `allout-mode-hook'
754 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
755 `allout-mode-off-hook'
756 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
757 `allout-structure-added-functions'
758 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
759 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
760 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
761 `allout-post-undo-hook'
763 Terminology
765 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
767 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
768 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
769 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
770 CURRENT ITEM:
771 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
772 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
773 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
774 called the:
775 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
777 ANCESTORS:
778 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
779 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
780 of the ITEM.
781 OFFSPRING:
782 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
783 SUBTOPIC:
784 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
785 CHILD:
786 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
787 SIBLINGS:
788 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
790 Topic text constituents:
792 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
793 text.
794 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
795 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
796 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
797 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
798 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
799 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
800 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
801 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
802 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
803 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
804 the PREFIX.
806 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
807 of the ITEM.
808 PREFIX-LEAD:
809 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
810 It can be customized by changing the setting of
811 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
813 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
814 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
815 program code without interfering with processing of the text
816 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
817 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
818 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
819 docstring for more detail.
820 PREFIX-PADDING:
821 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
822 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
823 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
824 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
825 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
826 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
827 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
829 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
830 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
831 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
832 more details.
833 EXPOSURE:
834 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
835 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
836 CONCEALED:
837 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
840 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
841 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
842 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
849 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
851 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
852 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
856 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout" '("allout-")))
858 ;;;***
859 \f
860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (0 0 0
861 ;;;;;; 0))
862 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
866 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
868 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
873 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
875 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
876 visiting an outline.
878 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
879 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
881 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
882 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
883 you want allout widgets operation.
889 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
892 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
893 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
894 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
895 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
897 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
898 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
899 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
901 The graphics include:
903 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
905 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
906 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
908 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
909 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
911 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
912 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
913 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
917 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "allout-widgets" '("allout-")))
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
922 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
927 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
928 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
929 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
930 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
931 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
940 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ange-ftp" '("ange-ftp-" "ftp-error" "internal-ange-ftp-mode")))
942 ;;;***
943 \f
944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (0 0 0 0))
945 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
948 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
949 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
950 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
951 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
952 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
953 in the current window.
958 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
959 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
960 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
961 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
962 buffer if one does not exist.
967 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
968 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
969 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
970 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
974 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "animate" '("animat")))
976 ;;;***
977 \f
978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
979 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
983 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
988 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
990 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
991 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
992 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
993 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
995 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
996 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
998 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
1002 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ansi-color" '("ansi-color-")))
1004 ;;;***
1005 \f
1006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (0 0
1007 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
1012 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
1013 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
1014 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
1015 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
1018 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
1020 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
1021 the rules.
1023 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1024 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1025 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1026 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1031 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1036 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1037 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "antlr-mode" '("antlr-")))
1043 ;;;***
1044 \f
1045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (0 0 0 0))
1046 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1049 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1050 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1051 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1052 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1053 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1058 Toggle checking of appointments.
1059 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1060 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1066 ;;;***
1067 \f
1068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (0 0 0 0))
1069 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1072 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1073 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1074 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1076 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1077 kind of objects to search.
1082 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1083 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1084 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1085 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1086 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1089 variables, not just user options.
1094 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1095 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1097 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1102 Show buffer-local variables that match PATTERN.
1103 Optional arg BUFFER (default: current buffer) is the buffer to check.
1105 The output includes variables that are not yet set in BUFFER, but that
1106 will be buffer-local when set.
1113 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1114 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1115 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1116 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1117 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1120 noninteractive functions.
1122 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1123 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1125 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1126 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1131 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1136 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1137 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1138 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1146 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1148 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1153 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1154 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1155 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1156 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1161 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1162 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1163 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1164 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1165 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1168 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1169 names and values of properties.
1171 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1176 Show buffer-local variables whose values match PATTERN.
1177 This is like `apropos-value', but only for buffer-local variables.
1178 Optional arg BUFFER (default: current buffer) is the buffer to check.
1183 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1184 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1185 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1186 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1187 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1189 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1191 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1192 documentation strings.
1194 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1198 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "apropos" '("apropos-")))
1200 ;;;***
1201 \f
1202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1203 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1206 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1207 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1208 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1209 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1210 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1212 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1213 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1214 archive.
1220 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "arc-mode" '("archive-")))
1222 ;;;***
1223 \f
1224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (0 0 0 0))
1225 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1228 Major mode for editing arrays.
1230 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1231 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1232 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1234 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1236 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1237 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1238 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1240 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1241 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1242 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1243 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1244 The variables are:
1246 Variables you assign:
1247 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1248 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1249 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1250 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1251 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1252 row numbers in the buffer.
1254 Variables which are calculated:
1255 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1256 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1258 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1259 take a numeric prefix argument):
1277 between that of point and mark.
1285 newlines inside rows)
1289 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1293 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "array" '("array-" "current-line" "limit-index" "move-to-column-untabify" "untabify-backward" "xor")))
1295 ;;;***
1296 \f
1297 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (0 0 0 0))
1298 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1302 Toggle Artist mode.
1303 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1304 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1305 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1307 How to quit Artist mode
1312 How to submit a bug report
1317 Drawing with the mouse:
1319 mouse-2
1320 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1321 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1322 below).
1324 mouse-1
1325 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1326 or pastes:
1328 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1329 --------------------------------------------------------------
1330 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1331 to new point
1332 --------------------------------------------------------------
1333 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1334 --------------------------------------------------------------
1335 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1336 --------------------------------------------------------------
1337 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1338 --------------------------------------------------------------
1339 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1340 --------------------------------------------------------------
1341 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1342 --------------------------------------------------------------
1343 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1344 --------------------------------------------------------------
1345 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1346 --------------------------------------------------------------
1347 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1348 lines
1349 --------------------------------------------------------------
1350 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1351 --------------------------------------------------------------
1352 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1353 --------------------------------------------------------------
1354 Paste Paste Paste
1355 --------------------------------------------------------------
1356 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1357 --------------------------------------------------------------
1359 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1360 or diagonally.
1362 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1363 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1364 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1365 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1366 poly-lines.
1368 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1369 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1370 overwrite means the opposite.
1372 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1373 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1374 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1376 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1378 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1381 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1382 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1383 are currently drawing something.
1385 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1386 some time to fill.
1389 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1390 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1393 Settings
1395 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1397 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1399 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1401 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1403 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1404 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1406 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1409 Drawing with keys
1412 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1414 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1415 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1416 When pasting: Pastes
1420 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1430 Arrows
1433 of the line/poly-line
1436 of the line/poly-line
1439 Selecting operation
1441 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1465 Variables
1467 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1470 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1471 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1472 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1473 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1474 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1475 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1476 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1477 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1478 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1479 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1480 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1481 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1482 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1483 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1484 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1485 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1486 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1490 Hooks
1492 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1495 Keymap summary
1501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "artist" '("artist-")))
1503 ;;;***
1504 \f
1505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1506 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1509 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1510 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1517 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1520 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1521 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1523 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1525 Special commands:
1530 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "asm-mode" '("asm-")))
1532 ;;;***
1533 \f
1534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "auth-source.el" (0 0 0 0))
1535 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source.el
1538 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1539 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1544 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source" '("auth-source")))
1546 ;;;***
1547 \f
1548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source-pass" "auth-source-pass.el" (0
1549 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
1550 ;;; Generated autoloads from auth-source-pass.el
1554 Enable auth-source-password-store.
1558 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "auth-source-pass" '("auth-source-pass-")))
1560 ;;;***
1561 \f
1562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (0 0 0 0))
1563 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1566 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1567 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1573 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1574 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1575 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1576 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1579 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1580 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1581 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1583 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1585 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1587 For example:
1589 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1599 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1600 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1601 for a description of this minor mode.
1602 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1603 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1609 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1610 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1611 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1612 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1615 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1616 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1622 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoarg" '("autoarg-")))
1624 ;;;***
1625 \f
1626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
1627 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1630 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1634 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoconf" '("autoconf-")))
1636 ;;;***
1637 \f
1638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1639 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1642 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1643 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1648 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1649 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1650 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1655 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1656 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1657 for a description of this minor mode.
1658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1659 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1665 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1666 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1667 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1668 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1670 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1671 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1675 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoinsert" '("auto-insert")))
1677 ;;;***
1678 \f
1679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (0 0 0
1680 ;;;;;; 0))
1681 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1690 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1691 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1693 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1694 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1695 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1696 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1697 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1699 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1704 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1705 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1706 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1707 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1709 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1710 directory or directories specified.
1712 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1713 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1714 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1715 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1716 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1717 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1722 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1723 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1724 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1725 should be non-nil).
1729 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autoload" '("autoload-" "generate" "make-autoload" "no-update-autoloads")))
1731 ;;;***
1732 \f
1733 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (0 0 0 0))
1734 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1737 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto-Revert Mode).
1738 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Mode if ARG is
1739 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1740 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1742 Auto-Revert Mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1743 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1744 disk changes.
1746 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1747 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1749 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1750 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1751 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1756 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1758 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1764 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1765 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail Mode if ARG
1766 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1767 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1769 When Auto-Revert Tail Mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1770 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1771 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1772 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1773 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1775 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1776 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1777 writing before you save the file!
1779 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1780 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1782 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1787 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1789 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1795 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1796 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1797 for a description of this minor mode.
1798 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1799 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1805 Toggle Global Auto-Revert Mode.
1806 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto-Revert Mode if ARG
1807 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1808 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1810 Global Auto-Revert Mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1811 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1812 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1814 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1815 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1816 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1817 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1818 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1820 When a buffer is reverted, a message is generated. This can be
1821 suppressed by setting `auto-revert-verbose' to nil.
1823 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1824 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1825 specifies in the mode line.
1829 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "autorevert" '("auto-revert-" "global-auto-revert-")))
1831 ;;;***
1832 \f
1833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avl-tree" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" (0 0 0
1834 ;;;;;; 0))
1835 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el
1837 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avl-tree" '("avl-tree-")))
1839 ;;;***
1840 \f
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (0 0 0 0))
1842 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1845 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1846 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1847 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1853 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1854 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1855 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1857 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1858 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1859 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1861 Effects of the different modes:
1862 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1863 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1864 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1865 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1866 a random distance & direction.
1867 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1868 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1869 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1872 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1877 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "avoid" '("mouse-avoidance-")))
1879 ;;;***
1880 \f
1881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1882 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1887 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1889 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1890 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1891 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1897 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bat-mode" '("bat-")))
1899 ;;;***
1900 \f
1901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (0 0 0 0))
1902 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1906 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1907 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1908 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1913 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1914 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1915 for a description of this minor mode.
1916 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1917 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1923 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1924 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1925 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1926 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1928 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1929 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1930 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1931 seconds.
1935 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "battery" '("battery-")))
1937 ;;;***
1938 \f
1939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (0 0
1940 ;;;;;; 0 0))
1941 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1944 Time execution of FORMS.
1945 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1946 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1947 FORMS once.
1948 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1949 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1950 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1957 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1958 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1959 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1960 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1967 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1968 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg, and
1969 the command prompts for the form to benchmark.
1970 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1971 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1975 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "benchmark" '("benchmark-elapse")))
1977 ;;;***
1978 \f
1979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bib-mode" "textmodes/bib-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
1980 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bib-mode.el
1982 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bib-mode" '("addbib" "bib-" "mark-bib" "return-key-bib" "unread-bib")))
1984 ;;;***
1985 \f
1986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
1987 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1990 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1991 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1992 of corresponding buffers.
1993 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1994 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1995 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1996 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1997 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1999 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
2000 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
2001 does not use `bibtex-mode',
2006 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
2008 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
2010 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
2012 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
2015 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
2016 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
2017 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
2018 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
2022 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
2025 Special information:
2029 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
2030 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
2031 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
2036 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
2042 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
2043 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
2044 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
2045 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
2046 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
2047 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
2048 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
2050 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
2052 ----------------------------------------------------------
2053 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
2054 if that value is non-nil.
2061 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
2062 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
2063 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
2064 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
2065 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
2066 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
2067 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
2068 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
2069 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
2070 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
2071 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
2075 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex" '("bibtex-")))
2077 ;;;***
2078 \f
2079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
2080 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2081 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
2084 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
2088 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bibtex-style" '("bibtex-style-")))
2090 ;;;***
2091 \f
2092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bindat" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" (0 0 0 0))
2093 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bindat.el
2095 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bindat" '("bindat-")))
2097 ;;;***
2098 \f
2099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (0 0 0 0))
2100 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
2102 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
2106 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
2107 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
2112 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2117 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2121 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "binhex" '("binhex-")))
2123 ;;;***
2124 \f
2125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
2126 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2129 Play blackbox.
2130 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2132 What is blackbox?
2134 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2135 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2136 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2137 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2138 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2139 your score.
2141 Overview of play:
2144 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2145 four.
2147 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2148 movement keys.
2150 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2151 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2153 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2156 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2158 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2159 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2160 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2161 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2163 Details:
2165 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2167 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2168 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2169 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2170 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2172 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2173 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2174 denoted by the letter `R'.
2176 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2177 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2178 denoted by the letter `H'.
2180 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2181 example.
2183 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2184 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2185 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2186 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2188 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2189 ray.
2191 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2192 degree deflection it causes.
2194 1
2195 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2196 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2197 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2198 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2199 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2200 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2201 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2202 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2203 2 3
2205 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2206 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2209 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2210 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2211 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2212 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2213 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2214 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2215 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2216 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2218 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2219 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2220 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2221 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2222 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2223 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2224 emerging from the box.
2226 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2228 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2229 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2230 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2231 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2232 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2233 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2234 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2235 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2237 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2238 a reflection.
2242 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "blackbox" '("bb-" "blackbox-")))
2244 ;;;***
2245 \f
2246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
2247 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2253 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2254 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2255 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2256 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2257 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2262 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2263 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2265 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2266 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2267 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2268 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2269 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2270 recent one.
2272 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2273 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2274 yank successive words.
2276 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2277 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2278 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2279 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2280 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2283 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2284 the list of bookmarks.)
2289 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2290 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2292 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2293 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2294 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2295 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2296 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2297 ever deletes the most recent one.
2299 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2300 is nil, raise an error.
2302 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2303 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2304 yank successive words.
2306 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2307 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2308 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2309 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2310 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2313 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2314 the list of bookmarks.)
2319 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2320 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2321 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2322 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2323 this.
2325 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2326 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2327 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2328 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2330 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2331 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2333 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2334 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2335 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2340 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2345 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2347 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2348 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2349 after a bookmark was set in it.
2354 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2356 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2357 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2364 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2365 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2366 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2368 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2369 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2370 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2372 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2373 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2374 name.
2379 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2380 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2382 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2383 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2384 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2385 this.
2390 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2392 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2393 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2395 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2396 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2397 probably because we were called from there.
2402 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2409 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2410 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2411 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2412 \(second argument).
2414 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2415 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2416 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2417 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2418 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2420 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2422 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2423 `bookmark-default-file'.
2428 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2429 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2430 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2431 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2432 while loading.
2434 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2435 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2436 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2437 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2438 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2439 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2441 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2442 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2448 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2449 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2450 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2451 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2460 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2464 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2466 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bookmark" '("bookmark" "with-buffer-modified-unmodified")))
2470 ;;;***
2471 \f
2472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
2473 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2475 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2476 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2477 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2478 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2480 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2481 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2482 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2483 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2486 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2488 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2489 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2490 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2491 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2492 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2493 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2495 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2497 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2498 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2499 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2500 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2501 narrowed.
2503 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2505 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2506 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2508 \(fn)" t nil)
2510 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2511 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2513 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2515 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2516 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2517 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2518 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2519 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2520 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2521 first, if that exists.
2523 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2524 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2525 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2526 ignore it).
2527 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2528 as ARGS.
2530 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2532 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2533 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2534 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2535 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2536 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2538 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2540 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2541 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2542 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2543 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2544 says which browser to use.
2546 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2548 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2550 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2551 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2553 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2555 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2556 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2557 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2558 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2560 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2561 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2562 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2563 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2565 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2566 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2567 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2569 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2570 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2572 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2574 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2576 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2577 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2578 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2579 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2581 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2582 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2583 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2584 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2586 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2587 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2588 new tab in an existing window instead.
2590 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2591 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2593 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2595 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2596 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2597 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2598 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2600 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2601 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2602 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2605 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2606 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2608 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2609 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2611 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2613 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2614 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2615 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2616 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2617 Chromium.
2618 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2620 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2622 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2623 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2624 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2625 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2627 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2628 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2629 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2630 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2632 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2633 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2634 new tab in an existing window instead.
2636 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2637 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2639 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2641 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2643 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2644 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2645 Optional argument SAME-WINDOW non-nil means show the URL in the
2646 currently selected window instead.
2648 \(fn URL &optional SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
2650 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2651 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2652 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2653 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2655 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2656 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2657 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2658 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2660 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2661 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2663 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2665 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2667 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2668 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2670 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2671 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2672 program is invoked according to the variable
2673 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2675 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2676 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2677 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2678 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2680 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2681 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2683 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2685 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2687 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2688 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2689 Default to the URL around or before point.
2691 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2692 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2693 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2695 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2696 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2697 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2698 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2700 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2701 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2703 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2705 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2707 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2708 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2709 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2710 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2712 When called interactively, if variable
2713 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2714 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2715 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2716 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2718 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2719 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2720 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2722 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2723 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2725 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2727 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2728 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2729 Default to the URL around or before point.
2731 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2732 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2733 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2735 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2736 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2738 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2740 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2741 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2742 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2743 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2745 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2747 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2749 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2750 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2751 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2752 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2753 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2754 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2755 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2757 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2759 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2760 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2761 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2762 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2763 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2765 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2766 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2767 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2768 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2770 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2771 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2773 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2775 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2776 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2777 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2778 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2779 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2780 current one.
2782 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2783 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2784 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2785 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2787 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2788 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2790 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2792 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2793 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2794 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2795 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2796 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2797 don't offer a form of remote control.
2799 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2801 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2802 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2803 Default to the URL around or before point.
2804 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2806 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2808 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2809 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2810 Default to the URL around the point.
2812 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2813 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2815 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2816 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2818 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2820 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "browse-url" '("browse-url-")))
2822 ;;;***
2823 \f
2824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (0 0 0 0))
2825 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2826 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2828 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2829 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2830 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2831 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2833 \(fn)" t nil)
2835 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2836 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2837 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2838 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2840 \(fn)" t nil)
2842 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2843 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2845 \(fn)" t nil)
2847 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2848 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2850 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2851 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2852 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2857 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2858 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2859 name of buffer configuration.
2861 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2863 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bs" '("bs-")))
2865 ;;;***
2866 \f
2867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (0 0 0 0))
2868 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2870 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2871 Play Bubbles game.
2873 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2875 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2876 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2877 columns on its right towards the left.
2884 \(fn)" t nil)
2886 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bubbles" '("bubbles-")))
2888 ;;;***
2889 \f
2890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2891 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
2892 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2894 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2896 (put 'bug-reference-bug-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
2898 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2899 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2900 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2901 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2902 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2904 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2906 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2907 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2911 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bug-reference" '("bug-reference-")))
2913 ;;;***
2914 \f
2915 ;;;### (autoloads nil "byte-opt" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" (0 0 0
2916 ;;;;;; 0))
2917 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el
2919 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "byte-opt" '("byte-" "disassemble-offset")))
2921 ;;;***
2922 \f
2923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (0 0 0
2924 ;;;;;; 0))
2925 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2926 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2927 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2928 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2929 (put 'byte-compile-error-on-warn 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2931 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2933 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2934 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2935 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2936 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2937 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2938 else the global value will be modified.
2940 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2942 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2943 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2944 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2945 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2946 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2947 else the global value will be modified.
2949 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2951 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2952 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2953 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2955 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2957 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2958 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2959 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2960 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2962 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2963 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2964 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2965 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2966 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2967 before scanning it.
2969 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2970 that already has a `.elc' file.
2972 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2973 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2975 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2976 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2977 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2978 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2979 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2980 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2982 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2984 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2985 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2986 Print the result in the echo area.
2987 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2989 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2991 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2992 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2993 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2995 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2997 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2998 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2999 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
3000 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
3001 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
3002 all functions called by those functions.
3004 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
3005 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
3006 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
3008 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
3009 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
3010 invoked interactively.
3012 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
3014 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
3015 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
3016 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
3017 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
3019 \(fn)" nil nil)
3021 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
3022 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
3023 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
3024 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
3025 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
3027 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
3028 already up-to-date.
3030 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
3032 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
3033 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
3034 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
3035 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
3037 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
3038 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
3039 and corresponding effects.
3041 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
3043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "bytecomp" '("batch-byte-compile-file" "byte-" "displaying-byte-compile-warnings" "emacs-lisp-file-regexp" "no-byte-compile")))
3045 ;;;***
3046 \f
3047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-bahai" "calendar/cal-bahai.el" (0 0 0
3048 ;;;;;; 0))
3049 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-bahai.el
3051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-bahai" '("calendar-bahai-" "diary-bahai-" "holiday-bahai")))
3053 ;;;***
3054 \f
3055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (0 0 0
3056 ;;;;;; 0))
3057 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
3059 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
3061 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-china" '("calendar-chinese-" "diary-chinese-" "holiday-chinese")))
3063 ;;;***
3064 \f
3065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-coptic" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" (0 0
3066 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3067 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-coptic.el
3069 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-coptic" '("calendar-" "diary-")))
3071 ;;;***
3072 \f
3073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (0 0 0 0))
3074 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
3076 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
3078 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
3080 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
3082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-dst" '("calendar-" "dst-")))
3084 ;;;***
3085 \f
3086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-french" "calendar/cal-french.el" (0 0
3087 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3088 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-french.el
3090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-french" '("calendar-french-" "diary-french-date")))
3092 ;;;***
3093 \f
3094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (0 0
3095 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3096 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
3098 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
3099 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
3100 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
3101 from the cursor position.
3103 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
3105 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-hebrew" '("calendar-hebrew-" "diary-hebrew-" "holiday-hebrew")))
3107 ;;;***
3108 \f
3109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-html" "calendar/cal-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
3110 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-html.el
3112 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-html" '("cal-html-")))
3114 ;;;***
3115 \f
3116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-islam" "calendar/cal-islam.el" (0 0 0
3117 ;;;;;; 0))
3118 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-islam.el
3120 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-islam" '("calendar-islamic-" "diary-islamic-" "holiday-islamic")))
3122 ;;;***
3123 \f
3124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-iso" "calendar/cal-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
3125 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-iso.el
3127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-iso" '("calendar-iso-" "diary-iso-date")))
3129 ;;;***
3130 \f
3131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-julian" "calendar/cal-julian.el" (0 0
3132 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3133 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-julian.el
3135 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-julian" '("calendar-" "diary-" "holiday-julian")))
3137 ;;;***
3138 \f
3139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-mayan" "calendar/cal-mayan.el" (0 0 0
3140 ;;;;;; 0))
3141 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-mayan.el
3143 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-mayan" '("calendar-mayan-" "diary-mayan-date")))
3145 ;;;***
3146 \f
3147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-menu" "calendar/cal-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3148 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-menu.el
3150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-menu" '("cal")))
3152 ;;;***
3153 \f
3154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-move" "calendar/cal-move.el" (0 0 0 0))
3155 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-move.el
3157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-move" '("calendar-")))
3159 ;;;***
3160 \f
3161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-persia" "calendar/cal-persia.el" (0 0
3162 ;;;;;; 0 0))
3163 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-persia.el
3165 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-persia" '("calendar-persian-" "diary-persian-date")))
3167 ;;;***
3168 \f
3169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-tex" "calendar/cal-tex.el" (0 0 0 0))
3170 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-tex.el
3172 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-tex" '("cal-tex-")))
3174 ;;;***
3175 \f
3176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-x" "calendar/cal-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
3177 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-x.el
3179 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cal-x" '("calendar-" "diary-frame")))
3181 ;;;***
3182 \f
3183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
3184 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
3185 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
3187 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
3190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3192 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
3195 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3197 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
3198 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
3200 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3202 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
3203 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
3204 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
3205 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
3207 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
3209 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
3210 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
3211 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
3212 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
3214 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3216 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
3218 This is most useful in the X window system.
3220 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
3222 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3224 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
3226 See calc-keypad for details.
3228 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
3230 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
3231 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3233 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3235 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
3236 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3238 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3240 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3241 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3243 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3245 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3246 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3249 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3251 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3252 Define Calc function.
3254 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3255 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3256 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3258 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3259 actual Lisp function name.
3261 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3263 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3265 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3267 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc" '("calc" "defcalcmodevar" "inexact-result" "math-" "var-")))
3269 ;;;***
3270 \f
3271 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-aent" "calc/calc-aent.el"
3272 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3273 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-aent.el
3275 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-aent" '("calc" "math-")))
3277 ;;;***
3278 \f
3279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-alg" "calc/calc-alg.el" (0 0 0 0))
3280 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-alg.el
3282 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-alg" '("calc" "math-")))
3284 ;;;***
3285 \f
3286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-arith" "calc/calc-arith.el" (0 0 0 0))
3287 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-arith.el
3289 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-arith" '("calc" "math-")))
3291 ;;;***
3292 \f
3293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-bin" "calc/calc-bin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3294 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-bin.el
3296 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-bin" '("calc" "math-")))
3298 ;;;***
3299 \f
3300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-comb" "calc/calc-comb.el" (0 0 0 0))
3301 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-comb.el
3303 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-comb" '("calc" "math-")))
3305 ;;;***
3306 \f
3307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-cplx" "calc/calc-cplx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3308 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-cplx.el
3310 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-cplx" '("calc" "math-")))
3312 ;;;***
3313 \f
3314 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-embed" "calc/calc-embed.el"
3315 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3316 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-embed.el
3318 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-embed" '("calc-")))
3320 ;;;***
3321 \f
3322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-ext" "calc/calc-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
3323 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-ext.el
3325 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-ext" '("calc" "math-" "var-")))
3327 ;;;***
3328 \f
3329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-fin" "calc/calc-fin.el" (0 0 0 0))
3330 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-fin.el
3332 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-fin" '("calc" "math-c")))
3334 ;;;***
3335 \f
3336 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-forms" "calc/calc-forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
3337 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-forms.el
3339 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-forms" '("calc" "math-" "var-TimeZone")))
3341 ;;;***
3342 \f
3343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-frac" "calc/calc-frac.el" (0 0 0 0))
3344 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-frac.el
3346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-frac" '("calc" "math-")))
3348 ;;;***
3349 \f
3350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-funcs" "calc/calc-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3351 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-funcs.el
3353 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-funcs" '("calc" "math-")))
3355 ;;;***
3356 \f
3357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-graph" "calc/calc-graph.el" (0 0 0 0))
3358 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-graph.el
3360 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-graph" '("calc-")))
3362 ;;;***
3363 \f
3364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-help" "calc/calc-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
3365 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-help.el
3367 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-help" '("calc-")))
3369 ;;;***
3370 \f
3371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-incom" "calc/calc-incom.el" (0 0 0 0))
3372 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-incom.el
3374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-incom" '("calc-")))
3376 ;;;***
3377 \f
3378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-keypd" "calc/calc-keypd.el" (0 0 0 0))
3379 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-keypd.el
3381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-keypd" '("calc-")))
3383 ;;;***
3384 \f
3385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-lang" "calc/calc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
3386 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-lang.el
3388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-lang" '("calc-" "math-")))
3390 ;;;***
3391 \f
3392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-macs" "calc/calc-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3393 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-macs.el
3395 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-macs" '("Math-" "calc-" "math-")))
3397 ;;;***
3398 \f
3399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-map" "calc/calc-map.el" (0 0 0 0))
3400 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-map.el
3402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-map" '("calc" "math-")))
3404 ;;;***
3405 \f
3406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-math" "calc/calc-math.el" (0 0 0 0))
3407 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-math.el
3409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-math" '("calc" "math-")))
3411 ;;;***
3412 \f
3413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-menu" "calc/calc-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
3414 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-menu.el
3416 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-menu" '("calc-")))
3418 ;;;***
3419 \f
3420 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-misc" "calc/calc-misc.el"
3421 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3422 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-misc.el
3424 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-misc" '("math-iipow")))
3426 ;;;***
3427 \f
3428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mode" "calc/calc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3429 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mode.el
3431 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mode" '("calc-" "math-get-modes-vec")))
3433 ;;;***
3434 \f
3435 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-mtx" "calc/calc-mtx.el" (0 0 0 0))
3436 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-mtx.el
3438 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-mtx" '("calc" "math-")))
3440 ;;;***
3441 \f
3442 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-nlfit" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" (0 0 0 0))
3443 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-nlfit.el
3445 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-nlfit" '("calc-fit-" "math-nlfit-")))
3447 ;;;***
3448 \f
3449 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-poly" "calc/calc-poly.el" (0 0 0 0))
3450 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-poly.el
3452 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-poly" '("calcFunc-" "math-")))
3454 ;;;***
3455 \f
3456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-prog" "calc/calc-prog.el" (0 0 0 0))
3457 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-prog.el
3459 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-prog" '("calc" "math-" "var-q")))
3461 ;;;***
3462 \f
3463 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rewr" "calc/calc-rewr.el" (0 0 0 0))
3464 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rewr.el
3466 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rewr" '("calc" "math-")))
3468 ;;;***
3469 \f
3470 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-rules" "calc/calc-rules.el" (0 0 0 0))
3471 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-rules.el
3473 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-rules" '("calc-")))
3475 ;;;***
3476 \f
3477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-sel" "calc/calc-sel.el" (0 0 0 0))
3478 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-sel.el
3480 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-sel" '("calc-")))
3482 ;;;***
3483 \f
3484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stat" "calc/calc-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
3485 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stat.el
3487 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stat" '("calc" "math-")))
3489 ;;;***
3490 \f
3491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-store" "calc/calc-store.el" (0 0 0 0))
3492 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-store.el
3494 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-store" '("calc")))
3496 ;;;***
3497 \f
3498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-stuff" "calc/calc-stuff.el" (0 0 0 0))
3499 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-stuff.el
3501 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-stuff" '("calc" "math-")))
3503 ;;;***
3504 \f
3505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-trail" "calc/calc-trail.el" (0 0 0 0))
3506 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-trail.el
3508 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-trail" '("calc-trail-")))
3510 ;;;***
3511 \f
3512 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
3513 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3515 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3518 \(fn N)" t nil)
3520 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-undo" '("calc-")))
3522 ;;;***
3523 \f
3524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-units" "calc/calc-units.el" (0 0 0 0))
3525 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-units.el
3527 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-units" '("calc" "math-")))
3529 ;;;***
3530 \f
3531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-vec" "calc/calc-vec.el" (0 0 0 0))
3532 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-vec.el
3534 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-vec" '("calc" "math-")))
3536 ;;;***
3537 \f
3538 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "calc-yank" "calc/calc-yank.el"
3539 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
3540 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-yank.el
3542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calc-yank" '("calc-" "math-number-regexp")))
3544 ;;;***
3545 \f
3546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg2" "calc/calcalg2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3547 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg2.el
3549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg2" '("calc" "math-" "var-IntegLimit")))
3551 ;;;***
3552 \f
3553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcalg3" "calc/calcalg3.el" (0 0 0 0))
3554 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcalg3.el
3556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcalg3" '("calc" "math-")))
3558 ;;;***
3559 \f
3560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calccomp" "calc/calccomp.el" (0 0 0 0))
3561 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calccomp.el
3563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calccomp" '("calcFunc-c" "math-")))
3565 ;;;***
3566 \f
3567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calcsel2" "calc/calcsel2.el" (0 0 0 0))
3568 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calcsel2.el
3570 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calcsel2" '("calc-")))
3572 ;;;***
3573 \f
3574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (0 0 0 0))
3575 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3577 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3578 Run the Emacs calculator.
3579 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3581 \(fn)" t nil)
3583 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calculator" '("calculator-")))
3585 ;;;***
3586 \f
3587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
3588 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3590 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3591 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3592 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3593 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3594 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3595 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3597 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3598 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3599 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3600 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3601 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3602 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3603 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3605 window.
3607 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3608 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3610 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3611 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3612 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3613 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3614 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3615 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3617 Runs the following hooks:
3619 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3620 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3621 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3623 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3625 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3627 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "calendar" '("calendar-" "diary-" "holiday-buffer" "lunar-phases-buffer" "solar-sunrises-buffer")))
3629 ;;;***
3630 \f
3631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
3632 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3634 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3635 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3637 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3639 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3640 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3641 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3642 it fails.
3644 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3646 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "canlock" '("canlock-")))
3648 ;;;***
3649 \f
3650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-align" "progmodes/cc-align.el" (0 0 0 0))
3651 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-align.el
3653 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-align" '("c-")))
3655 ;;;***
3656 \f
3657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-awk" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
3658 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-awk.el
3660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-awk" '("awk-" "c-awk-")))
3662 ;;;***
3663 \f
3664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-bytecomp" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" (0
3665 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
3666 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el
3668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-bytecomp" '("cc-")))
3670 ;;;***
3671 \f
3672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-cmds" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
3673 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-cmds.el
3675 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-cmds" '("c-")))
3677 ;;;***
3678 \f
3679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-defs" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3680 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-defs.el
3682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-defs" '("c-" "cc-bytecomp-compiling-or-loading")))
3684 ;;;***
3685 \f
3686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (0 0 0
3687 ;;;;;; 0))
3688 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3690 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3691 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3693 \(fn)" nil nil)
3695 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-engine" '("c-")))
3697 ;;;***
3698 \f
3699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-fonts" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" (0 0 0 0))
3700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-fonts.el
3702 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-fonts" '("autodoc-" "c++-font-lock-keywords" "c-" "gtkdoc-font-lock-" "idl-font-lock-keywords" "java" "objc-font-lock-keywords" "pike-font-lock-keywords")))
3704 ;;;***
3705 \f
3706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (0 0 0 0))
3707 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3709 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3710 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3712 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3713 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3715 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3716 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3718 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3720 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3721 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3722 made from scratch.
3724 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3726 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3727 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3729 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3730 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3731 made from scratch.
3733 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3735 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3736 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3738 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3740 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3741 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3742 made from scratch.
3744 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3746 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3747 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3749 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3750 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3751 made from scratch.
3753 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3755 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3756 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3758 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3760 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3761 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3762 made from scratch.
3764 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3766 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3767 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3769 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3770 variables are guessed:
3772 * `c-basic-offset', and
3773 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3774 `c-offsets-alist'.
3776 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3777 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3779 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3780 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3782 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3783 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3784 guess is made from scratch.
3786 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3787 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3789 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3791 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3792 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3793 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3794 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3796 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3797 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3798 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3800 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3802 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-guess" '("c-guess-")))
3804 ;;;***
3805 \f
3806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (0 0 0 0))
3807 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
3809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-langs" '("c-")))
3811 ;;;***
3812 \f
3813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-menus" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" (0 0 0 0))
3814 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-menus.el
3816 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-menus" '("cc-imenu-")))
3818 ;;;***
3819 \f
3820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
3821 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3823 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3824 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3825 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3826 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3827 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3828 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3831 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3842 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3843 Major mode for editing C code.
3846 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3847 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3848 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3852 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3853 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3855 Key bindings:
3858 \(fn)" t nil)
3860 (autoload 'c-or-c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3861 Analyze buffer and enable either C or C++ mode.
3863 Some people and projects use .h extension for C++ header files
3864 which is also the one used for C header files. This makes
3865 matching on file name insufficient for detecting major mode that
3866 should be used.
3868 This function attempts to use file contents to determine whether
3869 the code is C or C++ and based on that chooses whether to enable
3870 `c-mode' or `c++-mode'.
3872 \(fn)" nil nil)
3874 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3875 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3877 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3878 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3879 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3880 message.
3884 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3885 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3887 Key bindings:
3890 \(fn)" t nil)
3893 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3894 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3896 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3897 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3898 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3899 message.
3903 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3904 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3906 Key bindings:
3909 \(fn)" t nil)
3912 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3913 Major mode for editing Java code.
3915 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3916 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3917 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3918 message.
3922 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3923 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3925 Key bindings:
3928 \(fn)" t nil)
3931 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3932 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3934 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3935 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3936 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3937 message.
3941 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3942 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3944 Key bindings:
3947 \(fn)" t nil)
3949 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3951 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3952 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3954 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3955 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3956 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3957 message.
3961 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3962 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3964 Key bindings:
3967 \(fn)" t nil)
3969 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3970 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3971 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3972 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3974 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3975 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3977 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3978 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3979 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3983 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3984 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3986 Key bindings:
3989 \(fn)" t nil)
3991 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-mode" '("awk-mode-map" "c++-mode-" "c-" "idl-mode-" "java-mode-" "objc-mode-" "pike-mode-")))
3993 ;;;***
3994 \f
3995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (0 0 0
3996 ;;;;;; 0))
3997 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3999 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
4000 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
4001 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
4002 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
4004 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
4007 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
4008 might get set too.
4010 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
4011 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
4012 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
4013 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
4014 in this way.
4016 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
4017 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
4018 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
4019 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
4020 a null operation.
4022 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
4024 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
4025 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
4026 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
4027 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
4029 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
4031 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
4032 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
4033 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
4035 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
4037 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
4038 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
4039 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
4040 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
4041 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
4043 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
4045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-styles" '("c-" "cc-choose-style-for-mode")))
4047 ;;;***
4048 \f
4049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
4050 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
4051 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4052 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4053 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
4055 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cc-vars" '("awk-mode-hook" "c++-" "c-" "defcustom-c-stylevar" "idl-" "java-" "objc-" "pike-")))
4057 ;;;***
4058 \f
4059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4060 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
4062 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
4063 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
4065 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
4067 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
4068 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
4070 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
4072 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4073 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
4075 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
4076 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
4077 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
4078 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
4079 execution.
4081 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
4083 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
4085 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4086 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
4088 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
4089 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
4090 CCL_MAIN_CODE
4091 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
4093 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
4094 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
4095 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
4096 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
4097 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
4098 `write' commands.
4100 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
4101 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
4102 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
4103 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
4105 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
4106 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
4107 semantics.
4109 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4111 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
4113 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4115 STATEMENT :=
4116 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
4117 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
4119 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
4120 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
4121 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
4122 | integer
4124 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
4126 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
4127 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
4128 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4130 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
4131 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
4132 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4134 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
4136 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
4137 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
4138 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
4139 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
4140 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
4141 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
4142 ;; last STATEMENT.
4143 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
4145 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
4146 BREAK := (break)
4148 REPEAT :=
4149 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
4150 (repeat)
4151 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
4152 ;; (repeat))
4153 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
4154 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
4155 ;; (read REG)
4156 ;; (repeat))
4157 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
4158 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
4159 ;; (read REG)
4160 ;; (repeat))
4161 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
4163 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
4164 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
4165 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4166 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4167 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
4168 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
4169 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
4170 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
4171 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
4172 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
4173 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
4174 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
4175 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
4176 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
4177 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
4178 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4180 WRITE :=
4181 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
4182 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4183 ;; representation.
4184 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
4185 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
4186 ;; (write r7))
4187 | (write EXPRESSION)
4188 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
4189 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
4190 ;; representation.
4191 | (write integer)
4192 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
4193 ;; buffer.
4194 | (write string)
4195 ;; Same as: (write string)
4196 | string
4197 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
4198 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
4199 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
4200 ;; representation.
4201 | (write REG ARRAY)
4202 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
4203 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
4204 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
4205 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
4206 ;; is the second code point of the character.
4207 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
4209 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
4210 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
4212 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
4213 END := (end)
4215 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
4216 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
4217 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
4219 ARG := REG | integer
4221 OPERATOR :=
4222 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
4223 + | - | * | / | %
4225 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
4226 | & | `|' | ^
4228 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
4229 | << | >>
4231 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
4232 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
4233 | <8
4235 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
4236 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
4237 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
4238 | >8
4240 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
4241 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
4242 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
4243 | //
4245 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
4246 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
4248 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
4249 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
4250 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
4251 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
4252 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
4253 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
4254 ;; second code point of CHAR.
4255 | de-sjis
4257 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
4258 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
4259 ;; Shift-JIS code,
4260 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
4261 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
4262 ;; (r7 = LOW))
4263 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
4264 ;; byte of SJIS.
4265 | en-sjis
4267 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
4268 ;; Same meaning as C code
4269 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
4271 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
4272 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
4273 ;; (REG |= ARG))
4274 | <8=
4276 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
4277 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
4278 ;; (REG >>= 8))
4280 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
4281 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
4282 ;; (REG /= ARG))
4283 | //=
4285 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
4288 TRANSLATE :=
4289 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
4290 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
4291 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
4292 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4293 ;; respectively.
4294 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
4295 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
4296 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
4297 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
4299 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
4300 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
4301 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4303 LOOKUP :=
4304 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4305 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
4306 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
4307 ;; respectively.
4308 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
4309 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4310 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
4312 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
4313 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
4314 ;; REG.
4315 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
4316 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
4317 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
4319 MAP :=
4320 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
4321 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
4322 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
4323 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
4325 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
4326 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
4327 MAP-ID := integer
4329 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
4331 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
4333 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
4334 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4335 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4336 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4337 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4338 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4340 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
4342 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
4343 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4344 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4346 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4348 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4350 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ccl" '("ccl-")))
4352 ;;;***
4353 \f
4354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (0 0 0 0))
4355 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
4357 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
4358 Main entry point for closure conversion.
4359 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
4360 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
4362 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
4364 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4366 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
4367 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
4369 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
4371 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cconv" '("cconv-")))
4373 ;;;***
4374 \f
4375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cdl" "cdl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4376 ;;; Generated autoloads from cdl.el
4378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cdl" '("cdl-")))
4380 ;;;***
4381 \f
4382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (0 0 0 0))
4383 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
4384 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4386 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet" '("cedet-")))
4388 ;;;***
4389 \f
4390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-cscope" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el" (0 0
4391 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4392 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-cscope.el
4394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-cscope" '("cedet-cscope-")))
4396 ;;;***
4397 \f
4398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-files" "cedet/cedet-files.el" (0 0 0
4399 ;;;;;; 0))
4400 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-files.el
4402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-files" '("cedet-")))
4404 ;;;***
4405 \f
4406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-global" "cedet/cedet-global.el" (0 0
4407 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4408 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-global.el
4410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-global" '("cedet-g")))
4412 ;;;***
4413 \f
4414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet-idutils" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el" (0
4415 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4416 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet-idutils.el
4418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cedet-idutils" '("cedet-idutils-")))
4420 ;;;***
4421 \f
4422 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (0 0 0 0))
4423 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4424 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
4426 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
4427 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
4428 There are no special keybindings by default.
4431 to the action header.
4433 \(fn)" t nil)
4435 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
4436 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
4437 There are no special keybindings by default.
4440 to the action header.
4442 \(fn)" t nil)
4444 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
4445 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
4447 \(fn)" t nil)
4449 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cfengine" '("cfengine")))
4451 ;;;***
4452 \f
4453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (0 0 0 0))
4454 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
4456 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
4457 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
4458 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
4459 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
4460 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
4462 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
4463 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
4465 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
4466 from which to start.
4468 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
4470 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "char-fold" '("char-fold-")))
4472 ;;;***
4473 \f
4474 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (0 0 0 0))
4475 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
4476 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4478 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chart" '("chart")))
4480 ;;;***
4481 \f
4482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
4483 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4484 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
4486 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
4487 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
4488 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
4490 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
4492 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
4493 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
4494 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
4496 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
4498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "check-declare" '("check-declare-")))
4500 ;;;***
4501 \f
4502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (0 0 0
4503 ;;;;;; 0))
4504 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4505 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
4506 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4507 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4508 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4509 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4510 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4511 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4512 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
4513 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
4515 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
4516 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
4518 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
4519 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4520 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4522 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
4523 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4524 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4525 the users will view as each check is completed.
4527 \(fn)" t nil)
4529 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4530 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4531 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4532 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4533 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4534 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4535 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4536 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4538 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4540 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4541 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4542 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4543 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4544 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4545 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4546 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4547 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4549 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4551 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4552 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4553 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4554 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4555 spacing are all verified.
4557 \(fn)" t nil)
4559 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4560 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4561 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4562 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4563 otherwise stop after the first error.
4565 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4567 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
4568 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4570 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
4572 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
4573 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4574 Only documentation strings are checked.
4575 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4576 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4577 a separate buffer.
4579 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4581 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
4582 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4583 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4584 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4585 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4587 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4589 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
4590 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4591 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4592 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4593 if there is one.
4595 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4597 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
4598 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4599 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4600 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4601 if there is one.
4602 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4604 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4606 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4607 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4608 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4610 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4612 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
4613 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4614 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4615 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4616 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4618 \(fn)" t nil)
4620 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
4621 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4622 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4623 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4624 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4625 space at the end of each line.
4627 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4629 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
4630 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4631 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4632 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
4634 \(fn)" t nil)
4636 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
4637 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4638 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4639 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4641 \(fn)" t nil)
4643 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4644 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4645 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4646 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4648 \(fn)" t nil)
4650 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
4651 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4652 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4653 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4655 \(fn)" t nil)
4657 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
4658 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4659 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4660 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4662 \(fn)" t nil)
4664 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4665 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4666 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4667 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4669 \(fn)" t nil)
4671 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4672 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4673 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4674 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4676 \(fn)" t nil)
4678 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4679 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4680 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4681 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4683 \(fn)" t nil)
4685 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4686 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4687 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4688 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4690 \(fn)" t nil)
4692 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4693 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4694 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4695 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4696 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4698 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4699 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4700 checking of documentation strings.
4704 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4706 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4707 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4709 \(fn)" t nil)
4711 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "checkdoc" '("checkdoc-")))
4713 ;;;***
4714 \f
4715 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (0 0
4716 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4717 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4719 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4720 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4721 Return the length of resulting text.
4723 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4725 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4726 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4728 \(fn)" t nil)
4730 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4731 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4732 Return the length of resulting text.
4734 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4736 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4737 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4739 \(fn)" t nil)
4741 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4744 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4746 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4749 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "china-util" '("decode-hz-line-continuation" "hz-" "hz/zw-start-gb" "iso2022-" "zw-start-gb")))
4753 ;;;***
4754 \f
4755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
4756 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4758 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4759 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4760 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4761 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4762 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4763 editing and the result is evaluated.
4765 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4767 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4768 List history of commands that used the minibuffer.
4769 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4770 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4771 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4773 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4775 \(fn)" t nil)
4777 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4778 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4779 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4780 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4781 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4783 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4784 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4787 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4788 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4790 \(fn)" t nil)
4792 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "chistory" '("command-history-" "default-command-history-filter" "list-command-history-")))
4794 ;;;***
4795 \f
4796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (0 0 0 0))
4797 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl" '("cl-" "define-" "defsetf" "flet" "labels" "lexical-let")))
4801 ;;;***
4802 \f
4803 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-extra" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
4804 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4805 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el
4807 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-extra" '("cl-")))
4809 ;;;***
4810 \f
4811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-generic" "emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el" (0
4812 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
4813 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-generic.el
4814 (push (purecopy '(cl-generic 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4816 ;;;***
4817 \f
4818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (0 0
4819 ;;;;;; 0 0))
4820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4822 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4823 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4824 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4825 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4826 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4827 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4828 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4829 of this function.
4831 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4832 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4833 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4834 property are:
4836 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4837 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4839 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4840 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4841 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4842 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4843 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4844 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4845 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4846 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4847 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4848 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4849 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4850 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4852 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4853 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4854 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4856 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4857 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4858 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4859 list elements are:
4861 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4863 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4865 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4867 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4868 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4870 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4871 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4873 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4874 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4875 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4876 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4877 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4878 value specified by their associated list element.
4880 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4882 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4883 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4884 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4886 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4887 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4888 * indent the first argument by 4.
4889 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4890 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4891 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4893 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4894 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4895 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4896 instead.
4898 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4900 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-indent" '("common-lisp-" "lisp-")))
4902 ;;;***
4903 \f
4904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (0 0 0 0))
4905 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4906 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4908 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4910 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4911 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4912 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4913 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4914 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4915 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4917 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4918 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4920 (defvar cl-old-struct-compat-mode nil "\
4921 Non-nil if Cl-Old-Struct-Compat mode is enabled.
4922 See the `cl-old-struct-compat-mode' command
4923 for a description of this minor mode.
4924 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4925 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4926 or call the function `cl-old-struct-compat-mode'.")
4928 (custom-autoload 'cl-old-struct-compat-mode "cl-lib" nil)
4930 (autoload 'cl-old-struct-compat-mode "cl-lib" "\
4931 Enable backward compatibility with old-style structs.
4932 This can be needed when using code byte-compiled using the old
4933 macro-expansion of `cl-defstruct' that used vectors objects instead
4934 of record objects.
4936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-lib" '("cl-")))
4940 ;;;***
4941 \f
4942 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-macs" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
4943 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4944 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el
4946 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-macs" '("cl-")))
4948 ;;;***
4949 \f
4950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-print" "emacs-lisp/cl-print.el" (0 0 0
4951 ;;;;;; 0))
4952 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-print.el
4953 (push (purecopy '(cl-print 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4955 (autoload 'cl-print-object "cl-print" "\
4956 Dispatcher to print OBJECT on STREAM according to its type.
4957 You can add methods to it to customize the output.
4958 But if you just want to print something, don't call this directly:
4959 call other entry points instead, such as `cl-prin1'.
4961 \(fn OBJECT STREAM)" nil nil)
4963 (autoload 'cl-prin1 "cl-print" "\
4964 Print OBJECT on STREAM according to its type.
4965 Output is further controlled by the variables
4966 `cl-print-readably', `cl-print-compiled', along with output
4967 variables for the standard printing functions. See Info
4968 node `(elisp)Output Variables'.
4970 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
4972 (autoload 'cl-prin1-to-string "cl-print" "\
4973 Return a string containing the `cl-prin1'-printed representation of OBJECT.
4975 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
4977 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-print" '("cl-print-" "help-byte-code")))
4979 ;;;***
4980 \f
4981 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "cl-seq" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
4982 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
4983 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el
4985 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cl-seq" '("cl--")))
4987 ;;;***
4988 \f
4989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
4990 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4992 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4993 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4994 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4995 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4997 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4998 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4999 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
5000 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
5002 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
5003 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
5005 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
5007 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmacexp" '("c-macro-")))
5009 ;;;***
5010 \f
5011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
5012 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
5014 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
5015 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
5016 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
5017 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
5018 of `scheme-program-name').
5019 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
5020 it is given as initial input.
5021 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
5022 discards input when it starts up.
5023 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
5024 is run).
5027 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
5029 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cmuscheme" '("cmuscheme-load-hook" "inferior-scheme-" "scheme-" "switch-to-scheme")))
5031 ;;;***
5032 \f
5033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (0 0 0 0))
5034 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
5036 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
5037 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
5041 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
5042 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
5044 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
5045 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
5046 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
5048 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
5050 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "color" '("color-")))
5052 ;;;***
5053 \f
5054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
5055 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
5057 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
5058 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
5059 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
5060 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
5061 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
5062 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
5063 functions have already modified the buffer.
5065 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
5067 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
5068 either globally or locally.")
5070 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
5071 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
5072 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
5073 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
5075 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
5076 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
5077 `start-file-process'
5078 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
5079 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
5080 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
5082 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
5083 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
5085 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5087 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5089 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5091 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
5092 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
5093 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
5094 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
5095 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
5096 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
5097 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
5098 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
5099 process as its initial input.
5101 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
5103 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
5105 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
5107 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
5108 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
5109 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
5110 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
5111 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
5112 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
5114 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
5116 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
5118 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
5119 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
5120 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
5121 directory tracking functions.")
5123 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
5124 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5125 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
5127 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5129 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5131 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
5132 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
5133 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
5135 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
5137 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
5139 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
5140 Send COMMAND to current process.
5141 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5142 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5144 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5146 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
5147 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
5148 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
5149 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
5151 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
5153 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "comint" '("comint-" "send-invisible" "shell-strip-ctrl-m")))
5155 ;;;***
5156 \f
5157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (0 0 0 0))
5158 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
5160 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
5161 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
5162 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
5163 to get another window.
5165 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
5166 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
5168 This command pushes the mark in each window
5169 at the prior location of point in that window.
5170 If both windows display the same buffer,
5171 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
5172 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
5174 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
5175 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
5176 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
5177 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
5178 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
5179 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
5180 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
5181 ignored.
5183 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
5184 this command work in interlaced mode:
5185 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
5186 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
5187 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
5189 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
5191 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compare-w" '("compare-")))
5193 ;;;***
5194 \f
5195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compface" "image/compface.el" (0 0 0 0))
5196 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/compface.el
5198 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compface" '("uncompface")))
5200 ;;;***
5201 \f
5202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
5203 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
5205 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
5206 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
5208 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
5210 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
5211 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
5212 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
5214 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
5216 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
5217 Number of lines in a compilation window.
5218 If nil, use Emacs default.")
5220 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
5222 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
5223 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
5224 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
5225 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
5226 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
5228 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
5229 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
5230 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
5231 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
5234 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
5235 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
5236 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
5237 and a string describing how the process finished.")
5238 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5240 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
5242 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
5244 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
5246 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
5247 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
5248 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
5249 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
5251 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
5253 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
5254 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
5256 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
5257 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
5260 (lambda ()
5265 (if buffer-file-name
5266 (shell-quote-argument
5267 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))
5269 It's often useful to leave a space at the end of the value.")
5271 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
5272 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
5274 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
5275 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
5276 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
5277 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
5279 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
5281 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
5282 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
5283 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
5284 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
5287 and move to the source code that caused it.
5289 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
5290 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
5292 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
5293 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
5294 With prefix arg, always prompts.
5295 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
5296 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
5298 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
5299 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
5301 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
5303 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
5304 kills its subprocesses.
5306 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
5307 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
5308 to a function that generates a unique name.
5310 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
5312 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
5313 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
5314 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
5315 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
5317 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
5318 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
5320 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
5321 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
5322 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
5323 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
5325 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
5326 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
5327 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
5329 Returns the compilation buffer created.
5331 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
5333 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
5334 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
5339 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
5343 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
5345 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
5347 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
5348 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
5349 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
5350 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
5351 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5353 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
5354 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
5355 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
5356 See `compilation-mode'.
5358 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5360 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
5361 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
5362 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
5363 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5364 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5366 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
5367 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
5368 `compilation-mode'.
5370 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5372 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
5373 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
5374 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
5376 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
5378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "compile" '("compil" "define-compilation-mode" "kill-compilation" "recompile")))
5380 ;;;***
5381 \f
5382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (0 0 0 0))
5383 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
5385 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
5386 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
5387 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
5388 for a description of this minor mode.
5389 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5390 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5391 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
5393 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
5395 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
5396 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
5397 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5398 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5399 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5401 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5403 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "completion" '("*c-def-regexp*" "*lisp-def-regexp*" "accept-completion" "add-" "cdabbrev-" "check-completion-length" "clear-all-completions" "cmpl-" "complet" "current-completion-source" "delete-completion" "enable-completion" "find-" "initialize-completions" "inside-locate-completion-entry" "interactive-completion-string-reader" "kill-" "list-all-completions" "make-c" "next-cdabbrev" "num-cmpl-sources" "reset-cdabbrev" "save" "set-c" "symbol-" "use-completion-")))
5405 ;;;***
5406 \f
5407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (0 0 0
5408 ;;;;;; 0))
5409 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5411 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
5412 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5413 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5414 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5415 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5416 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5417 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5419 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5420 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5421 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5423 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5424 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5425 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5427 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5428 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5429 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5430 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5432 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5433 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5434 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5435 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5436 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5437 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5438 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5442 \(fn)" t nil)
5444 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
5445 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5446 Comments start with `#'. For details see `conf-mode'.
5448 \(fn)" t nil)
5450 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
5451 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5452 Comments start with `;'.
5453 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5457 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5458 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5459 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5461 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5462 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5464 \(fn)" t nil)
5466 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5467 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5468 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5469 between `/*' and `*/'.
5470 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5473 // another kind of comment
5474 /* yet another */
5476 name:value
5477 name=value
5478 name value
5479 x.1 =
5480 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5481 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5483 \(fn)" t nil)
5485 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
5486 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5488 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5489 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5490 `conf-space-keywords'.
5491 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5492 in an interactive fashion instead.
5494 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5498 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5499 image/png png
5500 image/tiff tiff tif
5502 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5503 class desktop
5504 # Standard multimedia devices
5505 add /dev/audio desktop
5506 add /dev/mixer desktop
5508 \(fn)" t nil)
5510 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
5511 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5512 See `conf-space-mode'.
5514 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5516 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
5517 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5519 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5526 \(fn)" t nil)
5528 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
5529 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5531 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5535 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5538 \(fn)" t nil)
5540 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
5541 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5543 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5547 *background: gray99
5548 *foreground: black
5550 \(fn)" t nil)
5552 (autoload 'conf-toml-mode "conf-mode" "\
5553 Conf Mode starter for TOML files.
5555 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5559 \[entry]
5562 \(fn)" t nil)
5564 (autoload 'conf-desktop-mode "conf-mode" "\
5565 Conf Mode started for freedesktop.org Desktop files.
5567 For details see `conf-mode'.
5570 [Desktop Entry]
5571 Name=GNU Image Manipulation Program
5572 Name[oc]=Editor d'imatge GIMP
5573 Exec=gimp-2.8 %U
5574 Terminal=false
5576 \(fn)" t nil)
5578 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "conf-mode" '("conf-")))
5580 ;;;***
5581 \f
5582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (0 0 0 0))
5583 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5585 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
5586 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5587 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5588 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5589 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
5590 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
5592 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
5594 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
5595 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5596 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5597 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5599 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5601 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
5602 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5603 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5604 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5606 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5608 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cookie1" '("cookie")))
5610 ;;;***
5611 \f
5612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (0 0
5613 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5614 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5615 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5616 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
5617 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5619 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
5620 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
5621 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5622 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5623 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5624 following the copyright are updated as well.
5625 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5626 interactively.
5628 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5630 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
5631 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5632 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5633 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
5634 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
5636 \(fn)" t nil)
5638 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
5639 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5641 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5643 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
5644 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
5645 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
5647 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
5649 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "copyright" '("copyright-")))
5651 ;;;***
5652 \f
5653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (0 0
5654 ;;;;;; 0 0))
5655 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5656 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5657 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5658 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5659 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5660 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
5661 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5662 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
5664 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
5665 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5666 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5667 Tab indents for Perl code.
5668 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5669 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5671 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5672 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5673 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5677 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5678 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5679 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
5680 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5681 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5684 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5686 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5687 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5689 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5691 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5692 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5693 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
5695 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5696 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5699 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5703 bite if angry;
5705 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5706 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5707 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5708 to nil.)
5711 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5712 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5714 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5716 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5717 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5718 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5720 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5724 if (A) { B }
5726 into
5728 B if A;
5732 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5733 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5734 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5735 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5736 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5737 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5738 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5739 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5740 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5741 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5742 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5743 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5746 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5748 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5749 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5750 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5751 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5753 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5755 man via menu.
5757 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5758 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5759 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5760 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5764 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5765 span the needed amount of lines.
5767 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5768 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5769 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5770 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5772 Variables controlling indentation style:
5773 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5774 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5775 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5776 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5777 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5778 `cperl-auto-newline'
5779 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5780 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5782 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5783 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5784 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5785 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5786 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5787 `cperl-indent-level'
5788 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5789 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5790 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5791 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5792 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5793 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5794 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5795 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5796 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5797 `cperl-brace-offset'
5798 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5799 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5800 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5801 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5802 `cperl-label-offset'
5803 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5804 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5805 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5807 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5808 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5809 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5810 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5811 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5812 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5814 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5817 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5819 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5820 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5821 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5822 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5824 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5825 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5827 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5828 column 0 is indented on
5829 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5831 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5832 with no args.
5834 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5835 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5836 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5838 \(fn)" t nil)
5840 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5841 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5843 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5845 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5846 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5848 \(fn)" t nil)
5850 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cperl-mode" '("cperl-" "pod2man-program")))
5852 ;;;***
5853 \f
5854 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
5855 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5857 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5858 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5859 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5860 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5861 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5863 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5865 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5866 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5868 \(fn)" t nil)
5870 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cpp" '("cpp-")))
5872 ;;;***
5873 \f
5874 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (0 0 0 0))
5875 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5877 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5878 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5879 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5881 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5882 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5886 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5889 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5893 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5894 with empty strings removed.
5896 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5898 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "crm" '("crm-")))
5900 ;;;***
5901 \f
5902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
5903 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5905 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5906 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets (CSS).
5908 This mode provides syntax highlighting, indentation, completion,
5909 and documentation lookup for CSS.
5912 pseudo-elements, pseudo-classes, at-rules, bang-rules, and HTML
5913 tags, classes and IDs. Completion candidates for HTML class
5914 names and IDs are found by looking through open HTML mode
5915 buffers.
5918 pseudo-classes, and pseudo-elements on the Mozilla Developer
5919 Network (MDN).
5922 be used to fill comments.
5926 \(fn)" t nil)
5929 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5932 \(fn)" t nil)
5934 (autoload 'css-lookup-symbol "css-mode" "\
5935 Display the CSS documentation for SYMBOL, as found on MDN.
5936 When this command is used interactively, it picks a default
5937 symbol based on the CSS text before point -- either an @-keyword,
5938 a property name, a pseudo-class, or a pseudo-element, depending
5939 on what is seen near point.
5941 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5943 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "css-mode" '("css-" "scss-")))
5945 ;;;***
5946 \f
5947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (0 0 0 0))
5948 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5950 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5951 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5952 See the `cua-mode' command
5953 for a description of this minor mode.
5954 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5955 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5956 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5958 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5960 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5961 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5962 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5963 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5964 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5966 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5967 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5968 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5969 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5970 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5971 normal function of these prefix keys.
5973 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5974 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5975 options:
5976 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5977 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5978 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5980 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5981 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5982 the prefix fallback behavior.
5984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5986 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5987 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5989 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5991 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-base" '("cua-")))
5993 ;;;***
5994 \f
5995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-gmrk" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" (0 0 0 0))
5996 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-gmrk.el
5998 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-gmrk" '("cua-")))
6000 ;;;***
6001 \f
6002 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
6003 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
6005 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
6006 Toggle the region as rectangular.
6007 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
6009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cua-rect" '("cua-")))
6013 ;;;***
6014 \f
6015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
6016 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
6017 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
6019 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
6021 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
6022 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
6024 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6026 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
6027 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
6028 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
6029 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
6030 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
6031 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
6032 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
6034 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6036 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cursor-sensor" '("cursor-sensor-")))
6038 ;;;***
6039 \f
6040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-dep" "cus-dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
6041 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-dep.el
6043 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-dep" '("custom-" "generated-custom-dependencies-file")))
6045 ;;;***
6046 \f
6047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
6048 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
6050 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
6051 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
6053 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6055 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
6056 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
6058 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6060 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
6061 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
6063 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
6065 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
6066 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
6068 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6069 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6071 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6072 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6074 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6076 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6078 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
6079 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
6080 VALUE is a Lisp object.
6082 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
6083 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
6085 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6086 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6088 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6089 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6091 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6093 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6095 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
6096 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
6097 Return VALUE.
6099 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
6100 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
6102 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
6103 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
6105 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
6106 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
6108 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
6110 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
6112 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
6113 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
6114 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
6115 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
6117 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
6118 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
6119 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
6121 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
6123 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
6124 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
6126 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
6127 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
6129 \(fn)" t nil)
6131 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
6132 Customize options related to a major or minor mode.
6133 By default the current major mode is used. With a prefix
6134 argument or if the current major mode has no known group, prompt
6135 for the MODE to customize.
6137 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
6139 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
6140 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
6141 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6143 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6145 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6146 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
6148 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6150 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
6152 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
6153 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6155 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6157 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
6159 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6160 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
6161 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
6163 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
6165 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
6166 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
6167 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
6168 as part of Emacs itself.
6170 Each elements looks like this:
6172 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
6174 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
6175 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
6176 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
6177 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
6178 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
6179 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
6180 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
6181 and `defface'.
6183 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
6191 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
6192 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
6193 the user might see the value in an error message, a good choice is
6194 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
6196 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
6198 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
6199 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
6200 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
6201 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
6202 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
6203 release.
6205 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
6206 that were added or redefined since that version.
6208 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
6210 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
6211 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
6212 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
6213 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6215 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
6217 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6218 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6220 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
6222 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6223 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
6224 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
6226 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
6227 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
6229 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
6231 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
6232 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
6234 \(fn)" t nil)
6236 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
6237 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
6239 \(fn)" t nil)
6241 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
6242 Customize all saved options and faces.
6244 \(fn)" t nil)
6246 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
6247 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
6248 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
6249 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
6250 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
6251 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
6253 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
6254 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
6255 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
6257 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
6259 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
6260 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
6262 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
6264 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
6265 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
6267 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6269 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
6270 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
6272 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
6274 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
6275 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
6276 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
6277 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
6279 \(fn)" nil nil)
6281 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
6282 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
6283 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6284 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6285 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6286 that option.
6287 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6289 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6291 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
6292 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
6293 The result includes selecting that window.
6294 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
6295 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
6296 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
6297 that option.
6298 DESCRIPTION is unused.
6300 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
6302 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
6303 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
6305 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
6307 (defvar custom-file nil "\
6308 File used for storing customization information.
6309 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
6310 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
6311 it should be an absolute file name.
6313 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
6314 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
6315 something like the following in your init file:
6318 \(load custom-file)
6320 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
6321 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
6323 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
6324 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
6325 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
6326 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
6327 This will preserve your existing customizations.
6329 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
6330 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
6331 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
6332 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
6333 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
6334 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
6336 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
6337 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
6338 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
6340 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
6342 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
6343 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
6345 \(fn)" nil nil)
6347 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
6348 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
6350 \(fn)" t nil)
6352 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6353 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6354 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
6356 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
6358 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
6359 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
6360 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
6361 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
6362 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
6364 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
6366 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-edit" '("Custom-" "custom" "widget-")))
6368 ;;;***
6369 \f
6370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (0 0 0 0))
6371 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
6373 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
6374 Create or edit a custom theme.
6375 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
6376 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
6377 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
6378 from the Custom save file.
6379 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
6380 named *Custom Theme*.
6382 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
6384 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
6385 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
6387 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6389 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
6390 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
6392 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
6394 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
6395 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
6396 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
6397 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
6399 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6401 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cus-theme" '("custom-" "describe-theme-1")))
6403 ;;;***
6404 \f
6405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (0 0 0 0))
6406 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
6408 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
6409 Mode used for cvs status output.
6411 \(fn)" t nil)
6413 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cvs-status" '("cvs-")))
6415 ;;;***
6416 \f
6417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (0 0 0 0))
6418 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6419 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6421 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6422 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6424 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
6426 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6427 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6428 C++ modes are included.
6430 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
6431 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
6432 if ARG is omitted or nil.
6434 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6436 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
6438 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6439 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
6440 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
6441 for a description of this minor mode.
6442 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6443 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6444 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6446 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
6448 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
6449 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
6450 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
6451 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
6452 ARG is omitted or nil.
6454 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
6455 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6456 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6460 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cwarn" '("cwarn-" "turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled")))
6462 ;;;***
6463 \f
6464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (0 0
6465 ;;;;;; 0 0))
6466 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6468 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
6469 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6471 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6473 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
6474 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6476 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6478 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
6479 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6480 For readability, the table is slightly
6481 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6483 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6484 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6485 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6486 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6487 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6489 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6491 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "cyril-util" '("cyrillic-language-alist")))
6493 ;;;***
6494 \f
6495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
6496 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6497 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
6498 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
6499 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6500 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6502 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
6503 Completion on current word.
6505 and presents suggestions for completion.
6507 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6508 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6509 completions.
6512 then it searches *all* buffers.
6514 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6516 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
6519 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6520 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6521 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6522 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6523 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function', if `dabbrev-check-other-buffers'
6524 says so. Then, if `dabbrev-check-all-buffers' is non-nil, look in
6525 all the other buffers, subject to constraints specified
6526 by `dabbrev-ignored-buffer-names' and `dabbrev-ignored-regexps'.
6528 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6529 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6531 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6532 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6533 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6535 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6536 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6540 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dabbrev" '("dabbrev-")))
6544 ;;;***
6545 \f
6546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6547 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
6549 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
6550 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
6552 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
6554 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "data-debug" '("data-debug-")))
6556 ;;;***
6557 \f
6558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (0 0 0 0))
6559 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
6561 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
6562 Handle events from the D-Bus.
6563 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
6564 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
6565 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
6567 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
6569 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dbus" '("dbus-")))
6571 ;;;***
6572 \f
6573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
6574 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6576 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
6577 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6579 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6580 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6581 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6583 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6584 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6585 Data lines are not indented.
6587 Key bindings:
6590 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6597 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6599 dcl-basic-offset
6600 Extra indentation within blocks.
6602 dcl-continuation-offset
6603 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6605 dcl-margin-offset
6606 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6608 dcl-margin-label-offset
6609 Indentation for a label.
6611 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6612 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6614 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6615 dcl-block-end-regexp
6616 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6617 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
6618 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6619 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6620 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6622 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6623 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6624 Two such functions are included in the package:
6625 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6626 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6628 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6629 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6630 One such function is included in the package:
6631 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6633 dcl-tab-always-indent
6634 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6635 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6636 margin.
6638 dcl-electric-characters
6639 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6640 typed.
6642 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6643 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6644 which words trigger electric indentation.
6646 dcl-tempo-comma
6647 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6648 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6649 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6651 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6652 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6653 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6654 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6656 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6657 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6658 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6659 dcl-imenu-label-call
6660 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6662 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6663 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6664 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6665 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6668 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6670 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6671 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6672 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6673 $ i = 1
6674 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6675 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6676 $ label:
6677 $ if i.eq.1
6678 $ then
6679 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6680 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6681 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6682 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6685 $ type sys$input
6686 Data lines are not indented at all.
6687 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6688 $ endif
6689 $
6692 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6693 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6695 \(fn)" t nil)
6697 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dcl-mode" '("dcl-")))
6699 ;;;***
6700 \f
6701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
6702 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6704 (setq debugger 'debug)
6706 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
6708 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6709 of the evaluator.
6711 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6712 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6713 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6715 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
6717 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6718 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6720 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6722 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6723 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6724 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6725 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6726 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6727 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6730 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6732 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6734 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
6736 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6737 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6738 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6740 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6742 (autoload 'debug-on-variable-change "debug" "\
6743 Trigger a debugger invocation when VARIABLE is changed.
6745 When called interactively, prompt for VARIABLE in the minibuffer.
6747 This works by calling `add-variable-watch' on VARIABLE. If you
6748 quit from the debugger, this will abort the change (unless the
6749 change is caused by the termination of a let-binding).
6751 The watchpoint may be circumvented by C code that changes the
6752 variable directly (i.e., not via `set'). Changing the value of
6753 the variable (e.g., `setcar' on a list variable) will not trigger
6754 watchpoint.
6757 this command. Uninterning VARIABLE or making it an alias of
6758 another symbol also cancels it.
6760 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
6762 (defalias 'debug-watch #'debug-on-variable-change)
6764 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-variable-change "debug" "\
6766 If VARIABLE is nil, cancel debug-on-variable-change for all variables.
6767 When called interactively, prompt for VARIABLE in the minibuffer.
6768 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6770 \(fn &optional VARIABLE)" t nil)
6772 (defalias 'cancel-debug-watch #'cancel-debug-on-variable-change)
6774 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "debug" '("debug" "inhibit-debug-on-entry")))
6776 ;;;***
6777 \f
6778 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (0 0 0 0))
6779 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6781 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
6782 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6784 \(fn)" t nil)
6786 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
6787 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6788 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6789 Upper-case letters are commands.
6791 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6792 modify it.
6794 The most useful commands are:
6798 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6802 \(fn)" t nil)
6804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "decipher" '("decipher-")))
6806 ;;;***
6807 \f
6808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (0 0 0 0))
6809 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6810 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6812 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
6813 Customization of `columns' group.
6815 \(fn)" t nil)
6817 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
6818 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6820 START and END delimits the text region.
6822 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6824 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
6825 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6827 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6829 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delim-col" '("delimit-columns-")))
6833 ;;;***
6834 \f
6835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (0 0 0 0))
6836 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6838 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
6840 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6841 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6842 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
6843 for a description of this minor mode.
6844 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6845 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6846 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6848 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
6850 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
6851 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6852 Interactively, with a prefix argument, enable
6853 Delete Selection mode if the prefix argument is positive,
6854 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, toggle
6855 the mode if ARG is `toggle', disable the mode if ARG is
6856 a non-positive integer, and enable the mode otherwise
6857 \(including if ARG is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6859 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
6860 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
6861 point regardless of any selection.
6863 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
6864 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
6866 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6868 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "delsel" '("del" "minibuffer-keyboard-quit")))
6870 ;;;***
6871 \f
6872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (0 0 0 0))
6873 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6875 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
6876 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6878 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6880 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6881 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6882 or nil if there is no parent.
6884 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6885 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6886 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6887 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6889 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6890 arguments are currently understood:
6891 :group GROUP
6892 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6893 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6894 :syntax-table TABLE
6895 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6896 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6897 :abbrev-table TABLE
6898 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6899 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6900 :after-hook FORM
6901 A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks have been
6902 run. It should not be quoted.
6904 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6908 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6909 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6910 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6912 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6913 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6917 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6919 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6920 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6922 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6923 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6925 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6927 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6929 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6931 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6932 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6933 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6934 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6935 the first time the mode is used.
6937 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6939 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "derived" '("derived-mode-")))
6941 ;;;***
6942 \f
6943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (0 0 0 0))
6944 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6946 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6947 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6948 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6949 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6950 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6951 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6952 otherwise.
6954 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6956 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6957 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6958 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6959 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6961 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6962 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6963 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6965 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6966 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6967 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6968 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6969 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6970 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6971 relevant to POS.
6973 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6975 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6976 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6978 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6979 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6980 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6981 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6982 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6983 minibuffer window for width limit.
6985 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6986 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6988 \(fn)" nil nil)
6990 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "descr-text" '("describe-")))
6992 ;;;***
6993 \f
6994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (0 0 0 0))
6995 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6997 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6998 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6999 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
7000 for a description of this minor mode.
7001 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7002 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7003 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
7005 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
7007 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
7008 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
7009 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
7010 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
7011 is omitted or nil.
7013 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
7014 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
7015 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
7016 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
7021 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
7022 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
7024 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
7026 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
7028 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7030 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system buffer-display-time indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
7031 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
7032 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
7033 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
7035 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
7037 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
7038 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
7040 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
7041 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
7042 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
7044 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
7047 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
7048 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
7049 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
7051 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
7052 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
7053 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
7054 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
7056 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
7058 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
7059 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
7061 Handlers are called with argument list
7063 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
7065 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
7067 `desktop-file-version'
7068 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
7069 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
7070 `desktop-buffer-point'
7071 `desktop-buffer-mark'
7072 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
7073 `desktop-buffer-locals'
7075 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
7076 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
7078 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
7079 code like
7081 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
7082 ...
7086 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
7088 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
7090 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
7092 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
7093 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
7094 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
7095 List elements must have the form
7097 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
7099 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
7100 function.
7102 Handlers are called with argument list
7104 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
7106 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
7108 `desktop-file-version'
7109 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
7110 `desktop-buffer-name'
7111 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
7112 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
7113 `desktop-buffer-point'
7114 `desktop-buffer-mark'
7115 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
7116 `desktop-buffer-misc'
7118 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
7119 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
7120 created and set.
7122 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
7123 code like
7125 (defun foo-desktop-restore
7126 ...
7130 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
7132 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
7134 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
7136 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
7138 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
7139 Empty the Desktop.
7140 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
7141 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
7142 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
7143 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
7144 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
7145 if different).
7147 \(fn)" t nil)
7149 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
7150 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
7151 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
7152 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
7153 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
7154 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
7155 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
7156 do not rewrite the file.
7158 This function can save the desktop in either format version
7159 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
7160 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
7161 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
7162 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
7163 file.
7165 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
7166 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
7167 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
7168 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
7169 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
7170 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
7171 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
7172 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
7173 without further confirmation.
7175 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
7177 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
7178 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
7179 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
7181 \(fn)" t nil)
7183 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
7184 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
7185 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
7186 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
7187 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
7188 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
7189 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
7190 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
7192 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
7194 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
7195 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
7196 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
7197 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
7198 directory DIRNAME.
7200 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
7202 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
7203 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
7205 \(fn)" t nil)
7207 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
7208 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
7210 \(fn)" t nil)
7212 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "desktop" '("desktop-")))
7214 ;;;***
7215 \f
7216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (0 0 0 0))
7217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
7219 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
7220 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
7221 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
7222 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
7223 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
7224 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7226 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7228 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
7229 Repair a broken attribution line.
7230 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7232 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7234 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7235 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
7236 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
7237 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
7239 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
7241 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
7242 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
7244 \(fn)" t nil)
7246 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "deuglify" '("gnus-")))
7248 ;;;***
7249 \f
7250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dframe" "dframe.el" (0 0 0 0))
7251 ;;; Generated autoloads from dframe.el
7253 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dframe" '("dframe-")))
7255 ;;;***
7256 \f
7257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (0 0 0
7258 ;;;;;; 0))
7259 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
7261 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
7262 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
7263 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
7264 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
7265 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
7267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7269 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
7270 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
7271 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
7272 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
7274 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
7275 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
7276 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
7277 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
7279 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
7280 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
7282 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
7287 \(diary-mail-entries)
7289 # diary-rem.el ends here
7291 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
7293 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
7294 Major mode for editing the diary file.
7296 \(fn)" t nil)
7298 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diary-lib" '("calendar-mark-" "diary-")))
7300 ;;;***
7301 \f
7302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
7303 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
7305 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
7306 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
7308 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
7310 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
7311 The command to use to run diff.")
7313 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
7315 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
7316 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
7317 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
7318 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
7319 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
7320 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
7322 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
7323 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
7324 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
7326 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
7328 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
7329 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7330 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7331 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7332 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7333 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
7335 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7337 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
7338 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
7340 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
7342 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
7343 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
7344 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
7346 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
7348 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff" '("diff-")))
7350 ;;;***
7351 \f
7352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7353 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
7355 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
7356 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
7357 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
7358 normal diffs.
7360 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
7361 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
7362 headers for you on-the-fly.
7370 \(fn)" t nil)
7372 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
7373 Toggle Diff minor mode.
7374 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
7375 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7376 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7382 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "diff-mode" '("diff-")))
7384 ;;;***
7385 \f
7386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (0 0 0 0))
7387 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
7389 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
7390 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
7391 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
7393 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
7395 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dig" '("dig-" "query-dig")))
7397 ;;;***
7398 \f
7399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
7400 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
7402 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
7403 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
7404 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
7405 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
7406 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
7407 Options that include embedded whitespace must be quoted
7409 `combine-and-quote-strings' to produce the correct quoting of
7410 each option.
7411 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
7412 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
7413 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
7415 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
7417 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
7418 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
7419 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
7420 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
7421 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
7422 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
7424 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
7426 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
7427 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
7429 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
7430 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
7432 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
7433 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
7434 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
7435 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
7436 listing have no effect.
7442 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
7444 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7445 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
7447 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
7450 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7451 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
7453 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
7456 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7458 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
7459 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
7461 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7463 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
7466 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
7469 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
7472 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7474 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
7477 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7478 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7479 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7480 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7482 to see why something went wrong.
7487 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7494 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7495 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
7498 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
7500 again for the directory tree.
7503 for more info):
7505 `dired-listing-switches'
7506 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7507 `dired-marker-char'
7508 `dired-del-marker'
7509 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7510 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7511 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7512 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7516 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7517 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7518 `dired-mode-hook'
7519 `dired-load-hook'
7521 Keybindings:
7524 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7525 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7527 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired" '("dired-")))
7529 ;;;***
7530 \f
7531 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el"
7532 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7533 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7535 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-aux" '("dired-" "minibuffer-default-add-dired-shell-commands")))
7537 ;;;***
7538 \f
7539 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7540 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7541 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7543 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dired-x" '("dired-" "virtual-dired")))
7545 ;;;***
7546 \f
7547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (0 0 0 0))
7548 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7550 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
7551 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
7552 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
7553 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7554 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7556 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
7557 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
7558 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
7560 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
7561 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
7562 directory.
7564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7566 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
7567 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
7568 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
7569 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
7570 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
7571 from `default-directory'.
7573 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7575 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dirtrack" '("dirtrack-")))
7577 ;;;***
7578 \f
7579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (0 0 0 0))
7580 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7582 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
7583 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7584 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7585 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7586 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7587 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7589 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7591 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disass" '("disassemble-")))
7593 ;;;***
7594 \f
7595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
7596 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7598 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
7599 Return a new, empty display table.
7601 \(fn)" nil nil)
7603 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7604 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7605 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7606 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7607 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7609 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7611 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
7612 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7613 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7614 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7615 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7617 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7619 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
7620 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7622 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7624 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
7625 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7627 \(fn)" t nil)
7629 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
7630 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
7632 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
7633 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
7635 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
7636 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
7637 byte.
7639 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
7640 in the default way after this call.
7642 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7644 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
7645 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7647 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7649 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
7650 Display character C using printable string S.
7652 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7654 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
7655 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7656 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7657 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7659 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7661 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
7662 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7663 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7664 X frame.
7666 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7668 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
7669 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7671 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7673 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
7674 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7676 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7678 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
7679 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7681 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7683 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
7684 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7686 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7688 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
7689 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7691 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7693 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
7694 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7696 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
7697 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
7699 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
7700 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
7702 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7703 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7704 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7705 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7707 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7708 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
7709 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
7710 in `.emacs'.
7712 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "disp-table" '("display-table-print-array")))
7716 ;;;***
7717 \f
7718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "display-line-numbers" "display-line-numbers.el"
7719 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
7720 ;;; Generated autoloads from display-line-numbers.el
7722 (autoload 'display-line-numbers-mode "display-line-numbers" "\
7723 Toggle display of line numbers in the buffer.
7724 This uses `display-line-numbers' internally.
7726 To change the type of line numbers displayed by default,
7727 customize `display-line-numbers-type'. To change the type while
7728 the mode is on, set `display-line-numbers' directly.
7730 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7732 (defvar global-display-line-numbers-mode nil "\
7733 Non-nil if Global Display-Line-Numbers mode is enabled.
7734 See the `global-display-line-numbers-mode' command
7735 for a description of this minor mode.
7736 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7737 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7738 or call the function `global-display-line-numbers-mode'.")
7740 (custom-autoload 'global-display-line-numbers-mode "display-line-numbers" nil)
7742 (autoload 'global-display-line-numbers-mode "display-line-numbers" "\
7743 Toggle Display-Line-Numbers mode in all buffers.
7744 With prefix ARG, enable Global Display-Line-Numbers mode if ARG is positive;
7745 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
7746 ARG is omitted or nil.
7748 Display-Line-Numbers mode is enabled in all buffers where
7749 `display-line-numbers--turn-on' would do it.
7750 See `display-line-numbers-mode' for more information on Display-Line-Numbers mode.
7752 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7754 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "display-line-numbers" '("display-line-numbers-")))
7756 ;;;***
7757 \f
7758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (0 0 0 0))
7759 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7761 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
7762 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7763 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7764 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7765 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7766 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7767 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7768 Default is 2.
7770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7772 ;;;***
7773 \f
7774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
7775 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7777 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
7778 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7779 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7780 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7781 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7782 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7783 private or ask).
7784 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7785 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7786 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7787 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7788 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7790 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
7792 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dnd" '("dnd-")))
7794 ;;;***
7795 \f
7796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns" "net/dns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7797 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dns.el
7799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns" '("dns-")))
7801 ;;;***
7802 \f
7803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
7804 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7806 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
7807 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7808 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7809 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7810 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7811 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7812 table and its own syntax table.
7814 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7816 \(fn)" t nil)
7817 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7819 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
7820 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7822 \(fn)" t nil)
7824 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dns-mode" '("dns-mode-")))
7826 ;;;***
7827 \f
7828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
7829 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
7831 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
7832 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
7833 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
7834 OpenDocument format).
7836 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
7838 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
7839 Major mode in DocView buffers.
7841 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
7842 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
7845 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
7848 \(fn)" t nil)
7850 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
7851 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
7852 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
7853 to the next best mode.
7855 \(fn)" nil nil)
7857 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
7858 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
7859 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
7860 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7861 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7863 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
7865 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7867 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
7870 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
7872 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doc-view" '("doc-view-")))
7874 ;;;***
7875 \f
7876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (0 0 0 0))
7877 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7879 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
7880 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7882 \(fn)" t nil)
7884 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "doctor" '("doc" "make-doctor-variables")))
7886 ;;;***
7887 \f
7888 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dom" "dom.el" (0 0 0 0))
7889 ;;; Generated autoloads from dom.el
7891 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dom" '("dom-")))
7893 ;;;***
7894 \f
7895 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-fns" "dos-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
7896 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-fns.el
7898 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-fns" '("dos")))
7900 ;;;***
7901 \f
7902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-vars" "dos-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
7903 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-vars.el
7905 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-vars" '("dos-codepage-setup-hook" "msdos-shells")))
7907 ;;;***
7908 \f
7909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dos-w32" "dos-w32.el" (0 0 0 0))
7910 ;;; Generated autoloads from dos-w32.el
7912 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dos-w32" '("file-name-buffer-file-type-alist" "find-" "w32-")))
7914 ;;;***
7915 \f
7916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (0 0 0 0))
7917 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7919 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
7920 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
7921 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
7922 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7923 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7925 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
7926 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
7928 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7930 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "double" '("double-")))
7932 ;;;***
7933 \f
7934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
7935 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7936 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7938 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
7939 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7941 \(fn)" t nil)
7943 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dunnet" '("dun" "obj-special")))
7945 ;;;***
7946 \f
7947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dynamic-setting" "dynamic-setting.el" (0 0
7948 ;;;;;; 0 0))
7949 ;;; Generated autoloads from dynamic-setting.el
7951 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "dynamic-setting" '("dynamic-setting-handle-config-changed-event" "font-setting-change-default-font")))
7953 ;;;***
7954 \f
7955 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (0
7956 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
7957 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7959 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
7961 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7962 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7963 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
7964 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
7965 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7967 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
7968 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
7969 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
7970 and disables it otherwise.
7972 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
7973 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
7974 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
7975 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
7977 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
7978 documenting what its argument does.
7980 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7981 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
7982 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7983 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
7984 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
7985 (KEY . BINDING) pairs where KEY and BINDING are suitable for
7986 `define-key'. If you supply a KEYMAP argument that is not a
7987 symbol, this macro defines the variable MODE-map and gives it
7988 the value that KEYMAP specifies.
7990 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
7991 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
7992 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
7993 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
7994 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
7995 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
7996 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
7997 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
7998 the minor mode is global):
8000 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
8002 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
8003 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
8004 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
8005 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
8006 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
8007 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
8008 Not used if you also specify :variable.
8009 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
8010 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
8011 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
8012 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
8013 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
8014 named variable, or a generalized variable.
8015 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
8016 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
8017 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
8018 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
8019 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
8020 in :variable).
8022 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
8023 have been run. It should not be quoted.
8025 For example, you could write
8028 ...BODY CODE...)
8030 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
8032 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
8034 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
8036 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
8038 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
8039 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
8040 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
8041 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
8042 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
8043 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
8044 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
8045 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
8046 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
8047 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
8048 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
8049 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
8051 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
8052 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
8053 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
8054 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
8055 call another major mode in their body.
8057 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
8058 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
8059 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
8061 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
8063 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
8065 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
8066 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
8067 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
8068 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
8069 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
8070 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
8071 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
8073 Valid keywords and arguments are:
8075 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
8076 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
8077 :inherit Parent keymap.
8078 :group Ignored.
8079 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
8080 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
8082 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
8084 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
8085 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
8086 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
8087 the constant's documentation.
8089 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
8091 (function-put 'easy-mmode-defmap 'lisp-indent-function '1)
8093 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
8094 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
8095 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
8097 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
8099 (function-put 'easy-mmode-defsyntax 'lisp-indent-function '1)
8101 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easy-mmode" '("easy-mmode-")))
8103 ;;;***
8104 \f
8105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (0 0 0
8106 ;;;;;; 0))
8107 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
8109 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
8110 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
8111 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
8112 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
8114 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
8115 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
8116 as a top-level menu bar item.
8118 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
8119 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
8120 pairs:
8122 :filter FUNCTION
8123 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
8124 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
8125 items to actually display.
8127 :visible INCLUDE
8128 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
8129 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
8130 alias for `:visible'.
8132 :active ENABLE
8133 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
8134 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
8135 an alias for `:active'.
8137 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
8138 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
8140 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
8142 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
8144 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
8145 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
8147 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
8148 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
8150 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
8152 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
8154 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
8155 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
8157 :keys KEYS
8158 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
8159 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
8160 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
8161 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
8163 :key-sequence KEYS
8164 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
8165 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
8166 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
8167 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
8169 :active ENABLE
8170 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
8171 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
8172 alias for `:active'.
8174 :visible INCLUDE
8175 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
8176 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
8177 `:visible'.
8179 :label FORM
8180 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
8181 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
8183 :suffix FORM
8184 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
8185 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
8187 :style STYLE
8188 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
8189 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
8190 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
8192 :selected SELECTED
8193 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
8194 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
8196 :help HELP
8197 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
8199 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
8200 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
8201 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
8203 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
8204 MENU. This is a submenu.
8206 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
8208 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
8210 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
8213 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
8215 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
8216 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
8217 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
8218 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
8220 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
8222 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
8223 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8224 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8225 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8226 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8227 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8229 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8230 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8231 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8233 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8234 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8235 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8237 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8238 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8240 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8242 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "easymenu" '("add-submenu" "easy-menu-")))
8244 ;;;***
8245 \f
8246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-abn" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" (0 0 0 0))
8247 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-abn.el
8249 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-abn" '("ebnf-abn-")))
8251 ;;;***
8252 \f
8253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-bnf" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8254 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el
8256 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-bnf" '("ebnf-")))
8258 ;;;***
8259 \f
8260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-dtd" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" (0 0 0 0))
8261 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el
8263 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-dtd" '("ebnf-dtd-")))
8265 ;;;***
8266 \f
8267 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-ebx" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" (0 0 0 0))
8268 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el
8270 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-ebx" '("ebnf-ebx-")))
8272 ;;;***
8273 \f
8274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-iso" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" (0 0 0 0))
8275 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-iso.el
8277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-iso" '("ebnf-")))
8279 ;;;***
8280 \f
8281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-otz" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" (0 0 0 0))
8282 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-otz.el
8284 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-otz" '("ebnf-")))
8286 ;;;***
8287 \f
8288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf-yac" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" (0 0 0 0))
8289 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf-yac.el
8291 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf-yac" '("ebnf-yac-")))
8293 ;;;***
8294 \f
8295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (0 0 0 0))
8296 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8297 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8299 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
8300 Customization for ebnf group.
8302 \(fn)" t nil)
8304 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8305 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8307 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8309 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8310 processed.
8312 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8314 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8316 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8317 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8319 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8320 killed after process termination.
8322 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8324 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8326 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8327 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8330 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8331 it to the printer.
8333 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8334 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8335 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8336 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8338 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8340 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8341 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8342 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8344 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8346 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8347 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8349 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8351 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8352 processed.
8354 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8356 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8358 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8359 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8361 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8362 killed after process termination.
8364 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8366 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8368 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8369 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8370 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8371 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8373 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8375 \(fn)" t nil)
8377 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8378 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8379 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8381 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8383 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8385 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8386 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8388 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8390 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8391 processed.
8393 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8395 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8397 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8398 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8400 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8401 killed after EPS generation.
8403 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8405 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8407 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8408 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8410 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8411 The EPS file name has the following form:
8413 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8415 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8418 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8419 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8420 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8424 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8425 files.
8427 \(fn)" t nil)
8429 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8430 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8432 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8433 The EPS file name has the following form:
8435 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8437 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8440 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8441 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8442 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8446 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8447 files.
8449 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8451 (defalias 'ebnf-despool #'ps-despool)
8453 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
8454 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8456 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8458 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8459 are processed.
8461 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8463 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8465 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
8466 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8468 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8469 killed after syntax checking.
8471 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8473 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8475 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
8476 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8478 \(fn)" t nil)
8480 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
8481 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
8483 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8485 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
8486 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8488 \(fn)" nil nil)
8490 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8491 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
8493 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8495 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8497 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8498 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8500 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8502 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8504 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8505 Delete style NAME.
8507 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8509 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8511 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8512 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8514 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8516 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8518 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8519 Set STYLE as the current style.
8521 Returns the old style symbol.
8523 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8525 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8527 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8528 Reset current style.
8530 Returns the old style symbol.
8532 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8534 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8536 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8537 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8539 Returns the old style symbol.
8541 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8543 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8545 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8547 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
8548 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8550 Returns the old style symbol.
8552 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8554 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8556 \(fn)" t nil)
8558 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebnf2ps" '("ebnf-")))
8560 ;;;***
8561 \f
8562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (0 0 0 0))
8563 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8565 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
8566 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8567 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8568 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8569 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8572 Tree mode key bindings:
8575 \(fn)" t nil)
8577 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
8578 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8580 \(fn)" t nil)
8582 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
8583 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8585 \(fn)" t nil)
8587 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8588 View declaration of member at point.
8590 \(fn)" t nil)
8592 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
8593 Find declaration of member at point.
8595 \(fn)" t nil)
8597 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
8598 View definition of member at point.
8600 \(fn)" t nil)
8602 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
8603 Find definition of member at point.
8605 \(fn)" t nil)
8607 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8608 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8610 \(fn)" t nil)
8612 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8613 View definition of member at point in other window.
8615 \(fn)" t nil)
8617 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
8618 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8620 \(fn)" t nil)
8622 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8623 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8625 \(fn)" t nil)
8627 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8628 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8630 \(fn)" t nil)
8632 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
8633 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8635 \(fn)" t nil)
8637 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
8638 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8639 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8640 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8641 completion.
8643 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8645 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
8646 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8647 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8648 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8650 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8652 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
8653 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8654 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8655 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8657 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8659 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
8660 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8661 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8663 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8665 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
8666 Search for call sites of a member.
8667 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8668 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8669 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8670 looks like a function call to the member.
8672 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8674 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8675 Move backward in the position stack.
8676 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8678 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8680 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
8681 Move forward in the position stack.
8682 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8684 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8686 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
8687 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8689 \(fn)" t nil)
8691 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
8692 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8694 \(fn)" t nil)
8696 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
8697 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8698 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8699 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8701 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8703 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
8704 Display statistics for a class tree.
8706 \(fn)" t nil)
8708 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebrowse" '("ebrowse-" "electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook")))
8710 ;;;***
8711 \f
8712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (0 0 0 0))
8713 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8715 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
8717 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
8719 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
8720 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
8721 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8723 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8726 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
8727 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
8728 also has this effect.
8730 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
8741 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8743 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ebuff-menu" '("Electric-buffer-menu-" "electric-buffer-")))
8745 ;;;***
8746 \f
8747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (0 0 0 0))
8748 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8750 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
8751 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8752 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8754 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "echistory" '("Electric-history-" "electric-")))
8758 ;;;***
8759 \f
8760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "ecomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
8761 ;;; Generated autoloads from ecomplete.el
8763 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
8764 Read the .ecompleterc file.
8766 \(fn)" nil nil)
8768 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ecomplete" '("ecomplete-")))
8770 ;;;***
8771 \f
8772 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (0 0 0 0))
8773 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
8774 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
8776 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
8777 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
8778 See the `global-ede-mode' command
8779 for a description of this minor mode.
8780 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8781 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8782 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
8784 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
8786 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
8787 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
8788 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
8789 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8790 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8792 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
8793 an EDE controlled project.
8795 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8797 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede" '("ede" "global-ede-mode-map" "project-try-ede")))
8799 ;;;***
8800 \f
8801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/auto" "cedet/ede/auto.el" (0 0 0 0))
8802 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/auto.el
8804 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/auto" '("ede-")))
8806 ;;;***
8807 \f
8808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/autoconf-edit" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el"
8809 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8810 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el
8812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/autoconf-edit" '("autoconf-")))
8814 ;;;***
8815 \f
8816 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/base" "cedet/ede/base.el"
8817 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8818 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/base.el
8820 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/base" '("ede-")))
8822 ;;;***
8823 \f
8824 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/config" "cedet/ede/config.el"
8825 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8826 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/config.el
8828 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/config" '("ede-")))
8830 ;;;***
8831 \f
8832 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/cpp-root"
8833 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" (0 0 0 0))
8834 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/cpp-root.el
8836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/cpp-root" '("ede-c")))
8838 ;;;***
8839 \f
8840 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/custom" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
8841 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8842 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/custom.el
8844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/custom" '("ede-" "eieio-ede-old-variables")))
8846 ;;;***
8847 \f
8848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/detect" "cedet/ede/detect.el" (0 0 0 0))
8849 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/detect.el
8851 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/detect" '("ede-")))
8853 ;;;***
8854 \f
8855 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/dired" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
8856 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8857 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/dired.el
8859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/dired" '("ede-dired-")))
8861 ;;;***
8862 \f
8863 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/emacs" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
8864 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8865 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/emacs.el
8867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/emacs" '("ede-emacs-")))
8869 ;;;***
8870 \f
8871 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/files" "cedet/ede/files.el"
8872 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8873 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/files.el
8875 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/files" '("ede-")))
8877 ;;;***
8878 \f
8879 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/generic"
8880 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
8881 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/generic.el
8883 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/generic" '("ede-generic-")))
8885 ;;;***
8886 \f
8887 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/linux" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
8888 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8889 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/linux.el
8891 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/linux" '("ede-linux-" "project-linux-")))
8893 ;;;***
8894 \f
8895 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/locate" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
8896 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8897 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/locate.el
8899 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/locate" '("ede-locate-")))
8901 ;;;***
8902 \f
8903 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/make" "cedet/ede/make.el"
8904 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8905 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/make.el
8907 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/make" '("ede-make-")))
8909 ;;;***
8910 \f
8911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/makefile-edit" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
8912 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8913 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el
8915 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/makefile-edit" '("makefile-")))
8917 ;;;***
8918 \f
8919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pconf" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
8920 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pconf.el
8922 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pconf" '("ede-pconf-create-file-query")))
8924 ;;;***
8925 \f
8926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/pmake" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" (0 0 0 0))
8927 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/pmake.el
8929 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/pmake" '("ede-pmake-")))
8931 ;;;***
8932 \f
8933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj" "cedet/ede/proj.el" (0 0 0 0))
8934 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj.el
8936 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj" '("ede-proj-")))
8938 ;;;***
8939 \f
8940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-archive" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
8941 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8942 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-archive.el
8944 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-archive" '("ede-")))
8946 ;;;***
8947 \f
8948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-aux" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" (0 0
8949 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8950 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-aux.el
8952 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-aux" '("ede-")))
8954 ;;;***
8955 \f
8956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-comp" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" (0
8957 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8958 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-comp.el
8960 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-comp" '("ede-" "proj-comp-insert-variable-once")))
8962 ;;;***
8963 \f
8964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-elisp" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
8965 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
8966 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el
8968 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-elisp" '("ede-")))
8970 ;;;***
8971 \f
8972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-info" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" (0
8973 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8974 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-info.el
8976 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-info" '("ede-")))
8978 ;;;***
8979 \f
8980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-misc" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" (0
8981 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8982 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-misc.el
8984 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-misc" '("ede-")))
8986 ;;;***
8987 \f
8988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-obj" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" (0 0
8989 ;;;;;; 0 0))
8990 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-obj.el
8992 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-obj" '("ede-")))
8994 ;;;***
8995 \f
8996 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-prog" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" (0
8997 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
8998 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-prog.el
9000 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-prog" '("ede-proj-target-makefile-program")))
9002 ;;;***
9003 \f
9004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-scheme" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
9005 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9006 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el
9008 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-scheme" '("ede-proj-target-scheme")))
9010 ;;;***
9011 \f
9012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/proj-shared" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
9013 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9014 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/proj-shared.el
9016 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/proj-shared" '("ede-")))
9018 ;;;***
9019 \f
9020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/project-am" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
9021 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9022 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/project-am.el
9024 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/project-am" '("project-am-")))
9026 ;;;***
9027 \f
9028 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/shell" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
9029 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9030 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/shell.el
9032 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/shell" '("ede-shell-run-command")))
9034 ;;;***
9035 \f
9036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/simple" "cedet/ede/simple.el" (0 0 0 0))
9037 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/simple.el
9039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/simple" '("ede-simple-")))
9041 ;;;***
9042 \f
9043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/source" "cedet/ede/source.el" (0 0 0 0))
9044 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/source.el
9046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/source" '("ede-source")))
9048 ;;;***
9049 \f
9050 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/speedbar"
9051 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
9052 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/speedbar.el
9054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/speedbar" '("ede-")))
9056 ;;;***
9057 \f
9058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede/srecode" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" (0 0 0
9059 ;;;;;; 0))
9060 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/srecode.el
9062 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/srecode" '("ede-srecode-")))
9064 ;;;***
9065 \f
9066 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ede/util" "cedet/ede/util.el"
9067 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9068 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede/util.el
9070 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ede/util" '("ede-make-buffer-writable")))
9072 ;;;***
9073 \f
9074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (0 0 0 0))
9075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
9077 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
9078 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
9079 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
9080 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
9081 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
9083 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
9084 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
9086 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
9088 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
9090 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
9091 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
9092 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
9093 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
9095 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
9097 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
9098 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
9099 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
9100 `edebug-form-spec' property.
9102 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
9104 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
9106 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
9107 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
9108 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
9109 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
9110 using `eval-expression' (which see).
9112 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
9113 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
9114 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
9115 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
9116 instrumented for Edebug.
9118 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
9119 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
9120 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
9121 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
9122 already is one.)
9124 \(fn)" t nil)
9126 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
9127 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
9129 \(fn)" t nil)
9131 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
9132 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
9134 \(fn)" t nil)
9136 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edebug" '("cancel-edebug-on-entry" "edebug" "get-edebug-spec" "global-edebug-")))
9138 ;;;***
9139 \f
9140 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9141 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
9142 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9144 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
9145 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
9146 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9147 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9149 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9151 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
9152 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
9153 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9154 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9156 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9158 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
9160 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
9162 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
9163 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
9164 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
9165 nothing to revert then this command fails.
9167 \(fn)" t nil)
9169 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
9170 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
9171 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
9172 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
9174 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9176 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
9177 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
9178 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9179 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers. JOB-NAME is a
9180 symbol describing the Ediff job type; it defaults to
9181 `ediff-buffers', but can also be one of
9182 `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor', `ediff-last-dir-ancestor',
9183 `ediff-last-dir-C', `ediff-buffers3', `ediff-merge-buffers', or
9184 `ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor'.
9186 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
9188 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
9190 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
9191 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
9192 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9193 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers. JOB-NAME is a
9194 symbol describing the Ediff job type; it defaults to
9195 `ediff-buffers3', but can also be one of
9196 `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor', `ediff-last-dir-ancestor',
9197 `ediff-last-dir-C', `ediff-buffers', `ediff-merge-buffers', or
9198 `ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor'.
9200 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
9202 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
9204 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
9205 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
9206 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9207 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9209 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
9211 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
9213 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9214 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
9215 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9216 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9218 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
9220 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
9222 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
9223 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
9224 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
9225 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9227 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
9229 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
9231 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
9232 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
9233 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
9234 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9235 MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR is the directory in which to store merged files.
9237 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9239 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
9241 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9242 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
9243 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
9244 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
9245 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
9246 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
9247 MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR is the directory in which to store merged files.
9249 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9251 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
9252 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
9253 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9254 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9255 MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR is the directory in which to store merged files.
9257 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9259 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
9261 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9262 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
9263 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
9264 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
9265 MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR is the directory in which to store merged files.
9267 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
9269 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
9271 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
9273 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
9274 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
9275 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9276 follows:
9277 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9278 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9279 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9280 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9282 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9284 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
9285 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
9286 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
9287 follows:
9288 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
9289 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
9290 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9291 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9293 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9295 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
9296 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9297 BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B are the buffers to be compared.
9298 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9299 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
9300 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
9301 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9302 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9304 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9306 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
9307 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
9308 BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B are the buffers to be compared.
9309 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
9310 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
9311 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
9312 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
9313 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9314 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9316 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9318 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
9320 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
9321 Merge two files without ancestor.
9322 FILE-A and FILE-B are the names of the files to be merged.
9323 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9324 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers. MERGE-BUFFER-FILE
9325 is the name of the file to be associated with the merge buffer..
9327 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9329 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9330 Merge two files with ancestor.
9331 FILE-A and FILE-B are the names of the files to be merged, and
9332 FILE-ANCESTOR is the name of the ancestor file. STARTUP-HOOKS is
9333 a list of functions that Emacs calls without arguments after
9334 setting up the Ediff buffers. MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is the name of
9335 the file to be associated with the merge buffer.
9337 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9339 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
9341 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
9342 Merge buffers without ancestor.
9343 BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B are the buffers to be merged.
9344 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9345 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers. JOB-NAME is a
9346 symbol describing the Ediff job type; it defaults to
9347 `ediff-merge-buffers', but can also be one of
9348 `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor', `ediff-last-dir-ancestor',
9349 `ediff-last-dir-C', `ediff-buffers', `ediff-buffers3', or
9350 `ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor'. MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is the
9351 name of the file to be associated with the merge buffer.
9353 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9355 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9356 Merge buffers with ancestor.
9357 BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B are the buffers to be merged, and
9358 BUFFER-ANCESTOR is their ancestor. STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of
9359 functions that Emacs calls without arguments after setting up the
9360 Ediff buffers. JOB-NAME is a symbol describing the Ediff job
9361 type; it defaults to `ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor', but can
9362 also be one of `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor',
9363 `ediff-last-dir-ancestor', `ediff-last-dir-C', `ediff-buffers',
9364 `ediff-buffers3', or `ediff-merge-buffers'. MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is
9365 the name of the file to be associated with the merge buffer.
9367 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9369 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
9370 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
9371 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the
9372 current buffer. STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs
9373 calls without arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9374 MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is the name of the file to be associated with
9375 the merge buffer.
9377 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9379 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
9380 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
9381 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the
9382 current buffer. STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs
9383 calls without arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9384 MERGE-BUFFER-FILE is the name of the file to be associated with
9385 the merge buffer.
9387 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
9389 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
9390 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
9391 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
9392 and don't ask the user.
9393 If prefix argument ARG, then: if even argument, assume that the
9394 patch is in a buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
9396 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9398 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
9399 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
9400 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
9401 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
9402 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
9403 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
9404 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
9405 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
9407 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
9409 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
9411 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
9413 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
9414 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
9415 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
9416 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
9417 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
9418 STARTUP-HOOKS is a list of functions that Emacs calls without
9419 arguments after setting up the Ediff buffers.
9421 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
9423 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
9425 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
9426 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
9427 When called interactively, displays the version.
9429 \(fn)" t nil)
9431 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
9432 Display Ediff's manual.
9433 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
9435 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
9437 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
9438 Call `ediff-files' with the next two command line arguments.
9440 \(fn)" nil nil)
9442 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
9443 Call `ediff3-files' with the next three command line arguments.
9445 \(fn)" nil nil)
9447 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
9448 Call `ediff-merge-files' with the next two command line arguments.
9450 \(fn)" nil nil)
9452 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9453 Call `ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor' with the next three command line arguments.
9455 \(fn)" nil nil)
9457 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
9458 Call `ediff-directories' with the next three command line arguments.
9460 \(fn)" nil nil)
9462 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
9463 Call `ediff-directories3' with the next four command line arguments.
9465 \(fn)" nil nil)
9467 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
9468 Call `ediff-merge-directories' with the next three command line arguments.
9470 \(fn)" nil nil)
9472 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
9473 Call `ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor' with the next four command line arguments.
9475 \(fn)" nil nil)
9477 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff" '("ediff-")))
9479 ;;;***
9480 \f
9481 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-diff" "vc/ediff-diff.el" (0 0 0 0))
9482 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-diff.el
9484 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-diff" '("ediff-")))
9486 ;;;***
9487 \f
9488 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (0 0 0 0))
9489 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
9491 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
9494 \(fn)" t nil)
9496 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-help" '("ediff-")))
9498 ;;;***
9499 \f
9500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-init" "vc/ediff-init.el" (0 0 0 0))
9501 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-init.el
9503 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-init" '("ediff-" "stipple-pixmap")))
9505 ;;;***
9506 \f
9507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-merg" "vc/ediff-merg.el" (0 0 0 0))
9508 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-merg.el
9510 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-merg" '("ediff-")))
9512 ;;;***
9513 \f
9514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (0 0 0 0))
9515 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
9517 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
9518 Display Ediff's registry.
9520 \(fn)" t nil)
9522 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
9524 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-mult" '("ediff-")))
9526 ;;;***
9527 \f
9528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-ptch" "vc/ediff-ptch.el" (0 0 0 0))
9529 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-ptch.el
9531 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-ptch" '("ediff-")))
9533 ;;;***
9534 \f
9535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
9536 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
9538 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
9539 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
9540 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
9541 which see.
9543 \(fn)" t nil)
9545 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
9546 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
9547 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
9548 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
9550 \(fn)" t nil)
9552 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-util" '("ediff-")))
9554 ;;;***
9555 \f
9556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-vers" "vc/ediff-vers.el" (0 0 0 0))
9557 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-vers.el
9559 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-vers" '("ediff-" "rcs-ediff-view-revision")))
9561 ;;;***
9562 \f
9563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-wind" "vc/ediff-wind.el" (0 0 0 0))
9564 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-wind.el
9566 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ediff-wind" '("ediff-")))
9568 ;;;***
9569 \f
9570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
9571 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
9572 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
9574 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9575 Edit a keyboard macro.
9576 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
9580 to edit a macro by its command name.
9581 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
9583 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
9585 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9586 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
9588 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9590 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9591 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
9593 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
9595 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9596 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
9598 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
9602 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
9603 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
9604 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
9605 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
9607 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
9609 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
9610 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
9611 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
9612 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
9613 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
9614 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
9616 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
9618 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edmacro" '("edmacro-")))
9620 ;;;***
9621 \f
9622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (0 0 0 0))
9623 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
9625 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
9626 Set scroll margins.
9627 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9628 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
9630 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
9632 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
9633 Turn on EDT Emulation.
9635 \(fn)" t nil)
9637 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt" '("edt-")))
9639 ;;;***
9640 \f
9641 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-lk201" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" (0 0 0
9642 ;;;;;; 0))
9643 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-lk201.el
9645 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-lk201" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9647 ;;;***
9648 \f
9649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-mapper" "emulation/edt-mapper.el" (0 0
9650 ;;;;;; 0 0))
9651 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-mapper.el
9653 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-mapper" '("edt-")))
9655 ;;;***
9656 \f
9657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-pc" "emulation/edt-pc.el" (0 0 0 0))
9658 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-pc.el
9660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-pc" '("*EDT-keys*")))
9662 ;;;***
9663 \f
9664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt-vt100" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" (0 0 0
9665 ;;;;;; 0))
9666 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt-vt100.el
9668 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "edt-vt100" '("edt-set-term-width-")))
9670 ;;;***
9671 \f
9672 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9673 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
9675 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
9677 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
9678 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
9679 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
9680 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
9681 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
9683 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
9684 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9687 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
9688 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
9689 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
9691 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
9692 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
9693 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
9695 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
9696 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
9697 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
9699 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
9701 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
9704 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
9706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ehelp" '("ehelp-" "electric-")))
9708 ;;;***
9709 \f
9710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (0 0 0 0))
9711 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
9712 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio" '("child-of-class-p" "defclass" "eieio-" "find-class" "obj" "oref" "oset" "same-class-p" "set-slot-value" "slot-" "with-slots")))
9716 ;;;***
9717 \f
9718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-base" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" (0
9719 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9720 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el
9722 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-base" '("eieio-")))
9724 ;;;***
9725 \f
9726 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-compat"
9727 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
9728 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el
9730 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-compat" '("eieio--generic-static-symbol-specializers" "generic-p" "next-method-p" "no-")))
9732 ;;;***
9733 \f
9734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (0
9735 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
9736 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
9737 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
9739 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
9740 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
9741 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
9742 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
9743 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
9744 SUPERCLASSES as children.
9745 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
9747 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
9749 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-core" '("class-" "eieio-" "inconsistent-class-hierarchy" "invalid-slot-" "unbound-slot")))
9751 ;;;***
9752 \f
9753 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-custom"
9754 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el" (0 0 0 0))
9755 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el
9757 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-custom" '("eieio-")))
9759 ;;;***
9760 \f
9761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-datadebug" "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el"
9762 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9763 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el
9765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-datadebug" '("data-debug-insert-object-")))
9767 ;;;***
9768 \f
9769 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "eieio-opt" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
9770 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9771 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el
9773 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-opt" '("eieio-")))
9775 ;;;***
9776 \f
9777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-speedbar" "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el"
9778 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9779 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el
9781 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eieio-speedbar" '("eieio-speedbar")))
9783 ;;;***
9784 \f
9785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (0 0 0 0))
9786 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
9788 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
9789 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
9790 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
9791 for a description of this minor mode.
9792 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9793 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
9794 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
9796 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
9798 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
9799 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
9800 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
9801 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9802 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9804 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
9805 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
9806 closing parenthesis, and vice versa. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
9807 If the region is active, the parentheses (brackets, etc.) are
9808 inserted around the region instead.
9810 To toggle the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
9812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9814 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
9815 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
9817 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9819 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elec-pair" '("electric-pair-")))
9821 ;;;***
9822 \f
9823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (0 0 0 0))
9824 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
9826 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
9827 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9829 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9830 an elided material again.
9832 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elide-head" '("elide-head-")))
9838 ;;;***
9839 \f
9840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (0 0 0 0))
9841 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9843 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
9844 Lint the file FILE.
9846 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9848 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
9849 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
9850 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
9852 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
9854 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
9855 Lint the current buffer.
9856 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9858 \(fn)" t nil)
9860 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
9861 Lint the function at point.
9862 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
9864 \(fn)" t nil)
9866 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
9867 Initialize elint.
9868 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
9869 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
9871 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
9873 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elint" '("elint-")))
9875 ;;;***
9876 \f
9877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (0 0 0 0))
9878 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9880 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
9881 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9882 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9884 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9886 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
9887 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9888 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9889 If called interactively, prompt for LIST in the minibuffer;
9892 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9894 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
9895 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9896 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9900 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9902 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
9903 Display current profiling results.
9904 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9905 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
9906 displayed.
9908 \(fn)" t nil)
9910 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "elp" '("elp-")))
9912 ;;;***
9913 \f
9914 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-alias" "eshell/em-alias.el"
9915 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9916 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-alias.el
9918 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-alias" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/alias")))
9920 ;;;***
9921 \f
9922 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-banner" "eshell/em-banner.el"
9923 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9924 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-banner.el
9926 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-banner" '("eshell-banner-")))
9928 ;;;***
9929 \f
9930 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-basic" "eshell/em-basic.el"
9931 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9932 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-basic.el
9934 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-basic" '("eshell")))
9936 ;;;***
9937 \f
9938 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-cmpl" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
9939 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9940 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-cmpl.el
9942 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-cmpl" '("eshell-")))
9944 ;;;***
9945 \f
9946 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-dirs" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
9947 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9948 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-dirs.el
9950 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-dirs" '("eshell")))
9952 ;;;***
9953 \f
9954 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-glob" "eshell/em-glob.el"
9955 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9956 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-glob.el
9958 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-glob" '("eshell-")))
9960 ;;;***
9961 \f
9962 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-hist" "eshell/em-hist.el"
9963 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9964 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-hist.el
9966 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-hist" '("eshell")))
9968 ;;;***
9969 \f
9970 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-ls" "eshell/em-ls.el"
9971 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9972 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-ls.el
9974 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-ls" '("eshell")))
9976 ;;;***
9977 \f
9978 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-pred" "eshell/em-pred.el"
9979 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9980 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-pred.el
9982 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-pred" '("eshell-")))
9984 ;;;***
9985 \f
9986 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-prompt" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
9987 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9988 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-prompt.el
9990 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-prompt" '("eshell-")))
9992 ;;;***
9993 \f
9994 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-rebind" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
9995 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
9996 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-rebind.el
9998 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-rebind" '("eshell-")))
10000 ;;;***
10001 \f
10002 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-script" "eshell/em-script.el"
10003 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10004 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-script.el
10006 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-script" '("eshell")))
10008 ;;;***
10009 \f
10010 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-smart" "eshell/em-smart.el"
10011 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10012 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-smart.el
10014 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-smart" '("eshell-")))
10016 ;;;***
10017 \f
10018 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-term" "eshell/em-term.el"
10019 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10020 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-term.el
10022 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-term" '("eshell-")))
10024 ;;;***
10025 \f
10026 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-tramp" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
10027 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10028 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-tramp.el
10030 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-tramp" '("eshell")))
10032 ;;;***
10033 \f
10034 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-unix" "eshell/em-unix.el"
10035 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10036 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-unix.el
10038 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-unix" '("eshell" "nil-blank-string" "pcomplete/")))
10040 ;;;***
10041 \f
10042 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "em-xtra" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
10043 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10044 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/em-xtra.el
10046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "em-xtra" '("eshell/" "pcomplete/bcc")))
10048 ;;;***
10049 \f
10050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
10051 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
10053 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
10054 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
10055 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
10056 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
10057 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
10058 ARG is omitted or nil.
10060 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
10061 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
10062 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
10063 used instead.
10065 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
10067 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
10068 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
10069 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
10071 Other values are interpreted as usual.
10073 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10075 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacs-lock" '("emacs-lock-" "toggle-emacs-lock")))
10077 ;;;***
10078 \f
10079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (0 0 0 0))
10080 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
10082 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
10083 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
10084 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
10086 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
10088 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
10090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emacsbug" '("report-emacs-bug-")))
10092 ;;;***
10093 \f
10094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (0 0 0 0))
10095 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
10097 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
10098 Run Emerge on two files.
10100 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10102 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
10103 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
10105 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10107 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
10108 Run Emerge on two buffers.
10110 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10112 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
10113 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
10115 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10117 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
10120 \(fn)" nil nil)
10122 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
10125 \(fn)" nil nil)
10127 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
10130 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
10132 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
10135 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
10137 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
10138 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
10140 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10142 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
10143 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
10145 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
10147 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
10150 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
10152 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "emerge" '("emerge-")))
10154 ;;;***
10155 \f
10156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (0 0 0 0))
10157 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
10159 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
10160 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
10161 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
10162 text/enriched format.
10164 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10165 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10166 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10168 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
10170 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
10173 Commands:
10177 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10179 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
10182 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
10184 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
10187 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
10189 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "enriched" '("enriched-")))
10191 ;;;***
10192 \f
10193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (0 0 0 0))
10194 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
10196 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
10197 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
10199 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
10201 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
10202 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
10204 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
10206 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
10207 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
10208 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
10209 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
10210 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
10211 the keys are listed.
10212 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
10214 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
10216 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
10217 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
10218 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
10220 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
10222 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
10223 Verify FILE.
10225 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10227 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
10228 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
10230 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10232 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
10233 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
10235 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
10237 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
10238 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
10240 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
10241 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
10242 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
10243 proper place to insert the plaintext.
10245 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
10246 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10247 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10248 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10249 should consider using the string based counterpart
10250 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
10251 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
10253 For example:
10256 (decode-coding-string
10257 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10260 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
10262 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10263 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
10265 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10266 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
10268 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10270 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10272 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
10273 Verify the current region between START and END.
10275 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10276 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10277 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10278 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
10279 should consider using the string based counterpart
10280 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
10281 `epg-verify-file' instead.
10283 For example:
10286 (decode-coding-string
10287 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
10290 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10292 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
10294 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
10295 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
10296 between START and END.
10298 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10299 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
10301 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10303 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
10305 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
10306 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
10308 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10309 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10310 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10311 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10312 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
10313 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
10315 For example:
10318 (epg-sign-string
10319 context
10322 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10324 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
10326 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
10327 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
10329 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
10330 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
10331 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
10332 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
10333 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
10334 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
10336 For example:
10339 (epg-encrypt-string
10340 context
10342 nil))
10344 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
10346 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
10348 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
10349 Delete selected KEYS.
10351 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
10353 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
10354 Import keys from FILE.
10356 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10358 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
10359 Import keys from the region.
10361 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10363 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
10364 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
10365 between START and END.
10367 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10369 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
10370 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
10372 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
10374 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
10375 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
10377 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
10379 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa" '("epa-")))
10381 ;;;***
10382 \f
10383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
10384 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
10386 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
10387 Decrypt marked files.
10389 \(fn)" t nil)
10391 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
10392 Verify marked files.
10394 \(fn)" t nil)
10396 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
10397 Sign marked files.
10399 \(fn)" t nil)
10401 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
10402 Encrypt marked files.
10404 \(fn)" t nil)
10406 ;;;***
10407 \f
10408 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
10409 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
10411 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
10414 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
10416 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
10419 \(fn)" t nil)
10421 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
10424 \(fn)" t nil)
10426 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-file" '("epa-")))
10428 ;;;***
10429 \f
10430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (0 0 0 0))
10431 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
10433 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10434 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
10435 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10436 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10437 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10441 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
10442 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
10443 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10445 \(fn)" t nil)
10447 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
10449 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
10450 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
10451 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10453 \(fn)" t nil)
10455 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
10457 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
10458 Sign the current buffer.
10459 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10461 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
10463 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
10465 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
10466 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
10467 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
10468 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
10469 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
10470 and also whether and how to sign.
10472 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
10473 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
10474 or nil meaning use the defaults.
10476 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
10478 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
10480 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
10481 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
10482 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
10484 \(fn)" t nil)
10486 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
10488 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
10489 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
10490 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
10491 for a description of this minor mode.
10492 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10493 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
10494 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
10496 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
10498 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
10499 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
10500 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10501 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10502 if ARG is omitted or nil.
10504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10506 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epa-mail" '("epa-mail-")))
10508 ;;;***
10509 \f
10510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10511 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
10512 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10514 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
10515 Return a context object.
10517 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
10519 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg" '("epg-")))
10521 ;;;***
10522 \f
10523 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (0 0 0 0))
10524 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
10526 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
10527 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
10528 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
10529 the previous invocation of this function, unless NO-CACHE is non-nil.
10531 Then it walks through PROGRAM-ALIST or
10532 `epg-config--program-alist'. If `epg-gpg-program' or
10533 `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with custom, use it.
10534 Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the entry until the
10535 version requirement is met.
10537 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional NO-CACHE PROGRAM-ALIST)" nil nil)
10539 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
10540 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
10542 \(fn)" nil nil)
10544 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
10546 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
10547 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
10549 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
10551 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
10552 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
10554 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
10556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "epg-config" '("epg-")))
10558 ;;;***
10559 \f
10560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (0 0 0 0))
10561 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
10562 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10564 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
10565 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
10567 \(fn)" nil nil)
10569 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
10570 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
10571 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
10573 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
10575 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
10576 (server (erc-compute-server))
10577 (port (erc-compute-port))
10578 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
10579 password
10580 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
10582 That is, if called with
10586 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
10587 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
10588 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
10590 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
10592 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
10594 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
10595 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
10596 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
10598 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
10600 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
10601 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
10602 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
10603 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
10605 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
10607 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc" '("define-erc-module" "erc-")))
10609 ;;;***
10610 \f
10611 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-autoaway"
10612 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (0 0 0 0))
10613 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
10615 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-autoaway" '("erc-auto")))
10617 ;;;***
10618 \f
10619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-backend" "erc/erc-backend.el" (0 0 0 0))
10620 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-backend.el
10622 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-backend" '("erc-")))
10624 ;;;***
10625 \f
10626 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el"
10627 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10628 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
10630 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-button" '("erc-")))
10632 ;;;***
10633 \f
10634 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el"
10635 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10636 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
10638 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-capab" '("erc-capab-identify-")))
10640 ;;;***
10641 \f
10642 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el"
10643 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10644 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
10646 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-compat" '("erc-")))
10648 ;;;***
10649 \f
10650 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el"
10651 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10652 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
10654 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-dcc" '("erc-" "pcomplete/erc-mode/")))
10656 ;;;***
10657 \f
10658 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-desktop-notifications"
10659 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el" (0 0 0 0))
10660 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
10662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-desktop-notifications" '("erc-notifications-")))
10664 ;;;***
10665 \f
10666 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-ezbounce"
10667 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (0 0 0 0))
10668 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
10670 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ezbounce" '("erc-ezb-")))
10672 ;;;***
10673 \f
10674 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el"
10675 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10676 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
10678 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-fill" '("erc-")))
10680 ;;;***
10681 \f
10682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-goodies" "erc/erc-goodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
10683 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-goodies.el
10685 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-goodies" '("erc-")))
10687 ;;;***
10688 \f
10689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ibuffer" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
10690 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ibuffer.el
10692 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ibuffer" '("erc-")))
10694 ;;;***
10695 \f
10696 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el"
10697 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10698 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
10700 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-identd" '("erc-identd-")))
10702 ;;;***
10703 \f
10704 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
10705 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10706 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
10708 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-imenu" '("erc-unfill-notice")))
10710 ;;;***
10711 \f
10712 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el"
10713 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10714 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
10716 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-join" '("erc-")))
10718 ;;;***
10719 \f
10720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-lang" "erc/erc-lang.el" (0 0 0 0))
10721 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-lang.el
10723 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-lang" '("erc-cmd-LANG" "iso-638-languages" "language")))
10725 ;;;***
10726 \f
10727 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el"
10728 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10729 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
10731 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-list" '("erc-")))
10733 ;;;***
10734 \f
10735 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el"
10736 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10737 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
10739 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-log" '("erc-")))
10741 ;;;***
10742 \f
10743 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
10744 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10745 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
10747 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-match" '("erc-")))
10749 ;;;***
10750 \f
10751 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el"
10752 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10753 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
10755 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-menu" '("erc-menu-")))
10757 ;;;***
10758 \f
10759 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-netsplit"
10760 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (0 0 0 0))
10761 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
10763 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-netsplit" '("erc-")))
10765 ;;;***
10766 \f
10767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (0 0 0
10768 ;;;;;; 0))
10769 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
10771 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
10773 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
10774 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
10776 \(fn)" nil nil)
10778 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
10779 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
10781 \(fn)" t nil)
10783 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-networks" '("erc-")))
10785 ;;;***
10786 \f
10787 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el"
10788 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10789 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
10791 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-notify" '("erc-")))
10793 ;;;***
10794 \f
10795 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el"
10796 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10797 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
10799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-page" '("erc-")))
10801 ;;;***
10802 \f
10803 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-pcomplete"
10804 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
10805 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
10807 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-pcomplete" '("erc-pcomplet" "pcomplete")))
10809 ;;;***
10810 \f
10811 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-replace"
10812 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-replace.el" (0 0 0 0))
10813 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
10815 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-replace" '("erc-replace-")))
10817 ;;;***
10818 \f
10819 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el"
10820 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10821 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
10823 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-ring" '("erc-")))
10825 ;;;***
10826 \f
10827 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-services"
10828 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-services.el" (0 0 0 0))
10829 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
10831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-services" '("erc-")))
10833 ;;;***
10834 \f
10835 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el"
10836 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10837 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
10839 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-sound" '("erc-")))
10841 ;;;***
10842 \f
10843 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-speedbar"
10844 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
10845 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
10847 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-speedbar" '("erc-")))
10849 ;;;***
10850 \f
10851 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-spelling"
10852 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-spelling.el" (0 0 0 0))
10853 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
10855 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-spelling" '("erc-spelling-")))
10857 ;;;***
10858 \f
10859 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el"
10860 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10861 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
10863 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-stamp" '("erc-")))
10865 ;;;***
10866 \f
10867 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
10868 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10869 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
10871 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-track" '("erc-")))
10873 ;;;***
10874 \f
10875 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-truncate"
10876 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-truncate.el" (0 0 0 0))
10877 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
10879 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-truncate" '("erc-max-buffer-size")))
10881 ;;;***
10882 \f
10883 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
10884 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
10885 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
10887 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "erc-xdcc" '("erc-")))
10889 ;;;***
10890 \f
10891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (0 0 0 0))
10892 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
10894 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
10895 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
10897 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
10898 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
10900 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
10901 useful for assertions in BODY.
10903 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
10905 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
10906 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
10907 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
10911 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
10913 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
10915 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
10917 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
10919 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
10920 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
10922 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
10923 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
10927 Returns the stats object.
10929 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
10931 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
10932 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
10934 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
10935 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
10936 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
10937 the tests).
10939 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
10941 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
10942 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
10944 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
10945 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
10946 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
10947 and how to display message.
10949 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
10951 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
10953 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
10954 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
10956 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
10958 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert" '("ert-")))
10960 ;;;***
10961 \f
10962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
10963 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
10965 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
10967 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
10968 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
10970 \(fn)" t nil)
10972 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ert-x" '("ert-")))
10974 ;;;***
10975 \f
10976 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-arg" "eshell/esh-arg.el" (0 0 0 0))
10977 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-arg.el
10979 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-arg" '("eshell-")))
10981 ;;;***
10982 \f
10983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-cmd" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
10984 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-cmd.el
10986 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-cmd" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/eshell-debug")))
10988 ;;;***
10989 \f
10990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-ext" "eshell/esh-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
10991 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-ext.el
10993 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-ext" '("eshell")))
10995 ;;;***
10996 \f
10997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-io" "eshell/esh-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
10998 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-io.el
11000 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-io" '("eshell-")))
11002 ;;;***
11003 \f
11004 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
11005 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
11007 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
11008 Emacs shell interactive mode.
11010 \(fn)" t nil)
11012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-mode" '("eshell")))
11014 ;;;***
11015 \f
11016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-module" "eshell/esh-module.el" (0 0 0
11017 ;;;;;; 0))
11018 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-module.el
11020 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-module" '("eshell-")))
11022 ;;;***
11023 \f
11024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-opt" "eshell/esh-opt.el" (0 0 0 0))
11025 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-opt.el
11027 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-opt" '("eshell-")))
11029 ;;;***
11030 \f
11031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-proc" "eshell/esh-proc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11032 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-proc.el
11034 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-proc" '("eshell")))
11036 ;;;***
11037 \f
11038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-util" "eshell/esh-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
11039 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-util.el
11041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-util" '("eshell-")))
11043 ;;;***
11044 \f
11045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-var" "eshell/esh-var.el" (0 0 0 0))
11046 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-var.el
11048 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "esh-var" '("eshell" "pcomplete/eshell-mode/")))
11050 ;;;***
11051 \f
11052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
11053 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
11054 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11056 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
11057 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
11058 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
11059 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
11060 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
11061 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
11062 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
11063 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
11064 buffer selected (or created).
11066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11068 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
11069 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
11070 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
11072 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
11074 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
11075 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
11076 The result might be any Lisp object.
11077 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
11078 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
11079 corresponding to a successful execution.
11081 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
11083 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
11085 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eshell" '("eshell-")))
11087 ;;;***
11088 \f
11089 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (0 0 0 0))
11090 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
11092 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
11093 File name of tags table.
11094 To switch to a new tags table, do not set this variable; instead,
11095 invoke `visit-tags-table', which is the only reliable way of
11096 setting the value of this variable, whether buffer-local or global.
11097 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11098 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
11099 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
11101 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
11102 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
11103 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
11104 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
11106 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
11108 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
11109 List of file names of tags tables to search.
11111 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
11112 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
11113 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
11115 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
11117 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
11118 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
11119 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
11121 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
11123 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
11124 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
11125 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
11126 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
11127 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
11129 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
11131 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
11136 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
11138 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
11140 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
11141 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
11142 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
11144 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
11146 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
11147 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
11149 \(fn)" t nil)
11151 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
11152 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
11153 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
11154 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
11157 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. When called
11158 from Lisp, if the optional arg LOCAL is non-nil, set the local value.
11160 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
11161 file the tag was in.
11163 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
11165 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
11166 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
11167 Optional arg CONT specifies which tags table to visit.
11168 If CONT is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
11169 If CONT is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
11170 If CONT is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
11171 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
11172 If CONT is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
11173 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
11174 Optional second arg CBUF, if non-nil, specifies the initial buffer,
11175 which is important if that buffer has a local value of `tags-file-name'.
11176 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
11178 \(fn &optional CONT CBUF)" nil nil)
11180 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
11181 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
11182 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
11183 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
11184 without directory names.
11186 \(fn)" nil nil)
11188 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
11191 \(fn)" nil nil)
11192 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
11193 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
11194 (progn
11195 (load "etags")
11196 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
11198 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
11199 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11200 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
11201 but does not select the buffer.
11202 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
11204 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11205 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11206 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11207 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11210 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11212 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11214 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11216 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11218 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11220 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
11221 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11222 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
11223 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
11225 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11226 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11227 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11228 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
11231 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11233 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11235 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11237 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11239 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11241 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
11243 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
11244 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11245 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
11246 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11247 around or before point.
11249 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11250 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11251 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11252 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11255 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11257 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11259 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11261 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11263 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
11265 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
11267 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
11268 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
11269 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
11270 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
11271 around or before point.
11273 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11274 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11275 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11276 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11279 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
11281 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11283 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11285 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11287 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
11289 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
11291 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
11292 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
11293 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
11295 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
11296 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
11297 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
11298 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
11301 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
11303 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
11305 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
11307 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
11309 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11311 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11313 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
11315 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
11316 Select next file among files in current tags table.
11318 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
11319 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
11320 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
11322 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
11323 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
11325 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
11326 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
11328 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
11330 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
11332 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
11333 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
11335 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
11336 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
11337 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
11338 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
11339 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
11341 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
11343 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
11344 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
11345 Stops when a match is found.
11348 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
11349 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
11350 restricted to these files.
11352 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
11354 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11356 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
11357 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
11358 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
11361 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
11363 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
11364 produce the list of files to search.
11366 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
11368 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
11370 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
11371 Display list of tags in file FILE.
11372 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
11373 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
11374 directory specification.
11376 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
11378 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
11379 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
11381 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11383 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
11385 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
11386 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
11387 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
11388 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
11390 \(fn)" t nil)
11392 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
11393 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
11394 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
11395 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
11398 \(fn)" t nil)
11400 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
11403 \(fn)" nil nil)
11405 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "etags" '("default-tags-table-function" "etags-" "file-of-tag" "find-tag-" "goto-tag-location-function" "initialize-new-tags-table" "last-tag" "list-tags-function" "next-file-list" "select-tags-table-" "snarf-tag-function" "tag" "verify-tags-table-function" "xref-")))
11407 ;;;***
11408 \f
11409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (0 0
11410 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11411 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
11413 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
11416 \(fn)" nil nil)
11418 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11419 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
11421 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11422 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11424 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
11425 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11426 primary language.
11428 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
11429 even if the buffer is read-only.
11431 See also the descriptions of the variables
11432 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11434 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11436 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
11437 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
11439 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11440 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11442 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
11443 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11444 primary language.
11446 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
11447 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
11449 See also the descriptions of the variables
11450 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
11452 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11454 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
11456 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
11459 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11461 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11462 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
11463 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11464 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11466 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
11467 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
11468 primary language.
11470 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
11471 buffer is read-only.
11473 See also the descriptions of the variables
11474 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11475 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11477 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11479 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
11480 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
11482 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
11483 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
11485 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
11486 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
11487 the primary language.
11489 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
11490 buffer is read-only.
11492 See also the descriptions of the variables
11493 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
11494 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
11496 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
11498 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
11502 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
11504 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
11505 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
11507 \(fn)" t nil)
11509 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
11510 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
11512 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
11513 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
11514 be 1, 2, or 3.
11516 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
11517 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
11518 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
11520 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
11522 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
11524 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
11525 This function is deprecated.
11527 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11529 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11530 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
11532 \(fn)" t nil)
11534 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11535 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
11537 \(fn)" t nil)
11539 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11540 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
11543 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
11545 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
11546 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
11548 \(fn)" nil nil)
11550 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
11551 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
11553 \(fn)" nil nil)
11555 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
11556 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
11558 \(fn)" nil nil)
11560 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
11561 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
11563 \(fn)" nil nil)
11565 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
11566 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
11567 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
11569 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
11571 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
11574 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
11576 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ethio-util" '("ethio-" "exit-ethiopic-environment")))
11578 ;;;***
11579 \f
11580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11581 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
11583 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
11584 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
11585 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
11586 server for future sessions.
11588 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
11590 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
11591 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
11592 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11594 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11596 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
11597 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
11598 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
11600 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
11602 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
11603 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
11604 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
11605 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
11606 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
11607 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
11608 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
11609 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
11610 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
11611 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
11612 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
11613 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
11615 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
11617 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
11618 Display a form to query the directory server.
11619 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
11620 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
11622 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
11624 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
11625 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
11626 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
11628 \(fn)" t nil)
11630 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Servers"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Servers" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Servers" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Servers" (cdr menu)))))))))))
11634 ;;;***
11635 \f
11636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (0 0 0 0))
11637 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
11640 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
11645 Display URL and make it clickable.
11650 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
11655 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
11660 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
11665 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
11669 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-bob" '("eudc-")))
11671 ;;;***
11672 \f
11673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (0 0 0 0))
11674 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
11677 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
11678 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
11683 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
11687 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-export" '("eudc-")))
11689 ;;;***
11690 \f
11691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (0 0 0
11692 ;;;;;; 0))
11693 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
11696 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
11700 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-hotlist" '("eudc-hotlist-")))
11702 ;;;***
11703 \f
11704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-vars" "net/eudc-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
11705 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-vars.el
11707 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudc-vars" '("eudc-")))
11709 ;;;***
11710 \f
11711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-bbdb" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" (0 0 0 0))
11712 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-bbdb.el
11714 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-bbdb" '("eudc-bbdb-")))
11716 ;;;***
11717 \f
11718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-ldap" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11719 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-ldap.el
11721 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-ldap" '("eudc-")))
11723 ;;;***
11724 \f
11725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudcb-mab" "net/eudcb-mab.el" (0 0 0 0))
11726 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudcb-mab.el
11728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "eudcb-mab" '("eudc-")))
11730 ;;;***
11731 \f
11732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
11733 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
11736 Create an empty ewoc.
11738 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
11740 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
11741 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
11742 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
11743 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
11744 `insert-before-markers'.
11746 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
11747 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
11748 respectively, of the ewoc.
11750 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
11751 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
11752 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
11758 ;;;***
11759 \f
11760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (0 0 0 0))
11761 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
11764 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
11765 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
11766 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
11772 Fetch URL and render the page.
11773 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
11774 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
11780 Render FILE using EWW.
11785 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
11786 If region is active (and not whitespace), search the web for
11787 the text between BEG and END. Else, prompt the user for a search
11788 string. See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search
11789 engine used.
11794 Mode for browsing the web.
11804 Display the bookmarks.
11810 ;;;***
11811 \f
11812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (0 0
11813 ;;;;;; 0 0))
11814 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
11817 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
11823 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
11825 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
11826 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
11831 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
11832 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix-env',
11833 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
11834 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
11835 executable.
11840 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
11841 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
11842 file modes.
11846 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "executable" '("executable-")))
11848 ;;;***
11849 \f
11850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
11851 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
11854 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
11855 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
11856 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
11858 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
11860 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
11861 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
11862 to generate such functions.
11864 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
11865 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
11866 beginning of the expanded text.
11868 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
11869 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
11870 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
11871 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
11873 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
11878 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
11879 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
11884 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11885 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11890 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
11891 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
11897 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "expand" '("expand-")))
11899 ;;;***
11900 \f
11901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ezimage" "ezimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
11902 ;;; Generated autoloads from ezimage.el
11904 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ezimage" '("ezimage-")))
11906 ;;;***
11907 \f
11908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (0 0 0 0))
11909 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
11912 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
11913 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
11921 Key definitions:
11924 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11926 `f90-do-indent'
11927 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
11928 `f90-if-indent'
11929 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
11930 `f90-type-indent'
11931 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
11932 `f90-program-indent'
11933 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
11934 (default 2).
11935 `f90-associate-indent'
11936 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
11937 `f90-critical-indent'
11938 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
11939 `f90-continuation-indent'
11940 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
11941 `f90-comment-region'
11944 `f90-indented-comment-re'
11945 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
11947 `f90-directive-comment-re'
11950 `f90-break-delimiters'
11951 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
11953 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
11954 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
11955 (default t).
11956 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
11957 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
11958 `f90-smart-end'
11959 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
11960 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
11961 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
11962 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
11963 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
11964 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
11965 `f90-leave-line-no'
11966 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
11968 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
11969 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11975 ;;;***
11976 \f
11977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (0 0 0 0))
11978 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
11981 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
11982 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
11983 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
11985 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
11986 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
11987 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
11988 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
11989 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
11991 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
11992 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
11993 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
11994 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
11995 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
11996 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
11997 attributes.
11999 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
12000 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
12005 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
12006 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
12007 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
12012 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
12013 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
12014 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
12016 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
12017 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
12018 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
12020 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
12021 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
12022 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
12023 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
12028 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
12029 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
12031 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
12032 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12033 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
12034 the same amount).
12039 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
12040 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
12042 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12043 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12044 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12045 will remove any scaling currently active.
12050 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
12051 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
12060 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
12062 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
12064 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
12065 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
12067 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
12068 - Decrease the default face height by one step
12069 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
12071 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
12072 the face height as long as the input event read
12073 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
12075 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
12076 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
12077 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
12078 will remove any scaling currently active.
12080 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
12081 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
12082 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
12083 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
12084 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
12089 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
12090 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12091 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12092 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
12093 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
12098 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12099 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12100 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12101 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12102 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
12103 `buffer-face-mode'.
12105 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
12106 local, and sets it to FACE.
12111 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
12112 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
12113 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
12114 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
12115 `face' text property.
12117 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
12118 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
12119 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
12120 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
12122 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
12123 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
12128 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
12129 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
12130 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
12134 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "face-remap" '("buffer-face-mode-" "face-" "internal-lisp-face-attributes" "text-scale-m")))
12136 ;;;***
12137 \f
12138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "faceup" "emacs-lisp/faceup.el" (0 0 0 0))
12139 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/faceup.el
12143 Display the faceup representation of the current buffer.
12148 Save the faceup representation of the current buffer to the file FILE-NAME.
12150 Unless a name is given, the file will be named xxx.faceup, where
12151 xxx is the file name associated with the buffer.
12153 If optional second arg CONFIRM is non-nil, this function
12154 asks for confirmation before overwriting an existing file.
12155 Interactively, confirmation is required unless you supply a prefix argument.
12160 Convert BUFFER containing Faceup markup to a new buffer and display it.
12165 Remove faceup markup from buffer.
12170 Define an Ert explainer function for FUNCTION.
12172 FUNCTION must return an explanation when the test fails and
12173 `faceup-test-explain' is set.
12177 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "faceup" '("faceup-")))
12179 ;;;***
12180 \f
12181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
12182 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
12186 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
12187 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
12188 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
12193 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
12198 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
12199 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
12200 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
12205 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
12206 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
12207 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
12208 backup file names and the like).
12213 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
12214 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
12215 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
12216 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
12217 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
12218 internally by feedmail):
12220 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
12221 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
12222 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
12223 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
12225 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
12226 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
12227 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
12228 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
12229 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
12233 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "feedmail" '("feedmail-")))
12235 ;;;***
12236 \f
12237 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (0 0 0 0))
12238 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
12241 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
12242 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
12243 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
12245 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
12246 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
12251 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
12252 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
12253 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
12254 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12255 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
12256 `ffap-url-unwrap-local', `ffap-url-unwrap-remote', and the functions
12257 `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
12264 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
12265 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
12266 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
12267 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
12268 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
12273 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
12274 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
12275 Return value:
12276 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
12277 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
12278 * otherwise, nil
12283 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
12284 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
12289 Try to get a file name at point.
12290 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
12295 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
12299 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ffap" '("dired-at-point-" "ffap-" "find-file-literally-at-point")))
12301 ;;;***
12302 \f
12303 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
12304 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
12307 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
12308 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
12309 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
12314 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
12315 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
12316 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12317 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12318 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12323 Add FILE to the file cache.
12328 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
12329 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
12334 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
12335 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
12340 Add DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
12341 This function does not use any external programs.
12342 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
12343 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
12344 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
12349 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
12350 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
12351 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
12352 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
12353 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
12354 \(directories) is done.
12358 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filecache" '("file-cache-")))
12360 ;;;***
12361 \f
12362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (0 0 0 0))
12363 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
12366 Handle file system monitoring event.
12367 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
12369 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
12371 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
12375 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filenotify" '("file-notify-")))
12377 ;;;***
12378 \f
12379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
12380 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
12383 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
12385 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12386 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
12387 Local Variables list.
12389 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
12390 then this function adds the first line containing the string
12391 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
12396 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
12401 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
12403 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
12404 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
12405 the -*- line.
12407 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
12408 then this function adds it.
12413 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
12418 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
12423 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
12428 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
12433 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
12438 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
12446 Add PROFILES for CRITERIA.
12447 CRITERIA is a plist identifying a connection and the application
12448 using this connection, see `connection-local-criteria-alist'.
12449 PROFILES are the names of connection profiles (a symbol).
12451 When a connection to a remote server is opened and CRITERIA
12452 matches to that server, the connection-local variables from
12453 PROFILES are applied to the corresponding process buffer. The
12454 variables for a connection profile are defined using
12455 `connection-local-set-profile-variables'.
12460 Map the symbol PROFILE to a list of variable settings.
12461 VARIABLES is a list that declares connection-local variables for
12462 the connection profile. An element in VARIABLES is an alist
12463 whose elements are of the form (VAR . VALUE).
12465 When a connection to a remote server is opened, the server's
12466 connection profiles are found. A server may be assigned a
12467 connection profile using `connection-local-set-profiles'. Then
12468 variables are set in the server's process buffer according to the
12469 VARIABLES list of the connection profile. The list is processed
12470 in order.
12475 Apply connection-local variables identified by CRITERIA.
12476 Other local variables, like file-local and dir-local variables,
12477 will not be changed.
12482 Apply connection-local variables according to PROFILES in current buffer.
12483 Execute BODY, and unwind connection-local variables.
12489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "files-x" '("connection-local-" "hack-connection-local-variables" "modify-" "read-file-local-variable")))
12491 ;;;***
12492 \f
12493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (0 0 0 0))
12494 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
12497 Filesets initialization.
12498 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
12502 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "filesets" '("filesets-")))
12504 ;;;***
12505 \f
12506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (0 0 0 0))
12507 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
12511 Initiate the building of a find command.
12512 For example:
12519 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
12520 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
12524 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-cmd" '("find-")))
12526 ;;;***
12527 \f
12528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
12529 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
12532 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
12533 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
12537 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
12543 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
12544 and run Dired on those files.
12545 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
12546 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
12550 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
12555 Find files in DIR that contain matches for REGEXP and start Dired on output.
12556 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
12561 where the first string in the value of the variable `find-ls-option'
12566 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-dired" '("find-" "kill-find" "lookfor-dired")))
12568 ;;;***
12569 \f
12570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
12571 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
12573 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
12574 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
12575 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
12576 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
12577 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
12578 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
12584 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12585 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
12587 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
12594 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
12595 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
12597 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
12598 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
12600 Variables of interest include:
12602 - `ff-case-fold-search'
12603 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
12604 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
12606 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
12607 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
12608 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
12610 - `ff-ignore-include'
12611 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
12613 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
12614 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
12616 - `ff-quiet-mode'
12617 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
12619 - `ff-special-constructs'
12620 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
12621 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
12622 extracting the filename from that construct.
12624 - `ff-other-file-alist'
12625 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
12627 - `ff-search-directories'
12628 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
12629 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
12631 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
12632 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
12634 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
12635 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
12637 - `ff-post-load-hook'
12638 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
12640 - `ff-not-found-hook'
12641 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
12643 - `ff-file-created-hook'
12644 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
12649 Visit the file you click on.
12654 Visit the file you click on in another window.
12658 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-file" '("cc-" "ff-" "modula2-other-file-alist")))
12660 ;;;***
12661 \f
12662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (0 0
12663 ;;;;;; 0 0))
12664 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
12667 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
12669 Interactively, prompt for LIBRARY using the one at or near point.
12674 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY in another window.
12676 See `find-library' for more details.
12681 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY in another frame.
12683 See `find-library' for more details.
12688 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
12689 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
12690 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
12692 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
12693 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
12694 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
12695 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
12700 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
12702 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
12703 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
12704 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
12705 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
12707 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
12708 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
12709 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
12711 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
12712 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
12713 in `load-path'.
12718 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
12720 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
12721 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
12722 places point before the definition.
12723 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12725 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
12726 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12727 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12732 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12734 See `find-function' for more details.
12739 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
12741 See `find-function' for more details.
12746 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
12748 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
12749 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
12750 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12752 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
12753 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12758 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
12760 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
12761 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12762 places point before the definition.
12764 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12766 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
12767 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12768 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12773 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12775 See `find-variable' for more details.
12780 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
12782 See `find-variable' for more details.
12787 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
12788 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
12789 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
12790 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
12791 buffer nor display it.
12793 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
12794 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12799 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
12801 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
12802 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
12803 places point before the definition.
12805 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12807 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
12808 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
12809 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
12814 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
12815 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
12820 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
12821 See `find-function-on-key'.
12826 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
12827 See `find-function-on-key'.
12832 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
12837 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
12842 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
12846 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-func" '("find-" "read-library-name")))
12848 ;;;***
12849 \f
12850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
12851 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
12854 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
12859 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
12864 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
12868 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "find-lisp" '("find-lisp-")))
12870 ;;;***
12871 \f
12872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (0 0 0 0))
12873 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
12877 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
12882 Display FILE's commentary section.
12883 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
12888 Find packages matching a given keyword.
12892 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "finder" '("finder-" "generated-finder-keywords-file")))
12894 ;;;***
12895 \f
12896 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (0 0 0 0))
12897 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
12900 Toggle flow control handling.
12902 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
12907 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
12909 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
12911 to get the effect of a C-q.
12915 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-ctrl" '("flow-control-c-")))
12917 ;;;***
12918 \f
12919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "mail/flow-fill.el" (0 0 0 0))
12920 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/flow-fill.el
12932 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flow-fill" '("fill-flowed-")))
12934 ;;;***
12935 \f
12936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (0 0 0 0))
12937 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
12941 Log, at level LEVEL, the message MSG formatted with ARGS.
12942 LEVEL is passed to `display-warning', which is used to display
12943 the warning. If this form is included in a byte-compiled file,
12944 the generated warning contains an indication of the file that
12945 generated it.
12950 Make a Flymake diagnostic for BUFFER's region from BEG to END.
12951 TYPE is a key to symbol and TEXT is a description of the problem
12952 detected in this region. DATA is any object that the caller
12953 wishes to attach to the created diagnostic for later retrieval.
12958 Get Flymake diagnostics in region determined by BEG and END.
12960 If neither BEG or END is supplied, use the whole buffer,
12961 otherwise if BEG is non-nil and END is nil, consider only
12962 diagnostics at BEG.
12967 Compute BUFFER's region (BEG . END) corresponding to LINE and COL.
12968 If COL is nil, return a region just for LINE. Return nil if the
12969 region is invalid.
12974 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
12975 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
12976 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12977 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
12979 Flymake is an Emacs minor mode for on-the-fly syntax checking.
12980 Flymake collects diagnostic information from multiple sources,
12981 called backends, and visually annotates the buffer with the
12982 results.
12984 Flymake performs these checks while the user is editing. The
12985 customization variables `flymake-start-on-flymake-mode',
12986 `flymake-no-changes-timeout' and
12987 `flymake-start-syntax-check-on-newline' determine the exact
12988 circumstances whereupon Flymake decides to initiate a check of
12989 the buffer.
12991 The commands `flymake-goto-next-error' and
12992 `flymake-goto-prev-error' can be used to navigate among Flymake
12993 diagnostics annotated in the buffer.
12995 The visual appearance of each type of diagnostic can be changed
12996 by setting properties `flymake-overlay-control', `flymake-bitmap'
12997 and `flymake-severity' on the symbols of diagnostic types (like
12998 `:error', `:warning' and `:note').
13000 Activation or deactivation of backends used by Flymake in each
13001 buffer happens via the special hook
13002 `flymake-diagnostic-functions'.
13004 Some backends may take longer than others to respond or complete,
13005 and some may decide to disable themselves if they are not
13006 suitable for the current buffer. The commands
13007 `flymake-running-backends', `flymake-disabled-backends' and
13008 `flymake-reporting-backends' summarize the situation, as does the
13009 special *Flymake log* buffer.
13014 Turn Flymake mode on.
13019 Turn Flymake mode off.
13023 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake" '("flymake-")))
13025 ;;;***
13026 \f
13027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake-cc" "progmodes/flymake-cc.el" (0 0
13028 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13029 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake-cc.el
13032 Flymake backend for GNU-style C compilers.
13033 This backend uses `flymake-cc-command' (which see) to launch a
13034 process that is passed the current buffer's contents via stdin.
13035 REPORT-FN is Flymake's callback.
13039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake-cc" '("flymake-cc-")))
13041 ;;;***
13042 \f
13043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake-proc" "progmodes/flymake-proc.el"
13044 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
13045 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake-proc.el
13048 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flymake-proc" '("flymake-proc-")))
13050 ;;;***
13051 \f
13052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (0 0 0 0))
13053 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
13056 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
13062 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
13063 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
13064 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13065 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13067 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
13068 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
13069 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
13071 Bindings:
13077 Hooks:
13078 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
13080 Remark:
13081 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
13082 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
13083 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
13085 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
13086 consider adding:
13088 in your init file.
13096 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
13101 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
13106 Turn Flyspell mode off.
13111 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
13116 Flyspell whole buffer.
13120 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "flyspell" '("flyspell-" "mail-mode-flyspell-verify" "make-flyspell-overlay" "sgml-mode-flyspell-verify" "tex")))
13122 ;;;***
13123 \f
13124 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (0 0 0 0))
13125 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
13128 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "foldout" '("foldout-")))
13130 ;;;***
13131 \f
13132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (0 0 0 0))
13133 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
13136 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
13141 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
13146 Toggle Follow mode.
13147 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
13148 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13149 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13151 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
13152 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
13154 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
13155 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
13156 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
13158 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
13159 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
13160 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
13161 movement commands.
13163 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
13164 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
13165 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
13166 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
13167 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
13168 mileage may vary).
13170 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
13173 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
13175 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
13177 Keys specific to Follow mode:
13183 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
13184 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
13186 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
13187 the window will be visible after the scroll.
13189 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
13190 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
13192 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13197 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
13198 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
13200 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13201 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
13203 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13204 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13206 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13211 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
13213 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
13214 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
13216 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
13217 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
13219 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
13224 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
13226 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
13227 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
13229 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
13230 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
13232 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
13237 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
13239 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
13240 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
13241 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
13242 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
13243 two windows always will display two successive pages.
13244 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
13246 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
13247 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
13248 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
13252 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "follow" '("follow-")))
13254 ;;;***
13255 \f
13256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fontset" "international/fontset.el" (0 0 0
13257 ;;;;;; 0))
13258 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
13260 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fontset" '("charset-script-alist" "create-" "fontset-" "generate-fontset-menu" "set" "standard-fontset-spec" "x-" "xlfd-")))
13262 ;;;***
13263 \f
13264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
13265 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
13269 Toggle Footnote mode.
13270 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
13271 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13272 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13274 Footnote mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
13275 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
13276 play around with the following keys:
13281 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "footnote" '("footnote-")))
13283 ;;;***
13284 \f
13285 ;;;### (autoloads nil "format-spec" "format-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
13286 ;;; Generated autoloads from format-spec.el
13288 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "format-spec" '("format-spec")))
13290 ;;;***
13291 \f
13292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (0 0 0 0))
13293 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
13296 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
13298 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
13299 TAB forms-next-field TAB
13300 C-c TAB forms-next-field
13301 C-c < forms-first-record <
13302 C-c > forms-last-record >
13303 C-c ? describe-mode ?
13304 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
13305 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
13306 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
13307 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
13308 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
13309 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
13310 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
13311 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
13312 C-c C-x forms-exit x
13317 Visit a file in Forms mode.
13322 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
13326 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "forms" '("forms-")))
13328 ;;;***
13329 \f
13330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
13331 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
13334 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
13335 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
13338 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
13342 Key definitions:
13345 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
13347 `fortran-comment-line-start'
13349 `fortran-do-indent'
13350 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
13351 `fortran-if-indent'
13352 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
13353 `fortran-structure-indent'
13354 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
13355 (default 3)
13356 `fortran-continuation-indent'
13357 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
13358 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
13359 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
13360 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
13361 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
13362 nil don't change the indentation
13363 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13364 value of either
13365 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
13366 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
13367 depending on the continuation format in use.
13368 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
13369 indentation for a line of code.
13370 (default `fixed')
13371 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
13372 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
13374 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
13375 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
13376 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
13377 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
13378 `fortran-line-number-indent'
13379 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
13380 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
13381 column 5.
13382 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
13384 statements (default nil).
13385 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
13387 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
13388 `fortran-continuation-string'
13389 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
13391 `fortran-comment-region'
13394 `fortran-electric-line-number'
13395 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
13396 as typed (default t).
13397 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
13398 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
13400 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
13401 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
13405 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortran" '("fortran-")))
13407 ;;;***
13408 \f
13409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (0 0 0 0))
13410 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
13413 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
13415 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13416 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13421 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
13423 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
13424 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
13429 Compile fortune file.
13431 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
13432 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
13437 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
13439 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13440 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13441 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13442 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13447 Display a fortune cookie to the mini-buffer.
13448 If called with a prefix, it has the same behavior as `fortune'.
13449 Optional FILE is a fortune file from which a cookie will be selected.
13454 Display a fortune cookie.
13455 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
13456 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
13457 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
13458 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
13462 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fortune" '("fortune-")))
13464 ;;;***
13465 \f
13466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (0 0 0 0))
13467 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
13469 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
13470 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
13473 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (client . :never) (delete-before . :never) (font . frameset-filter-font-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (frameset--text-pixel-height . :save) (frameset--text-pixel-width . :save) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-frame . :never) (parent-id . :never) (mouse-wheel-frame . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
13474 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
13478 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
13480 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
13481 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
13483 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
13484 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
13485 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
13486 intend to modify existing values, do
13488 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
13490 before changing anything.
13492 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
13493 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
13495 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
13496 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
13497 to restore the frame.
13499 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
13500 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
13501 parameter), and ACTION can be:
13503 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
13504 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
13505 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
13506 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
13507 FILTER A filter function.
13509 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
13510 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
13512 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
13514 where
13516 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
13517 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
13518 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
13519 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
13520 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
13521 before restoring it.
13522 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
13524 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
13525 It must return:
13526 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
13527 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
13528 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
13530 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
13534 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
13535 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
13536 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
13537 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
13538 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
13539 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
13544 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
13549 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
13550 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
13551 If nil, check all live frames.
13556 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
13557 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
13558 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
13559 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
13560 `frameset' defstruct for details.
13561 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
13562 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13563 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
13564 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
13565 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
13570 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
13572 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
13573 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
13574 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
13575 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
13576 and window-state is not restored.
13578 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
13579 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
13581 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
13582 t All existing frames can be reused.
13583 nil No existing frame can be reused.
13584 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
13585 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
13586 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
13588 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
13589 t Frames are restored in the current display.
13590 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
13591 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
13592 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
13593 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
13594 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
13595 be created from that parameter alist.
13597 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
13598 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
13599 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
13600 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
13601 PRED A function called with three arguments,
13602 - the live frame just restored,
13603 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
13604 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
13605 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
13608 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
13609 nil Keep all frames.
13610 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
13611 - FRAME, a live frame.
13612 - ACTION, which can be one of
13613 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
13614 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
13615 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
13616 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
13617 Return value is ignored.
13619 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
13620 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
13621 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
13622 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
13623 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
13625 All keyword parameters default to nil.
13627 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
13630 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
13631 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
13636 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
13637 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
13642 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
13644 Argument is a character, naming the register.
13646 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
13650 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "frameset" '("frameset-")))
13652 ;;;***
13653 \f
13654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fringe" "fringe.el" (0 0 0 0))
13655 ;;; Generated autoloads from fringe.el
13657 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "fringe" '("fringe-" "set-fringe-")))
13659 ;;;***
13660 \f
13661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (0 0 0 0))
13662 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
13665 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gamegrid" '("gamegrid-")))
13667 ;;;***
13668 \f
13669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gametree" "play/gametree.el" (0 0 0 0))
13670 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gametree.el
13672 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gametree" '("gametree-")))
13674 ;;;***
13675 \f
13676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (0 0 0 0))
13677 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
13680 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
13681 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
13687 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
13688 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
13689 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
13690 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
13691 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
13692 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
13697 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
13699 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
13700 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
13701 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
13702 for your debugger.
13703 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
13704 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
13705 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
13706 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
13711 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
13712 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
13713 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
13714 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
13716 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
13717 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
13718 shown in some of the buffers.
13720 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
13722 The following commands help control operation :
13724 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
13725 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
13727 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
13728 detailed description of this mode.
13731 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
13732 | GDB Toolbar |
13733 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13734 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
13735 | | |
13736 | | |
13737 | | |
13738 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13739 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
13740 | | (comint-mode) |
13741 | | |
13742 | | |
13743 | | |
13744 | | |
13745 | | |
13746 | | |
13747 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13748 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
13749 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
13750 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
13751 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
13752 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
13756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gdb-mi" '("breakpoint-" "def-gdb-" "gdb" "gud-" "nil")))
13758 ;;;***
13759 \f
13760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generator" "emacs-lisp/generator.el" (0 0
13761 ;;;;;; 0 0))
13762 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generator.el
13764 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generator" '("cps-" "iter-")))
13766 ;;;***
13767 \f
13768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (0 0 0 0))
13769 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
13772 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
13773 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
13777 Create a new generic mode MODE.
13779 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
13780 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
13781 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
13782 documentation string instead.
13784 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
13785 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
13789 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
13790 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
13791 enders are actually possible.
13793 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
13794 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
13796 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
13797 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
13798 `font-lock-keywords'.
13800 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
13801 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
13802 runs the macro expansion.
13804 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
13805 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
13806 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
13808 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
13810 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
13817 Go into the generic mode MODE.
13822 Enter generic mode MODE.
13824 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
13826 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
13828 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
13829 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
13834 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
13835 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
13836 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
13837 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
13838 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
13839 regular expression that can be used as an element of
13840 `font-lock-keywords'.
13846 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic" '("generic-")))
13848 ;;;***
13849 \f
13850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic-x" "generic-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
13851 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic-x.el
13853 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "generic-x" '("default-generic-mode" "generic-")))
13855 ;;;***
13856 \f
13857 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (0 0 0 0))
13858 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
13861 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
13862 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13863 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13864 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
13865 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
13869 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "glasses" '("glasses-")))
13871 ;;;***
13872 \f
13873 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
13874 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
13877 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
13878 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
13883 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
13885 Guideline for numbers:
13886 1 - error messages
13887 3 - non-serious error messages
13888 5 - messages for things that take a long time
13889 7 - not very important messages on stuff
13890 9 - messages inside loops.
13895 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
13896 ARGS are passed to `message'.
13901 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
13906 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
13908 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
13909 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
13911 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
13912 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
13913 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
13915 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
13916 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
13921 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
13925 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gmm-utils" '("defun-gmm" "gmm-")))
13927 ;;;***
13928 \f
13929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
13930 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
13936 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
13941 Read network news.
13942 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
13943 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
13944 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
13945 name of an NNTP server to use.
13946 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
13947 server.
13952 Read news as a slave.
13957 Pop up a frame to read news.
13958 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
13959 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
13960 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
13961 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
13962 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
13964 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
13965 current display is used.
13970 Read network news.
13971 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
13972 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
13973 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
13979 ;;;***
13980 \f
13981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (0 0 0 0))
13982 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
13985 Start Gnus unplugged.
13990 Start Gnus plugged.
13995 Read news as a slave unplugged.
14000 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
14002 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
14003 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
14004 customize gnus-agent to nil.
14006 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
14007 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
14008 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
14013 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
14018 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
14019 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
14020 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
14021 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
14022 supported.
14027 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
14028 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
14029 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
14030 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
14031 supported.
14036 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
14041 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
14042 downloaded into the agent.
14047 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
14048 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
14049 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
14054 Start Gnus and fetch session.
14059 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
14064 Regenerate all agent covered files.
14065 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
14069 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-agent" '("gnus-")))
14071 ;;;***
14072 \f
14073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (0 0 0 0))
14074 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
14077 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
14081 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-art" '("article-" "gnus-")))
14083 ;;;***
14084 \f
14085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-async" "gnus/gnus-async.el" (0 0 0 0))
14086 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-async.el
14088 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-async" '("gnus-")))
14090 ;;;***
14091 \f
14092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bcklg" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14093 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bcklg.el
14095 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bcklg" '("gnus-backlog-")))
14097 ;;;***
14098 \f
14099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (0
14100 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
14104 Set a bookmark for this article.
14109 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
14114 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
14115 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
14116 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
14117 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
14121 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-bookmark" '("gnus-bookmark-")))
14123 ;;;***
14124 \f
14125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
14126 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
14129 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
14131 Usage:
14132 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
14137 Generate the cache active file.
14142 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
14147 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
14148 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
14149 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
14150 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
14151 supported.
14156 Delete GROUP from the cache.
14157 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
14158 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
14159 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
14160 supported.
14164 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cache" '("gnus-")))
14166 ;;;***
14167 \f
14168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cite" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
14169 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cite.el
14171 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cite" '("gnus-" "turn-o")))
14173 ;;;***
14174 \f
14175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cloud" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" (0 0 0 0))
14176 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cloud.el
14178 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cloud" '("gnus-cloud-")))
14180 ;;;***
14181 \f
14182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cus" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" (0 0 0 0))
14183 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cus.el
14185 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-cus" '("category-fields" "gnus-")))
14187 ;;;***
14188 \f
14189 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (0 0 0 0))
14190 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
14193 Delay this article by some time.
14194 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
14196 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
14197 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
14199 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
14200 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
14202 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
14203 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
14208 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
14213 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
14214 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
14215 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
14217 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
14218 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
14222 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-delay" '("gnus-delay-")))
14224 ;;;***
14225 \f
14226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-demon" "gnus/gnus-demon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14227 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-demon.el
14229 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-demon" '("gnus-")))
14231 ;;;***
14232 \f
14233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (0 0 0 0))
14234 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
14246 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-diary" '("gnus-")))
14248 ;;;***
14249 \f
14250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
14251 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
14254 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
14258 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dired" '("gnus-dired-")))
14260 ;;;***
14261 \f
14262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (0 0 0 0))
14263 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
14266 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
14270 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-draft" '("gnus-")))
14272 ;;;***
14273 \f
14274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dup" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" (0 0 0 0))
14275 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dup.el
14277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-dup" '("gnus-")))
14279 ;;;***
14280 \f
14281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-eform" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" (0 0 0 0))
14282 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-eform.el
14284 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-eform" '("gnus-edit-form")))
14286 ;;;***
14287 \f
14288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (0 0 0 0))
14289 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
14292 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
14299 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14301 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14306 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
14311 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
14313 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
14314 different input formats.
14319 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
14321 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
14322 different input formats.
14327 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
14328 The PNG is returned as a string.
14333 Convert FILE to a Face.
14334 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
14335 726 bytes.
14340 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
14342 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
14347 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
14351 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-fun" '("gnus-")))
14353 ;;;***
14354 \f
14355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (0
14356 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14357 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
14360 Display gravatar in the From header.
14361 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
14366 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
14367 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
14371 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-gravatar" '("gnus-gravatar-")))
14373 ;;;***
14374 \f
14375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (0 0 0 0))
14376 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
14379 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
14380 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
14381 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
14386 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
14390 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-group" '("gnus-")))
14392 ;;;***
14393 \f
14394 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (0 0 0 0))
14395 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
14407 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-html" '("gnus-")))
14409 ;;;***
14410 \f
14411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-icalendar" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" (0
14412 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14413 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-icalendar.el
14415 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-icalendar" '("gnus-icalendar")))
14417 ;;;***
14418 \f
14419 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-int" "gnus/gnus-int.el" (0 0 0 0))
14420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-int.el
14422 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-int" '("gnus-")))
14424 ;;;***
14425 \f
14426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (0 0 0 0))
14427 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
14432 Run batched scoring.
14433 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
14437 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-kill" '("gnus-")))
14439 ;;;***
14440 \f
14441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-logic" "gnus/gnus-logic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14442 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-logic.el
14444 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-logic" '("gnus-")))
14446 ;;;***
14447 \f
14448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mh" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" (0 0 0 0))
14449 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mh.el
14451 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mh" '("gnus-")))
14453 ;;;***
14454 \f
14455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (0 0 0 0))
14456 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
14464 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
14465 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
14470 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
14476 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-ml" '("gnus-mailing-list-")))
14478 ;;;***
14479 \f
14480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (0 0 0 0))
14481 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
14484 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
14485 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
14486 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
14487 group parameters.
14489 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
14490 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
14491 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
14492 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
14494 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
14495 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
14496 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
14497 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
14498 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
14499 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
14500 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
14501 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
14502 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
14503 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
14508 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
14509 It does this by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
14511 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
14512 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
14517 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14518 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
14520 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
14525 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
14526 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
14528 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
14530 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
14531 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
14532 existing groups are considered.
14534 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
14535 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
14536 returned.
14538 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
14539 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
14540 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
14541 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
14542 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
14543 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
14544 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
14545 clauses will be generated.
14547 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
14548 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
14549 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
14550 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
14551 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
14552 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
14554 For example, given the following group parameters:
14556 nnml:mail.bar:
14559 nnml:mail.foo:
14564 nnml:mail.others:
14565 \((split-spec . catch-all))
14577 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-mlspl" '("gnus-group-split-")))
14579 ;;;***
14580 \f
14581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (0 0 0 0))
14582 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
14585 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
14586 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
14587 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
14588 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
14589 instead.
14591 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
14594 Mail to ADDRESS.
14599 Like `message-reply'.
14603 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
14605 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-msg" '("gnus-")))
14607 ;;;***
14608 \f
14609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
14610 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
14611 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
14614 Send a notification on new message.
14615 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
14616 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
14617 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
14619 This is typically a function to add in
14620 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
14624 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-notifications" '("gnus-notifications-")))
14626 ;;;***
14627 \f
14628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (0 0 0 0))
14629 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
14632 Display picons in the From header.
14633 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14638 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
14639 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14644 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
14645 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
14649 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-picon" '("gnus-picon-")))
14651 ;;;***
14652 \f
14653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (0 0 0 0))
14654 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
14657 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14658 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14659 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
14664 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
14665 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14666 LIST1 is modified.
14671 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
14672 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
14682 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
14683 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14688 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
14689 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
14696 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14697 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14702 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
14703 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14708 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
14709 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
14714 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
14718 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-range" '("gnus-")))
14720 ;;;***
14721 \f
14722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (0
14723 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
14724 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
14727 Initialize the Gnus registry.
14732 Install the registry hooks.
14736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-registry" '("gnus-")))
14738 ;;;***
14739 \f
14740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-rfc1843" "gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el" (0 0
14741 ;;;;;; 0 0))
14742 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-rfc1843.el
14744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
14746 ;;;***
14747 \f
14748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-salt" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" (0 0 0 0))
14749 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-salt.el
14751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-salt" '("gnus-")))
14753 ;;;***
14754 \f
14755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-score" "gnus/gnus-score.el" (0 0 0 0))
14756 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-score.el
14758 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-score" '("gnus-")))
14760 ;;;***
14761 \f
14762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
14763 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
14766 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14767 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14768 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
14769 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
14770 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14775 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
14776 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
14777 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
14778 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
14787 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sieve" '("gnus-sieve-")))
14789 ;;;***
14790 \f
14791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (0 0 0 0))
14792 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
14795 Update the format specification near point.
14799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-spec" '("gnus-")))
14801 ;;;***
14802 \f
14803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-srvr" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14804 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-srvr.el
14806 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-srvr" '("gnus-")))
14808 ;;;***
14809 \f
14810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (0 0 0 0))
14811 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
14814 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
14818 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-start" '("gnus-")))
14820 ;;;***
14821 \f
14822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (0 0 0 0))
14823 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
14826 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
14827 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
14831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-sum" '("gnus-")))
14833 ;;;***
14834 \f
14835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-topic" "gnus/gnus-topic.el" (0 0 0 0))
14836 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-topic.el
14838 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-topic" '("gnus-")))
14840 ;;;***
14841 \f
14842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-undo" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" (0 0 0 0))
14843 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-undo.el
14845 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-undo" '("gnus-")))
14847 ;;;***
14848 \f
14849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-util" "gnus/gnus-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
14850 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-util.el
14852 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-util" '("gnus-")))
14854 ;;;***
14855 \f
14856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-uu" "gnus/gnus-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
14857 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-uu.el
14859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-uu" '("gnus-")))
14861 ;;;***
14862 \f
14863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-vm" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" (0 0 0 0))
14864 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-vm.el
14866 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-vm" '("gnus-")))
14868 ;;;***
14869 \f
14870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (0 0 0 0))
14871 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
14874 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
14878 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnus-win" '("gnus-")))
14880 ;;;***
14881 \f
14882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (0 0 0 0))
14883 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
14886 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
14887 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
14888 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
14889 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
14890 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
14896 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gnutls" '("gnutls-" "open-gnutls-stream")))
14898 ;;;***
14899 \f
14900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (0 0 0 0))
14901 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
14904 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
14906 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
14907 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
14908 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
14910 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
14911 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
14912 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
14914 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
14917 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
14918 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
14924 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gomoku" '("gomoku-")))
14926 ;;;***
14927 \f
14928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (0 0 0 0))
14929 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
14932 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
14933 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
14934 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
14935 there, then load the URL at or before point.
14940 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
14941 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
14942 or to send e-mail.
14943 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
14944 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
14946 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
14947 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
14953 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
14954 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14955 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14956 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14961 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
14965 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "goto-addr" '("goto-address-")))
14967 ;;;***
14968 \f
14969 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "image/gravatar.el" (0 0 0 0))
14970 ;;; Generated autoloads from image/gravatar.el
14973 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
14974 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
14979 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
14983 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gravatar" '("gravatar-")))
14985 ;;;***
14986 \f
14987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
14988 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
14997 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
14998 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
14999 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
15001 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
15002 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
15009 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
15010 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
15020 (defconst grep-regexp-alist `((,(concat "^\\(?:" "\\(?1:[^\0\n]+\\)\\(?3:\0\\)\\(?2:[0-9]+\\):" "\\|" "\\(?1:[^\n:]+?[^\n/:]\\):[\11 ]*\\(?2:[1-9][0-9]*\\)[\11 ]*:" "\\)") 1 2 (,(lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) \, (lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face 'grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) nil nil (3 '(face nil display ":"))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
15021 Regexp used to match grep hits.
15025 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
15029 The default find program.
15030 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
15034 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
15035 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
15039 How to invoke find and grep.
15040 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
15041 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
15042 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
15043 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
15054 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
15055 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
15065 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
15070 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
15072 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
15075 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
15076 arguments.
15078 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
15079 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
15081 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
15082 can easily repeat a grep command.
15084 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
15085 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
15086 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
15087 list is empty).
15092 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
15093 Collect output in a buffer.
15095 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
15097 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
15098 easily repeat a find command.
15105 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
15106 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
15107 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
15108 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'. As whitespace triggers
15109 completion when entering a pattern, including it requires
15113 before it is executed.
15116 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
15117 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
15118 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
15125 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
15126 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
15127 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
15128 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'. As whitespace triggers
15129 completion when entering a pattern, including it requires
15133 before it is executed.
15136 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
15137 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
15138 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
15143 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
15144 to specify a command to run.
15149 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
15150 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
15151 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
15157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "grep" '("grep-" "kill-grep" "rgrep-")))
15159 ;;;***
15160 \f
15161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gssapi" "gnus/gssapi.el" (0 0 0 0))
15162 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gssapi.el
15164 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gssapi" '("gssapi-program" "open-gssapi-stream")))
15166 ;;;***
15167 \f
15168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (0 0 0 0))
15169 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
15172 Run gdb passing it COMMAND-LINE as arguments.
15173 If COMMAND-LINE names a program FILE to debug, gdb will run in
15174 a buffer named *gud-FILE*, and the directory containing FILE
15175 becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory
15176 for your debugger.
15177 If COMMAND-LINE requests that gdb attaches to a process PID, gdb
15178 will run in *gud-PID*, otherwise it will run in *gud*; in these
15179 cases the initial working directory is the default-directory of
15180 the buffer in which this command was invoked.
15185 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15186 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15187 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15192 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15193 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15194 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15199 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15200 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15201 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15203 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
15204 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
15209 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
15210 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15211 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15216 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15217 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15218 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15223 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
15224 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
15225 and source-file directory for your debugger.
15230 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
15233 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
15235 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
15236 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
15237 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
15238 original source file access method.
15240 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
15241 gud, see `gud-mode'.
15246 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
15251 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
15252 See the `gud-tooltip-mode' command
15253 for a description of this minor mode.
15254 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15255 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15261 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
15262 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
15263 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15264 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
15268 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "gud" '("gdb-" "gud-")))
15270 ;;;***
15271 \f
15272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (0 0 0 0))
15273 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
15276 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
15277 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
15278 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
15279 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
15280 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
15281 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
15282 set it to.
15283 DO must return an Elisp expression.
15288 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
15289 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
15290 of PLACE.
15291 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
15292 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
15293 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
15294 and SETTER.
15295 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
15296 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
15303 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
15304 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
15305 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
15306 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
15317 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
15319 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
15322 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15323 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15324 well for simple place forms.
15325 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
15326 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
15327 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
15328 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
15329 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
15330 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
15338 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
15339 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
15340 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
15341 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
15343 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
15344 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
15345 (let ((temp VAL))
15346 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
15347 temp)
15348 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
15353 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
15354 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
15355 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
15356 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
15357 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
15364 Return a reference to PLACE.
15365 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
15366 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
15368 binding mode.
15374 ;;;***
15375 \f
15376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (0 0 0 0))
15377 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
15381 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
15382 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
15384 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
15385 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
15386 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
15387 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
15391 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "handwrite" '("handwrite-" "menu-bar-handwrite-map")))
15393 ;;;***
15394 \f
15395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanja-util" "language/hanja-util.el" (0 0
15396 ;;;;;; 0 0))
15397 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/hanja-util.el
15399 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanja-util" '("han")))
15401 ;;;***
15402 \f
15403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (0 0 0 0))
15404 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
15407 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
15412 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
15413 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
15414 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
15416 Repent before ring 31 moves.
15421 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
15422 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
15423 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
15424 to be updated.
15428 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hanoi" '("hanoi-")))
15430 ;;;***
15431 \f
15432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (0 0 0 0))
15433 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
15436 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15441 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
15442 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
15447 Verify a hashcash payment
15452 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15453 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15454 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
15455 `mail-add-payment-async').
15460 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
15461 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
15462 Calculation is asynchronous.
15467 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
15468 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
15472 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hashcash" '("hashcash-")))
15474 ;;;***
15475 \f
15476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (0 0 0 0))
15477 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
15480 Return the help-echo string at point.
15481 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
15482 property, or nil, is returned.
15483 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
15484 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
15485 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
15490 Return the keyboard help string at point.
15491 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
15492 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
15493 If this produces no string either, return nil.
15498 Display local help in the echo area.
15499 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
15500 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
15501 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
15502 printed instead.
15504 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
15505 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
15506 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
15511 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15512 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15517 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
15518 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
15523 Automatically show local help on point-over.
15524 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
15525 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
15526 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
15527 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
15528 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
15529 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
15530 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
15531 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
15532 a non-empty list disables the feature.
15534 This variable only takes effect after a call to
15535 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
15536 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
15537 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
15538 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
15540 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
15541 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
15542 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
15543 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
15544 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
15545 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
15546 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
15552 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
15553 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
15554 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
15555 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
15556 considered different regions.
15558 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15559 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
15560 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
15561 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
15562 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
15563 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
15564 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
15565 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
15566 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
15571 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
15572 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15573 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15574 different regions.
15576 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
15577 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
15578 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
15579 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
15580 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
15581 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
15582 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
15583 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
15585 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
15586 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
15587 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
15588 rarely happens in practice.
15593 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
15594 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
15595 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
15596 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
15597 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
15601 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-at-pt" '("help-at-pt-" "scan-buf-move-hook")))
15603 ;;;***
15604 \f
15605 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
15606 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
15609 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
15610 When called from lisp, FUNCTION may also be a function object.
15615 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
15616 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
15621 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
15622 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
15623 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
15624 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
15625 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
15626 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
15628 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
15629 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
15630 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
15631 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
15632 suitable file is found, return nil.
15642 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
15643 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
15644 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
15649 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
15650 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
15651 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
15652 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
15653 it is displayed along with the global value.
15658 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
15659 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
15660 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
15661 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
15662 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
15667 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
15668 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
15669 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15674 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
15675 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
15676 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
15677 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
15682 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
15687 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
15691 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-fns" '("describe-" "help-")))
15693 ;;;***
15694 \f
15695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
15696 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
15699 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
15700 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
15701 window listing and describing the options.
15707 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-macro" '("make-help-screen")))
15709 ;;;***
15710 \f
15711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
15712 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
15715 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
15716 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
15717 Commands:
15723 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
15728 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
15735 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
15736 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
15737 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
15740 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
15742 restore it properly when going back.
15747 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
15748 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
15749 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
15750 from `help-mode'.
15752 it does not already exist.
15757 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
15759 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
15760 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
15761 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
15762 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
15763 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
15764 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
15765 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
15766 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
15768 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
15769 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
15770 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
15771 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
15773 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
15774 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
15775 that.
15780 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
15781 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
15782 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
15783 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15784 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15789 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
15790 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
15791 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
15792 See `help-make-xrefs'.
15797 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
15804 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
15805 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
15806 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
15810 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "help-mode" '("describe-symbol-backends" "help-")))
15812 ;;;***
15813 \f
15814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (0 0 0 0))
15815 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
15818 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
15823 Provide help for current mode.
15827 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "helper" '("Helper-")))
15829 ;;;***
15830 \f
15831 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hex-util" "hex-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
15832 ;;; Generated autoloads from hex-util.el
15834 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hex-util" '("decode-hex-string" "encode-hex-string")))
15836 ;;;***
15837 \f
15838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (0 0 0 0))
15839 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
15843 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
15844 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
15845 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
15847 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
15848 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
15851 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
15852 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
15853 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
15855 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
15856 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
15857 periods.
15859 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
15860 in hexl format.
15862 A sample format:
15864 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
15865 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
15866 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
15867 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
15868 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
15869 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
15870 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
15871 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
15872 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
15873 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
15874 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
15875 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
15876 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
15877 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
15878 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
15880 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
15881 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
15882 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
15884 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
15885 also supported.
15887 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
15889 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
15890 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
15891 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
15894 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
15895 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
15898 into the buffer at the current point.
15901 into the buffer at the current point.
15904 into the buffer at the current point.
15908 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
15909 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
15918 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
15919 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
15920 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
15925 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
15926 This discards the buffer's undo information.
15930 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hexl" '("dehexlify-buffer" "hexl-")))
15932 ;;;***
15933 \f
15934 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "hfy-cmap" "hfy-cmap.el"
15935 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
15936 ;;; Generated autoloads from hfy-cmap.el
15938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hfy-cmap" '("hfy-" "htmlfontify-unload-rgb-file")))
15940 ;;;***
15941 \f
15942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
15943 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
15946 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
15947 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
15948 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15949 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15951 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
15953 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
15954 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
15956 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
15957 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
15958 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
15959 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
15963 which can be called interactively, are:
15966 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
15969 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
15970 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
15971 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
15974 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
15977 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
15978 available face automatically.
15981 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
15984 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
15986 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
15988 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
15989 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
15990 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
15991 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
15992 function returns t.
15995 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
15997 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
15998 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
15999 form:
16000 Hi-lock: FOO
16002 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
16003 position (number of characters into buffer)
16004 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
16005 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
16006 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
16011 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
16012 See the `global-hi-lock-mode' command
16013 for a description of this minor mode.
16014 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16015 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16021 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
16022 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
16023 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16024 ARG is omitted or nil.
16026 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
16027 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
16028 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
16035 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
16036 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
16037 Use the global history list for FACE.
16039 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
16040 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
16041 highlighting will not update as you type.
16048 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
16049 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
16050 Use the global history list for FACE.
16052 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
16053 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
16054 highlighting will not update as you type.
16061 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
16062 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
16063 Use the global history list for FACE.
16065 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
16066 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
16067 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
16069 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
16070 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
16071 highlighting will not update as you type.
16078 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
16079 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
16080 unless you use a prefix argument.
16081 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
16083 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
16084 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
16091 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
16092 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
16093 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
16095 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
16100 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
16102 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
16103 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
16104 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
16108 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hi-lock" '("hi-lock-" "turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled")))
16110 ;;;***
16111 \f
16112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (0 0 0 0))
16113 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
16116 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
16117 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
16118 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16119 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16121 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
16122 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
16123 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
16124 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
16126 `hide-ifdef-env'
16127 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
16128 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
16129 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
16130 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
16131 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
16132 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
16133 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
16135 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
16136 An association list of defined symbol lists.
16137 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
16138 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
16139 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
16141 `hide-ifdef-lines'
16142 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
16143 #endif lines when hiding.
16145 `hide-ifdef-initially'
16146 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
16147 is activated.
16149 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
16150 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
16151 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
16157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideif" '("backward-ifdef" "down-ifdef" "forward-ifdef" "hide-ifdef" "hif-" "intern-safe" "next-ifdef" "previous-ifdef" "show-ifdef" "up-ifdef")))
16159 ;;;***
16160 \f
16161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (0 0 0 0))
16162 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
16164 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
16165 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
16166 Each element has the form
16167 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
16169 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
16170 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
16172 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
16173 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
16175 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
16176 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
16177 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
16178 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
16179 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
16180 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
16182 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
16183 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
16185 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
16186 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
16188 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
16189 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
16193 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
16194 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
16195 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16196 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16198 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
16199 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
16200 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
16202 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
16203 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
16204 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
16206 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
16207 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
16209 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
16211 Key bindings:
16217 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
16221 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hideshow" '("hs-")))
16223 ;;;***
16224 \f
16225 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (0 0 0 0))
16226 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
16229 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
16230 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
16231 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
16232 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16234 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
16235 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
16237 this on and off.
16239 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
16244 through various faces.
16246 buffer with the contents of a file
16252 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
16253 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
16254 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
16255 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16257 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
16258 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
16259 in a distinctive face.
16261 The default value can be customized with variable
16262 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
16264 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
16269 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
16270 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
16275 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16280 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
16285 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
16287 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
16288 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
16289 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
16290 shown in the last face in the list.
16292 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
16293 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
16294 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
16301 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
16303 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
16305 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
16306 to save the file.
16308 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
16309 written to a temporary file for comparison.
16311 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16318 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
16320 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
16321 this function is called interactively.
16323 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
16324 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
16325 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
16327 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
16334 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
16335 See the `global-highlight-changes-mode' command
16336 for a description of this minor mode.
16337 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16338 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16344 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
16345 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
16346 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16347 ARG is omitted or nil.
16349 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
16350 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
16351 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
16355 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hilit-chg" '("global-highlight-changes" "highlight-" "hilit-chg-")))
16357 ;;;***
16358 \f
16359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
16360 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
16363 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
16364 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
16365 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
16371 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
16372 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
16373 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
16374 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
16375 expansions.
16376 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
16378 undoes the expansion.
16383 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
16384 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
16385 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
16389 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hippie-exp" '("he-" "hippie-expand-" "try-")))
16391 ;;;***
16392 \f
16393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (0 0 0 0))
16394 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
16397 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
16398 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16399 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16400 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16402 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
16403 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16404 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
16405 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
16406 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
16407 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
16409 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
16410 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
16411 uses the function `hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' in
16412 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16417 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
16418 See the `global-hl-line-mode' command
16419 for a description of this minor mode.
16420 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16421 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16427 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
16428 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
16429 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16430 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16432 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
16433 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all live
16434 windows.
16436 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-highlight'
16437 and `global-hl-line-maybe-unhighlight' on `post-command-hook'.
16441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hl-line" '("global-hl-line-" "hl-line-")))
16443 ;;;***
16444 \f
16445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-def" "net/hmac-def.el" (0 0 0 0))
16446 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-def.el
16448 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-def" '("define-hmac-function")))
16450 ;;;***
16451 \f
16452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hmac-md5" "net/hmac-md5.el" (0 0 0 0))
16453 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/hmac-md5.el
16455 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "hmac-md5" '("hmac-md5" "md5-binary")))
16457 ;;;***
16458 \f
16459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (0 0 0 0))
16460 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
16462 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
16463 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
16470 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
16471 Oriental holidays.
16479 Local holidays.
16487 User defined holidays.
16494 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
16495 Jewish holidays.
16502 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
16503 Christian holidays.
16510 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
16511 Islamic holidays.
16518 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
16519 Bahá’à holidays.
16526 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
16527 Sun-related holidays.
16537 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
16538 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
16539 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
16544 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
16545 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
16546 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
16547 displayed, use a different list. For example,
16549 (list-holidays 2006 2006
16550 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
16552 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
16553 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
16555 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
16556 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
16557 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
16558 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
16559 of a holiday list.
16561 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
16567 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "holidays" '("calendar-" "holiday-")))
16569 ;;;***
16570 \f
16571 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (0 0 0 0))
16572 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
16576 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
16577 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
16578 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
16579 as possible.
16581 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
16582 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
16583 fontified display.
16585 You should, however, note that random control or non-ASCII
16586 characters such as ^L (U+000C FORM FEED (FF)) or ¤ (U+00A4
16587 CURRENCY SIGN) won't get mapped yet.
16589 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
16590 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
16591 hyperlinks as appropriate.
16596 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
16597 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
16599 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
16603 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "htmlfontify" '("hfy-" "htmlfontify-")))
16605 ;;;***
16606 \f
16607 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el"
16608 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16609 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
16611 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-ext" '("alphabetic" "basename" "content" "derived-mode" "directory" "eval" "file" "ibuffer-" "major-mode" "mod" "name" "predicate" "print" "process" "query-replace" "rename-uniquely" "replace-regexp" "revert" "shell-command-" "size" "starred-name" "used-mode" "view-and-eval" "visiting-file")))
16613 ;;;***
16614 \f
16615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
16616 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
16619 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
16621 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
16622 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
16623 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
16625 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
16626 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
16627 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
16628 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
16629 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
16630 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
16632 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
16633 title of the column.
16635 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
16636 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
16637 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
16638 change its definition, you should explicitly call
16639 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
16646 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
16647 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
16648 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
16649 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
16651 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
16652 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
16662 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
16663 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
16664 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
16665 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
16666 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
16668 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
16669 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
16670 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
16671 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
16672 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
16673 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
16674 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
16675 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
16676 values are:
16677 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
16678 t - the function it always modifies buffers
16679 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
16680 buffer's modification flag.
16681 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
16682 prompted before performing this operation.
16683 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
16684 operation is complete, in the form:
16686 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
16687 confirmation message, in the form:
16689 BEFORE is a form to evaluate before start the operation.
16690 AFTER is a form to evaluate once the operation is complete.
16691 COMPLEX means this function is special; if COMPLEX is nil BODY
16692 evaluates once for each marked buffer, MBUF, with MBUF current
16693 and saving the point. If COMPLEX is non-nil, BODY evaluates
16694 without requiring MBUF current.
16695 BODY define the operation; they are forms to evaluate per each
16696 marked buffer. BODY is evaluated with `buf' bound to the
16697 buffer object.
16699 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING BEFORE AFTER COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
16706 Define a filter named NAME.
16707 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
16708 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
16709 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
16711 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
16712 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
16713 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
16714 bound to the current value of the filter.
16722 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuf-macs" '("ibuffer-")))
16724 ;;;***
16725 \f
16726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (0 0 0 0))
16727 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
16730 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
16731 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16732 buffers which are visiting a file.
16737 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
16738 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
16739 buffers which are visiting a file.
16744 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
16745 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
16747 All arguments are optional.
16748 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
16750 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
16751 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
16752 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
16753 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
16754 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
16755 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
16756 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
16757 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
16758 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
16759 that value locally in this buffer.
16764 Call Ibuffer and set point at the line listing the current buffer.
16765 If optional arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, then use another window.
16769 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ibuffer" '("filename" "ibuffer-" "locked" "mark" "mod" "name" "process" "read-only" "size")))
16771 ;;;***
16772 \f
16773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (0 0 0
16774 ;;;;;; 0))
16775 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
16779 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
16780 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
16781 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
16786 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
16787 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
16788 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
16789 ICAL-FILENAME.
16790 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
16791 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
16792 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16797 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
16798 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
16799 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
16800 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
16801 non-marking or not.
16806 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
16808 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
16809 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
16810 DIARY-FILENAME.
16812 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
16813 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
16814 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
16816 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
16817 non-marking.
16819 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
16820 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
16821 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
16825 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icalendar" '("icalendar-")))
16827 ;;;***
16828 \f
16829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
16830 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
16833 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
16834 See the `icomplete-mode' command
16835 for a description of this minor mode.
16836 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16837 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16843 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
16844 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
16845 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16846 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16848 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
16849 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
16850 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
16851 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
16853 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
16856 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
16857 completions:
16867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icomplete" '("icomplete-")))
16869 ;;;***
16870 \f
16871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (0 0 0 0))
16872 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
16875 Major mode for editing Icon code.
16876 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
16877 Tab indents for Icon code.
16878 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
16879 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
16881 Variables controlling indentation style:
16882 icon-tab-always-indent
16883 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
16884 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
16885 icon-auto-newline
16886 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
16887 inserted in Icon code.
16888 icon-indent-level
16889 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
16890 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
16891 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
16892 icon-continued-statement-offset
16893 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
16894 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
16895 icon-continued-brace-offset
16896 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
16897 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
16898 icon-brace-offset
16899 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
16900 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
16901 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
16902 this far to the right of the start of its line.
16904 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
16905 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
16909 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "icon" '("beginning-of-icon-defun" "calculate-icon-indent" "electric-icon-brace" "end-of-icon-defun" "icon-" "indent-icon-exp" "mark-icon-function")))
16911 ;;;***
16912 \f
16913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-complete-structtag" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
16914 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16915 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el
16917 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-complete-structtag" '("idlwave-")))
16919 ;;;***
16920 \f
16921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-help" "progmodes/idlw-help.el" (0 0 0
16922 ;;;;;; 0))
16923 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-help.el
16925 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-help" '("idlwave-")))
16927 ;;;***
16928 \f
16929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (0 0
16930 ;;;;;; 0 0))
16931 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
16934 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
16935 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
16936 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
16938 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
16939 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
16940 separate frames.
16942 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
16943 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
16945 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
16946 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
16947 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
16953 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-shell" '("idlwave-")))
16955 ;;;***
16956 \f
16957 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-toolbar" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el"
16958 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
16959 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el
16961 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlw-toolbar" '("idlwave-toolbar-")))
16963 ;;;***
16964 \f
16965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (0 0 0 0))
16966 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
16970 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
16972 The main features of this mode are
16974 1. Indentation and Formatting
16975 --------------------------
16976 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
16977 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
16980 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
16981 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
16982 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
16984 Comments are indented as follows:
16986 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
16987 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
16988 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
16990 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
16993 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
16994 relative to the first will be retained. Use
16996 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
16997 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
16999 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
17004 2. Routine Info
17005 ------------
17006 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
17007 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
17009 source file of a module. These commands know about system
17010 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
17011 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
17012 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
17013 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
17015 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
17017 3. Online IDL Help
17018 ---------------
17021 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
17022 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
17023 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
17025 4. Completion
17026 ----------
17028 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
17029 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
17030 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
17031 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
17032 upper case.
17034 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
17035 --------------------------------
17036 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
17051 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
17054 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
17055 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
17058 6. Automatic Case Conversion
17059 -------------------------
17060 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
17061 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
17063 7. Automatic END completion
17064 ------------------------
17065 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
17066 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
17068 8. Hooks
17069 -----
17070 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
17071 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
17073 9. Documentation and Customization
17074 -------------------------------
17075 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
17077 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
17078 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
17079 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
17080 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
17082 10.Keybindings
17083 -----------
17084 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
17086 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
17092 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "idlwave" '("idlwave-")))
17094 ;;;***
17095 \f
17096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (0 0 0 0))
17097 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
17100 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
17101 The following values are possible:
17102 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
17103 displaying...)
17104 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
17105 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
17106 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
17108 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17114 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
17115 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
17116 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
17117 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
17118 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
17119 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
17120 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
17121 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
17126 Switch to another buffer.
17127 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
17128 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
17129 in another frame.
17131 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
17132 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
17133 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
17134 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
17137 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
17138 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
17145 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
17146 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
17147 in a separate window.
17161 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
17162 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17163 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17168 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
17169 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17170 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17175 Display a buffer preferably in another frame.
17176 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17177 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17182 Kill a buffer.
17183 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17184 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17189 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
17190 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17191 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17196 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
17197 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17198 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
17203 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
17208 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
17209 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
17210 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
17211 in another frame.
17213 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
17214 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
17215 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
17216 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
17217 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
17220 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
17221 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
17228 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
17229 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
17230 in a separate window.
17253 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
17254 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17255 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17260 Find another file, select its buffer, kill previous buffer.
17261 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17262 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17267 Find file as a replacement for the file in the next window.
17268 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17269 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17274 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
17275 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17276 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17281 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
17282 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17283 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17288 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
17289 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17290 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17295 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
17296 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17297 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17302 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
17303 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17304 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17309 Write current buffer to a file.
17310 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17311 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17316 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
17317 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17318 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17323 Call `dired' the Ido way.
17324 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17325 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17331 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17332 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17338 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
17339 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
17344 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
17345 Return the name of a buffer selected.
17346 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
17347 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
17348 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
17349 Optional arg PREDICATE if non-nil is a function limiting the
17350 buffers that can be considered.
17355 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
17356 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17357 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
17362 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
17363 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
17364 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
17369 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
17370 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
17371 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
17372 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
17373 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
17374 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
17375 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
17376 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
17377 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
17378 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
17379 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
17380 with point positioned at the end.
17381 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
17382 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
17384 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
17388 ;;;***
17389 \f
17390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (0 0 0 0))
17391 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
17394 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
17395 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
17396 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
17400 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ielm" '("ielm-" "inferior-emacs-lisp-mode")))
17402 ;;;***
17403 \f
17404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ietf-drums" "mail/ietf-drums.el" (0 0 0 0))
17405 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/ietf-drums.el
17407 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ietf-drums" '("ietf-drums-")))
17409 ;;;***
17410 \f
17411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (0 0 0 0))
17412 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
17417 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
17418 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
17419 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17420 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
17425 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iimage" '("iimage-" "turn-off-iimage-mode")))
17427 ;;;***
17428 \f
17429 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (0 0 0 0))
17430 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
17433 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
17434 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17435 be determined.
17440 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
17441 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
17442 be determined.
17447 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
17448 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17449 be determined.
17454 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
17455 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
17456 be determined.
17461 Determine and return image type.
17462 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
17463 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17464 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17465 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
17466 use its file extension as image type.
17467 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
17472 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
17473 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
17478 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
17479 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
17481 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
17482 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
17483 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
17484 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
17485 must be available.
17490 Create an image.
17491 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
17492 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
17493 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
17494 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
17495 use its file extension as image type.
17496 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
17497 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
17498 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
17499 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
17501 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17503 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
17505 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
17510 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
17511 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
17512 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
17513 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
17514 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
17515 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
17516 POS may be an integer or marker.
17517 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17518 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17519 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17520 means display it in the right marginal area.
17525 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17526 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17527 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
17528 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
17529 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17530 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17531 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17532 means display it in the right marginal area.
17533 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
17534 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
17535 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
17536 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
17537 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
17542 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
17543 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
17544 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
17545 STRING is a single space.
17546 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
17547 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
17548 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
17549 means display it in the right marginal area.
17550 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
17555 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
17556 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
17557 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
17562 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
17564 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
17566 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17567 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17568 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17569 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17570 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17571 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
17572 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
17573 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
17574 satisfied.
17576 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
17578 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
17583 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
17585 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
17586 documentation string.
17588 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
17589 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
17590 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
17591 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
17592 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
17593 string containing the actual image data. The first image
17594 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
17595 define SYMBOL.
17597 Example:
17607 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
17608 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
17609 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
17611 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
17612 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
17613 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
17614 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
17616 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
17620 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image" '("image")))
17622 ;;;***
17623 \f
17624 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
17625 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
17629 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
17630 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
17631 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
17632 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
17633 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
17638 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
17640 Convenience command that:
17642 - Opens dired in folder DIR
17643 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
17644 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
17646 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
17647 image files in dired and type
17650 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
17652 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
17653 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
17658 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17659 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
17660 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
17661 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
17662 another one).
17664 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
17665 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
17666 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
17668 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
17669 instead of erasing it first.
17671 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
17672 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
17673 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
17674 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
17675 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
17676 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
17681 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
17682 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
17683 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
17684 displayed.
17693 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
17698 Remove tag for selected file(s).
17699 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
17704 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
17709 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
17710 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
17711 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
17715 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings 'image-dired-minor-mode "26.1")
17718 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
17723 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
17728 Display file at point using an external viewer.
17733 Display current image file.
17734 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
17735 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
17740 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
17745 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
17746 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
17747 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
17748 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
17749 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
17750 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
17755 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
17756 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
17757 easy-to-use form.
17761 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-dired" '("image-dired-")))
17763 ;;;***
17764 \f
17765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
17766 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
17768 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
17769 A list of image-file filename extensions.
17770 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
17771 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
17773 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
17774 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17775 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17781 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
17782 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
17783 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
17785 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
17786 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
17787 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
17793 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
17798 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
17799 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
17800 the command `insert-file-contents'.
17805 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
17806 See the `auto-image-file-mode' command
17807 for a description of this minor mode.
17808 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17809 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17815 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
17816 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
17817 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17818 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17820 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
17821 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
17822 `image-file-name-regexps'.
17826 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-file" '("image-file-")))
17828 ;;;***
17829 \f
17830 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
17831 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
17834 Major mode for image files.
17835 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] or \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-hex-display]
17836 to toggle between display as an image and display as text or hex.
17838 Key bindings:
17844 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
17845 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
17846 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17847 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17850 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
17851 actual image.
17856 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
17857 A non-mage major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or fundamental mode
17858 displays an image file as text.
17867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "image-mode" '("image-")))
17869 ;;;***
17870 \f
17871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imap" "net/imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
17872 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/imap.el
17876 ;;;***
17877 \f
17878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
17879 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
17882 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
17884 Affects only the mouse index menu.
17886 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
17887 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
17888 in the buffer.
17890 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
17892 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
17893 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
17899 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
17900 Each element of this list should have the form
17902 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
17904 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
17905 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
17906 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
17907 matches are put).
17908 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
17909 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
17910 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
17911 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
17912 another element.
17913 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
17914 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
17915 the menu item.
17916 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
17917 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
17918 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
17919 the ARGUMENTS.
17921 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
17922 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
17923 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
17925 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
17926 create a buffer index.
17928 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
17929 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally so that
17937 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
17939 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
17940 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
17941 called within a `save-excursion'.
17948 Function for finding the next index position.
17950 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
17951 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
17952 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
17953 file.
17955 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
17961 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
17963 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
17964 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
17970 Function to compare string with index item.
17972 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
17973 non-nil if they match.
17975 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
17976 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
17983 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
17994 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
17995 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
17996 See the command `imenu' for more information.
18003 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
18008 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
18009 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
18010 for more information.
18014 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "imenu" '("imenu-")))
18016 ;;;***
18017 \f
18018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
18019 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
18022 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
18042 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
18046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ind-util" '("indian-" "ucs-to-is")))
18048 ;;;***
18049 \f
18050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
18051 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
18054 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
18055 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
18056 to that buffer.
18057 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
18058 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
18059 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
18066 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inf-lisp" '("inferior-lisp-" "lisp-" "switch-to-lisp")))
18068 ;;;***
18069 \f
18070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (0 0 0 0))
18071 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
18073 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
18074 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
18075 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
18076 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
18077 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
18078 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
18079 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
18080 first in this list.
18082 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
18083 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
18084 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
18085 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
18086 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
18088 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
18089 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
18090 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize 'custom-initialize-delay :type '(repeat directory) :group 'info)
18093 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
18099 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
18100 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
18101 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
18102 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
18104 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
18105 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
18106 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
18107 with the top-level Info directory.
18109 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
18110 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
18114 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
18115 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
18116 in all the directories in that path.
18118 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
18123 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
18133 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
18134 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
18140 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
18141 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
18142 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
18147 Go to the Info directory node.
18152 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
18153 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
18154 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
18156 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
18161 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
18162 Build a menu of the possible matches.
18167 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
18168 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
18169 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
18170 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
18175 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
18177 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
18178 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
18183 Selecting other nodes:
18185 Follow a node reference you click on.
18186 This works with menu items, cross references, and
18188 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
18193 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
18203 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
18207 Moving within a node:
18209 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
18210 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
18211 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
18212 move up to the parent node.
18214 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
18215 if there is none.
18218 Advanced commands:
18220 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
18221 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
18222 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
18224 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
18228 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
18229 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
18230 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
18234 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
18240 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
18241 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
18242 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
18243 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
18244 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
18250 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
18251 KEY is a string.
18252 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
18253 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
18254 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
18255 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
18260 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
18261 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
18266 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
18267 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
18272 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
18273 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
18274 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
18275 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
18276 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
18280 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info" '("Info-" "info-")))
18282 ;;;***
18283 \f
18284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (0 0 0 0))
18285 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
18288 Throw away all cached data.
18289 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
18290 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
18291 system.
18297 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
18298 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
18299 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
18300 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
18301 one found at point.
18303 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
18309 Display the documentation of a file.
18310 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
18311 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
18312 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
18313 The default file name is the one found at point.
18315 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
18320 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
18325 Perform completion on file preceding point.
18329 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-look" '("info-")))
18331 ;;;***
18332 \f
18333 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
18334 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
18338 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
18339 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
18340 current info file is the default.
18342 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
18343 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
18344 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
18345 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
18346 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
18348 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
18349 validate node references within it. A message is given for
18350 missing target files once per source document. It could be
18351 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
18352 mistake in the reference.
18354 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
18355 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
18356 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
18359 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
18360 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
18361 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
18366 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
18367 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
18368 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
18369 checked.
18373 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
18374 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
18375 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
18376 should be harmless.
18381 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
18382 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
18383 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
18385 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
18386 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
18387 and can take a long time.
18392 Check docstring info node references in source files.
18393 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
18395 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
18397 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
18398 as per `info-xref-check' does.
18400 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
18402 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
18403 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
18404 all builtins).
18406 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
18407 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
18408 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
18409 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
18410 the sources handy.
18414 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "info-xref" '("info-xref-")))
18416 ;;;***
18417 \f
18418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (0 0 0 0))
18419 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
18422 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
18432 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
18433 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
18434 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
18436 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
18437 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
18438 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
18440 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
18441 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
18442 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
18443 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
18448 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
18449 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
18454 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
18455 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
18456 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
18461 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "informat" '("Info-validate-")))
18463 ;;;***
18464 \f
18465 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (0 0 0 0))
18466 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
18469 Define an inline function NAME with arguments ARGS and body in BODY.
18471 This is like `defmacro', but has several advantages.
18472 See Info node `(elisp)Defining Functions' for more details.
18480 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inline" '("inline-")))
18482 ;;;***
18483 \f
18484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (0 0 0 0))
18485 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
18489 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
18490 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
18494 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "inversion" '("inversion-")))
18496 ;;;***
18497 \f
18498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (0
18499 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18500 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
18503 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
18508 Toggle input method in interactive search.
18517 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearch-x" '("isearch-")))
18519 ;;;***
18520 \f
18521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (0 0 0 0))
18522 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
18526 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
18527 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
18528 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
18529 accessed via isearchb.
18533 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "isearchb" '("isearchb")))
18535 ;;;***
18536 \f
18537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-ascii" "international/iso-ascii.el" (0
18538 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
18539 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-ascii.el
18541 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-ascii" '("iso-ascii-")))
18543 ;;;***
18544 \f
18545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (0 0 0
18546 ;;;;;; 0))
18547 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
18550 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
18551 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18552 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
18553 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18558 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
18559 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
18560 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
18561 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18566 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
18567 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18568 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
18569 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18574 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18575 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18576 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
18577 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18582 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18583 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18584 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
18585 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18590 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
18591 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18592 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
18593 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18598 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
18599 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
18600 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
18601 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18606 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
18608 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18613 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
18615 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
18620 Warn that format is read-only.
18625 Warn that format is write-only.
18630 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
18634 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-cvt" '("iso-")))
18636 ;;;***
18637 \f
18638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
18639 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18640 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
18644 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "iso-transl" '("iso-transl-")))
18646 ;;;***
18647 \f
18648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (0 0 0 0))
18649 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
18654 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
18661 (defconst ispell-menu-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell"))) (define-key map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor"))) (define-key map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings"))) (define-key map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) map) "\
18666 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ \11]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
18667 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
18668 The alist key must be a regular expression.
18669 Valid forms include:
18670 (KEY) - just skip the key.
18671 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
18672 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
18675 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\cref" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \11\n]*{[ \11\n]*document[ \11\n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \11\n]*{[ \11\n]*program[ \11\n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \11\n]*{[ \11\n]*verbatim\\*?[ \11\n]*}")))) "\
18676 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
18677 First list is used raw.
18680 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
18683 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \11\n>]" ">") ("&[^ \11\n;]" "[; \11\n]")) "\
18684 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
18685 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
18686 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
18692 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
18693 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
18694 in a window allowing you to choose one.
18696 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
18697 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
18698 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
18699 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
18700 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
18702 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
18703 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
18705 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
18706 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
18708 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
18709 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
18714 Return values:
18715 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
18716 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
18719 quit spell session exited.
18724 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
18725 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
18730 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
18732 Selections are:
18734 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
18735 SPC: Accept word this time.
18736 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
18737 `a': Accept word for this session.
18738 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
18739 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
18740 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
18741 `?': Show these commands.
18742 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
18743 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
18744 the aborted check to be completed later.
18745 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
18746 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
18747 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
18748 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
18749 `C-l': Redraw screen.
18750 `C-r': Recursive edit.
18751 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
18756 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
18757 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
18758 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
18763 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
18767 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
18772 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
18773 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
18774 amount for last line processed.
18779 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
18784 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
18789 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
18790 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
18795 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
18800 Try to complete the word before or at point.
18801 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
18802 sequence inside of a word.
18804 Standard ispell choices are then available.
18809 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
18814 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
18815 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
18816 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
18818 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
18819 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
18820 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
18821 available on the net.
18826 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
18827 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
18828 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
18829 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18831 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
18832 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
18833 spelled.
18835 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
18837 SPC.
18840 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
18845 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
18846 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
18847 Don't check included messages.
18849 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
18850 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
18851 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
18853 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
18854 in your init file:
18860 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
18861 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
18866 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ispell" '("check-ispell-version" "ispell-")))
18868 ;;;***
18869 \f
18870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-cnv" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
18871 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18872 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-cnv.el
18874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-cnv" '("batch-skkdic-convert" "ja-dic-filename" "skkdic-")))
18876 ;;;***
18877 \f
18878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ja-dic-utl" "international/ja-dic-utl.el"
18879 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
18880 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ja-dic-utl.el
18882 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ja-dic-utl" '("skkdic-")))
18884 ;;;***
18885 \f
18886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (0 0
18887 ;;;;;; 0 0))
18888 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
18896 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
18897 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18898 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18899 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
18900 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
18901 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
18902 necessary to represent OBJ.
18907 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
18908 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18909 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18914 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
18915 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18916 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18917 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
18922 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
18923 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
18924 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
18929 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
18930 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
18931 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18936 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
18941 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
18942 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18943 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18944 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
18949 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
18950 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
18951 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
18952 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
18957 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18958 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
18962 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "japan-util" '("japanese-")))
18964 ;;;***
18965 \f
18966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (0 0 0 0))
18967 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
18970 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
18971 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
18980 Uninstall jka-compr.
18981 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
18982 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
18983 by `jka-compr-installed'.
18987 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "jka-compr" '("compression-error" "jka-compr-")))
18989 ;;;***
18990 \f
18991 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (0 0 0 0))
18992 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
18996 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
19001 Major mode for editing JSX.
19003 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
19004 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
19005 locally, like so:
19007 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
19008 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
19014 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
19016 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "js" '("js-" "with-js")))
19018 ;;;***
19019 \f
19020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (0 0 0 0))
19021 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
19026 ;;;***
19027 \f
19028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jsonrpc" "jsonrpc.el" (0 0 0 0))
19029 ;;; Generated autoloads from jsonrpc.el
19032 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "jsonrpc" '("jrpc-default-request-timeout" "jsonrpc-")))
19034 ;;;***
19035 \f
19036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kermit" "kermit.el" (0 0 0 0))
19037 ;;; Generated autoloads from kermit.el
19039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kermit" '("kermit-")))
19041 ;;;***
19042 \f
19043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (0 0 0 0))
19044 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
19047 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
19048 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
19054 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
19055 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
19061 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
19062 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
19068 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
19069 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
19075 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
19076 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
19077 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
19078 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
19079 keys are bound.
19081 Setup Binding
19082 -------------------------------------------------------------
19083 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
19084 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
19085 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
19086 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
19087 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
19088 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
19089 in the global and local keymaps.
19091 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
19092 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
19096 ;;;***
19097 \f
19098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (0 0 0
19099 ;;;;;; 0))
19100 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
19103 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
19104 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
19106 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
19107 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
19108 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
19109 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
19110 shorter.
19112 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
19113 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
19114 the context of text formatting.
19118 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kinsoku" '("kinsoku-")))
19120 ;;;***
19121 \f
19122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (0 0 0 0))
19123 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
19126 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
19127 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
19128 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
19129 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
19133 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
19134 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
19135 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
19136 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
19137 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
19138 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
19144 ;;;***
19145 \f
19146 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (0 0 0 0))
19147 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
19152 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
19153 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
19154 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
19156 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
19157 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
19158 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
19160 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
19162 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
19163 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
19164 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
19168 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
19171 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
19172 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
19174 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
19175 defining the macro.
19178 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
19182 after another macro is defined.
19185 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19187 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
19188 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
19192 under that name.
19194 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
19195 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
19196 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
19198 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19200 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
19202 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
19203 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
19205 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
19206 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
19207 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
19208 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
19210 To give a macro a name so you can call it even after defining others,
19213 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
19215 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
19216 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
19217 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
19219 Initializes the macro's `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg)
19220 before defining the macro.
19223 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
19225 When used during defining/executing a macro, inserts the current value
19226 of `kmacro-counter' and increments the counter value by ARG (or by 1 if no
19228 of `kmacro-counter', but does not modify the counter; this is the
19229 same as incrementing the counter by zero.
19232 The format of the inserted value of the counter can be controlled
19235 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19237 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
19238 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
19239 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
19242 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
19244 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
19245 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
19246 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
19247 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
19249 To give a macro a name, so you can call it even after defining other
19252 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
19254 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
19255 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
19256 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
19258 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
19260 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "kmacro" '("kmacro-")))
19262 ;;;***
19263 \f
19264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (0 0
19265 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19266 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
19268 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
19269 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
19272 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
19275 \(fn)" nil nil)
19277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "korea-util" '("exit-korean-environment" "isearch-" "korean-key-bindings" "quail-hangul-switch-" "toggle-korean-input-method")))
19279 ;;;***
19280 \f
19281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
19282 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
19284 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
19287 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19289 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
19290 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
19291 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
19292 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
19293 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
19294 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
19296 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
19297 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
19299 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
19301 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
19302 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
19304 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
19306 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
19309 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
19311 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
19314 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
19316 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lao-util" '("lao-")))
19318 ;;;***
19319 \f
19320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (0 0
19321 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19322 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
19324 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
19327 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
19329 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
19331 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19332 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
19333 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
19335 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
19337 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
19338 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
19339 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
19341 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
19343 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
19346 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
19348 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
19350 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latexenc" '("latexenc-dont-use-")))
19352 ;;;***
19353 \f
19354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
19355 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19356 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
19358 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
19359 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
19360 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
19361 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
19362 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
19363 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
19364 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
19365 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
19367 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
19368 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
19370 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19373 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
19375 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
19376 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
19377 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
19378 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
19379 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
19380 `latin1-display-setup'.
19382 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
19384 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
19385 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
19386 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
19387 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
19389 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19392 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
19394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "latin1-disp" '("latin1-display-")))
19396 ;;;***
19397 \f
19398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (0 0 0
19399 ;;;;;; 0))
19400 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
19402 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
19403 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
19405 \(fn)" t nil)
19407 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ld-script" '("ld-script-")))
19409 ;;;***
19410 \f
19411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ldap" "net/ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
19412 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ldap.el
19414 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ldap" '("ldap-")))
19416 ;;;***
19417 \f
19418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "legacy-gnus-agent" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
19419 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19420 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el
19422 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "legacy-gnus-agent" '("gnus-agent-")))
19424 ;;;***
19425 \f
19426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "less-css-mode" "textmodes/less-css-mode.el"
19427 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
19428 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/less-css-mode.el
19430 (put 'less-css-compile-at-save 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
19432 (put 'less-css-lessc-options 'safe-local-variable t)
19434 (put 'less-css-output-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19436 (put 'less-css-input-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19439 (autoload 'less-css-mode "less-css-mode" "\
19440 Major mode for editing Less files (http://lesscss.org/).
19441 Special commands:
19444 \(fn)" t nil)
19446 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "less-css-mode" '("less-css-")))
19448 ;;;***
19449 \f
19450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (0 0
19451 ;;;;;; 0 0))
19452 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
19453 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 5)) package--builtin-versions)
19455 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
19456 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
19457 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
19458 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
19460 For instance, the following code
19462 (let-alist alist
19463 (if (and .title .body)
19464 .body
19465 .site
19466 .site.contents))
19468 essentially expands to
19474 (if (and .title .body)
19475 .body
19476 .site
19477 .site.contents))
19479 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
19480 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
19481 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
19482 displayed in the example above.
19484 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
19486 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
19488 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "let-alist" '("let-alist--")))
19490 ;;;***
19491 \f
19492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (0 0 0 0))
19493 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
19495 (autoload 'life "life" "\
19496 Run Conway's Life simulation.
19497 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
19498 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
19499 generations (this defaults to 1).
19501 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
19503 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "life" '("life-")))
19505 ;;;***
19506 \f
19507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (0 0 0 0))
19508 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
19509 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
19511 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
19512 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
19513 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
19514 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
19515 if ARG is omitted or nil.
19517 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
19519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19521 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
19522 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
19523 See the `global-linum-mode' command
19524 for a description of this minor mode.
19525 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19526 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19527 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
19529 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
19531 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
19532 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
19533 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
19534 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
19535 ARG is omitted or nil.
19537 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
19538 `linum-on' would do it.
19539 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
19541 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19543 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "linum" '("linum-")))
19545 ;;;***
19546 \f
19547 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lisp-mnt" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" (0 0 0
19548 ;;;;;; 0))
19549 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el
19551 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lisp-mnt" '("lm-")))
19553 ;;;***
19554 \f
19555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19556 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
19558 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
19559 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
19560 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
19561 is nil, raise an error.
19563 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
19564 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
19565 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
19566 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
19567 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
19568 defined by the library.
19570 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
19571 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
19572 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
19573 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
19574 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
19575 proceeds.
19577 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
19578 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
19579 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
19580 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
19582 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
19584 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "loadhist" '("feature-" "file-" "loadhist-" "read-feature" "unload-")))
19586 ;;;***
19587 \f
19588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (0 0 0 0))
19589 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
19591 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
19592 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
19595 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
19597 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
19598 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
19599 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
19600 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
19602 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
19603 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
19604 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
19605 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
19606 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
19607 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
19608 the version.)
19610 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
19611 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
19613 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
19614 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
19616 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
19617 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
19619 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
19621 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
19622 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
19623 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
19624 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
19625 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
19626 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
19627 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
19628 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
19629 to constrain a big search.
19631 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
19633 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
19634 except that FILTER is not optional.
19636 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
19638 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "locate" '("locate-")))
19640 ;;;***
19641 \f
19642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
19643 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
19645 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
19646 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
19647 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
19649 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
19650 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
19651 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
19654 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
19656 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
19657 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
19658 associated values:
19659 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
19660 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
19661 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
19662 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
19663 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
19665 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
19666 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
19667 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
19669 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19671 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-edit" '("log-edit-" "vc-log-")))
19673 ;;;***
19674 \f
19675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
19676 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
19678 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
19679 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
19681 \(fn)" t nil)
19683 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "log-view" '("log-view-")))
19685 ;;;***
19686 \f
19687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19688 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
19690 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
19691 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
19693 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux)) "\
19696 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
19697 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
19698 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
19700 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
19701 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
19703 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
19708 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
19711 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
19713 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
19714 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
19715 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
19716 switch on this list.
19717 See `lpr-command'.")
19719 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
19721 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
19722 Name of program for printing a file.
19724 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
19725 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
19726 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
19727 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
19728 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
19729 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
19730 argument.")
19732 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
19734 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
19735 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
19736 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19737 for customization of the printer command.
19739 \(fn)" t nil)
19741 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
19742 Paginate and print buffer contents.
19744 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19745 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19746 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19747 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19749 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19750 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19752 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19753 for further customization of the printer command.
19755 \(fn)" t nil)
19757 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
19758 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
19759 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19760 for customization of the printer command.
19762 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19764 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
19765 Paginate and print the region contents.
19767 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
19768 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
19769 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
19770 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
19772 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
19773 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
19775 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
19776 for further customization of the printer command.
19778 \(fn START END)" t nil)
19780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lpr" '("lpr-" "print")))
19782 ;;;***
19783 \f
19784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
19785 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
19787 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
19788 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
19789 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
19791 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
19793 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ls-lisp" '("ls-lisp-")))
19795 ;;;***
19796 \f
19797 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (0 0 0 0))
19798 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
19800 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
19801 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
19802 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
19803 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
19805 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19807 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "lunar" '("calendar-lunar-phases" "diary-lunar-phases" "lunar-")))
19809 ;;;***
19810 \f
19811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
19812 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
19814 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
19815 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
19817 \(fn)" t nil)
19819 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "m4-mode" '("m4-")))
19821 ;;;***
19822 \f
19823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (0 0 0 0))
19824 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
19826 (defalias 'name-last-kbd-macro #'kmacro-name-last-macro)
19828 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
19829 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
19830 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
19831 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
19832 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
19834 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
19835 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
19836 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
19837 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
19838 bindings.
19840 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
19841 use this command, and then save the file.
19843 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19845 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
19846 Query user during kbd macro execution.
19847 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
19848 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
19849 each time the macro executes.
19850 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
19858 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
19860 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
19861 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
19862 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
19863 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
19865 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
19866 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
19867 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
19868 execute.
19870 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
19871 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
19873 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
19874 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
19875 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
19876 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
19879 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
19880 looked like this:
19886 You could enter the names in this format:
19888 foo
19889 bar
19890 baz
19892 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
19898 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
19901 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
19902 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
19904 ;;;***
19905 \f
19906 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19907 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
19909 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
19910 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
19911 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
19912 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
19913 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
19914 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
19916 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
19917 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
19918 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
19919 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
19920 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
19922 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
19923 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
19924 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
19925 consing a string.)
19927 This function is primarily meant for when you're displaying the
19928 result to the user: Many prettifications are applied to the
19929 result returned. If you want to decode an address for further
19930 non-display use, you should probably use
19931 `mail-header-parse-address' instead.
19933 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
19935 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
19936 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
19938 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
19940 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-extr" '("mail-extr-")))
19942 ;;;***
19943 \f
19944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (0 0 0 0))
19945 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
19947 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
19948 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
19950 \(fn)" nil nil)
19952 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
19955 \(fn)" nil nil)
19957 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
19958 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
19960 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
19962 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
19963 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
19964 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
19965 message.
19967 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
19969 \(fn)" nil nil)
19971 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-hist" '("mail-hist-")))
19973 ;;;***
19974 \f
19975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-parse" "mail/mail-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
19976 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-parse.el
19978 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-parse" '("mail-")))
19980 ;;;***
19981 \f
19982 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-prsvr" "mail/mail-prsvr.el" (0 0 0 0))
19983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-prsvr.el
19985 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-prsvr" '("mail-parse-")))
19987 ;;;***
19988 \f
19989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-source" "gnus/mail-source.el" (0 0 0
19990 ;;;;;; 0))
19991 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mail-source.el
19993 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-source" '("mail-source")))
19995 ;;;***
19996 \f
19997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
19998 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
20000 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
20001 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
20002 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
20003 often correct parser.")
20005 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
20007 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
20008 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
20009 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
20010 a value which excludes your own email address.
20012 Matching addresses are excluded from the Cc field in replies, and
20013 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
20015 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
20017 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
20018 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
20020 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20022 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
20024 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
20025 we return it unconverted.
20027 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
20028 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
20030 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
20032 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
20034 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
20035 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
20037 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
20039 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
20041 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
20042 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
20044 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
20046 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
20048 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
20049 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
20050 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
20051 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
20052 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
20053 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
20054 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
20055 as Rmail does.
20057 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
20059 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
20060 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
20061 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
20062 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
20063 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
20064 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
20065 matches may be returned from the message body.
20067 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
20069 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mail-utils" '("mail-")))
20071 ;;;***
20072 \f
20073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (0 0 0 0))
20074 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
20076 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
20077 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
20078 See the `mail-abbrevs-mode' command
20079 for a description of this minor mode.
20080 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20081 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20082 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
20084 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
20086 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
20087 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
20088 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
20089 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20090 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20092 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
20093 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
20094 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
20095 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
20097 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20099 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
20100 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
20102 \(fn)" nil nil)
20104 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
20105 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
20106 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
20108 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
20110 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
20111 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
20112 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
20114 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
20115 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
20116 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
20117 double-quotes.
20119 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
20121 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailabbrev" '("mail-" "merge-mail-abbrevs" "rebuild-mail-abbrevs")))
20123 ;;;***
20124 \f
20125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (0 0 0 0))
20126 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
20128 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
20130 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
20131 king@grassland.com
20132 If `parens', they look like:
20133 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
20134 If `angles', they look like:
20135 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
20137 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
20139 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
20140 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
20141 If interactive, expand in header fields.
20142 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `Cc' and `Bcc', `Reply-To', and
20143 their `Resent-' variants.
20145 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
20146 removed from alias expansions.
20148 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
20150 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
20151 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
20152 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
20154 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
20155 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
20156 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
20157 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
20159 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
20161 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
20162 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
20163 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
20165 \(fn)" nil nil)
20167 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
20168 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
20169 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
20170 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
20172 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20174 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
20176 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailalias" '("build-mail-aliases" "mail-")))
20178 ;;;***
20179 \f
20180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailcap" "net/mailcap.el" (0 0 0 0))
20181 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mailcap.el
20183 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailcap" '("mailcap-")))
20185 ;;;***
20186 \f
20187 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (0 0 0 0))
20188 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
20190 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
20191 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
20192 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
20193 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
20195 \(fn)" nil nil)
20197 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailclient" '("mailclient-")))
20199 ;;;***
20200 \f
20201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailheader" "mail/mailheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
20202 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailheader.el
20204 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mailheader" '("mail-header")))
20206 ;;;***
20207 \f
20208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mairix" "net/mairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
20209 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/mairix.el
20211 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mairix" '("mairix-")))
20213 ;;;***
20214 \f
20215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (0 0 0
20216 ;;;;;; 0))
20217 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
20219 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
20220 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
20222 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
20223 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
20224 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
20225 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
20226 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
20227 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
20229 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
20230 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
20231 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
20232 dependency, despite the colon.
20236 In the browser, use the following keys:
20240 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
20242 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
20243 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
20245 `makefile-target-colon':
20246 The string that gets appended to all target names
20247 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
20250 `makefile-macro-assign':
20251 The string that gets appended to all macro names
20252 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
20254 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
20255 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
20258 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
20259 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
20260 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
20262 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
20263 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
20265 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
20266 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
20267 up or down in the browser.
20269 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
20270 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
20272 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
20273 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
20275 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
20276 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
20277 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
20278 has been selected in the browser.
20280 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
20281 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
20282 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
20283 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
20284 filenames are omitted.
20286 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
20287 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
20288 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
20289 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
20290 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
20291 the backslash itself intact.
20292 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
20295 `makefile-browser-hook':
20296 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
20297 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
20299 `makefile-special-targets-list':
20300 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
20301 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
20302 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
20304 \(fn)" t nil)
20306 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
20307 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
20309 \(fn)" t nil)
20311 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20312 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
20314 \(fn)" t nil)
20316 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
20317 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
20319 \(fn)" t nil)
20321 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
20322 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
20324 \(fn)" t nil)
20326 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
20327 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
20329 \(fn)" t nil)
20331 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "make-mode" '("makefile-")))
20333 ;;;***
20334 \f
20335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makeinfo" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
20336 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/makeinfo.el
20338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makeinfo" '("makeinfo-")))
20340 ;;;***
20341 \f
20342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (0 0 0 0))
20343 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
20345 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
20346 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
20347 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
20349 \(fn)" t nil)
20351 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "makesum" '("double-column")))
20353 ;;;***
20354 \f
20355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (0 0 0 0))
20356 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
20358 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
20360 (autoload 'man "man" "\
20361 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
20362 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
20363 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
20364 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
20365 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
20366 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
20367 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
20368 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
20369 without running the man command.
20371 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
20375 cat(1)
20376 1 cat
20378 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
20380 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
20381 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
20383 -a chmod
20385 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
20386 otherwise look like a page name.
20388 /my/file/name.1.gz
20389 -l somefile.1
20392 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
20395 -k pattern
20397 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20399 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
20400 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
20402 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
20404 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
20405 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
20407 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
20409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "man" '("Man-" "man")))
20411 ;;;***
20412 \f
20413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mantemp" "progmodes/mantemp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20414 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mantemp.el
20416 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mantemp" '("mantemp-")))
20418 ;;;***
20419 \f
20420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (0 0 0 0))
20421 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
20422 (push (purecopy '(map 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
20424 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "map" '("map")))
20426 ;;;***
20427 \f
20428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (0 0 0 0))
20429 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
20430 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
20432 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
20433 Toggle Master mode.
20434 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
20435 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20436 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20438 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
20439 using the following commands:
20443 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
20444 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
20445 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
20447 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20449 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "master" '("master-")))
20451 ;;;***
20452 \f
20453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (0 0 0 0))
20454 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
20456 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
20457 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
20458 See the `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' command
20459 for a description of this minor mode.
20460 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20461 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20462 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
20464 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
20466 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
20467 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
20468 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
20469 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
20470 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20472 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
20473 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
20474 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
20475 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
20477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mb-depth" '("minibuffer-depth-")))
20481 ;;;***
20482 \f
20483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (0 0 0 0))
20484 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
20485 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20487 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "md4" '("md4")))
20489 ;;;***
20490 \f
20491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (0 0 0 0))
20492 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
20494 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
20496 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
20497 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
20499 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
20500 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
20501 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
20502 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
20503 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
20504 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
20505 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
20506 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
20508 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
20509 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
20510 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
20511 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
20513 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
20514 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
20515 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
20516 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
20517 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
20518 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
20519 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
20520 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
20521 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
20522 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
20523 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
20524 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
20525 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
20526 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
20527 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
20528 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
20529 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
20530 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
20531 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
20532 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
20533 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
20535 \(fn)" t nil)
20537 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
20538 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
20539 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
20540 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
20541 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
20543 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
20545 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
20546 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20548 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20550 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
20551 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
20553 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
20555 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
20558 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
20560 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
20561 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
20562 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
20564 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
20566 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
20567 Cancel an article you posted.
20568 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
20570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20572 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
20573 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
20574 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
20575 header line with the old Message-ID.
20577 \(fn)" t nil)
20579 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
20580 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
20582 \(fn)" t nil)
20584 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
20585 Forward the current message via mail.
20586 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
20587 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
20589 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
20591 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
20594 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
20596 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
20599 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
20601 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
20602 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
20604 \(fn)" t nil)
20606 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
20607 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
20609 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
20611 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
20612 Re-mail the current message.
20613 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
20614 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
20615 you.
20617 \(fn)" t nil)
20619 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
20620 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
20622 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20624 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
20625 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
20627 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
20629 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
20630 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20632 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20634 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
20635 Start editing a news article to be sent.
20637 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
20639 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
20640 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
20641 Works by overstriking characters.
20642 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20643 which specify the range to operate on.
20645 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20647 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
20648 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
20649 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
20650 which specify the range to operate on.
20652 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20654 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "message" '("message-" "nil")))
20656 ;;;***
20657 \f
20658 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (0 0 0
20659 ;;;;;; 0))
20660 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
20661 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20663 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
20664 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
20666 \(fn)" t nil)
20668 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
20669 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
20671 \(fn)" t nil)
20673 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "meta-mode" '("font-lock-match-meta-declaration-item-and-skip-to-next" "meta")))
20675 ;;;***
20676 \f
20677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (0 0 0 0))
20678 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
20680 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
20681 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20682 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
20684 \(fn)" t nil)
20686 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
20687 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
20688 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20689 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20690 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20691 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20692 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
20694 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20696 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
20697 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
20698 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20699 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20700 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20701 means current).
20702 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20703 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20705 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20707 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
20708 Process current region through `metamail'.
20709 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
20710 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
20711 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
20712 means current).
20713 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
20714 redisplayed as output is inserted.
20716 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
20718 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "metamail" '("metamail-")))
20720 ;;;***
20721 \f
20722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-acros" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" (0 0 0 0))
20723 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-acros.el
20725 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-acros" '("defmacro-mh" "defun-mh" "mh-" "with-mh-folder-updating")))
20727 ;;;***
20728 \f
20729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-alias" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" (0 0 0 0))
20730 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-alias.el
20732 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-alias" '("mh-")))
20734 ;;;***
20735 \f
20736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-buffers" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" (0 0 0 0))
20737 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-buffers.el
20739 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-buffers" '("mh-")))
20741 ;;;***
20742 \f
20743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (0 0 0 0))
20744 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
20746 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
20747 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20748 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20750 \(fn)" t nil)
20752 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
20753 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
20754 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
20756 \(fn)" t nil)
20758 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
20759 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
20761 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
20762 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
20765 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
20766 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
20768 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
20769 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
20771 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20773 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
20775 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
20776 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
20777 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
20778 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
20779 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
20780 as `compose-mail'.
20782 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
20783 initial Subject field, respectively.
20785 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
20786 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
20787 are strings.
20789 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
20790 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
20792 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
20794 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
20795 Save draft and send message.
20797 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
20798 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
20802 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
20803 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
20804 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
20806 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
20807 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
20808 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
20809 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
20810 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
20811 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
20814 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
20816 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
20817 message and scan line.
20819 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20821 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
20822 Quit editing and delete draft message.
20824 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
20825 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
20827 delete the draft message.
20829 \(fn)" t nil)
20831 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-comp" '("mh-")))
20833 ;;;***
20834 \f
20835 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-compat" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
20836 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-compat.el
20838 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-compat" '("mh-")))
20840 ;;;***
20841 \f
20842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (0 0 0 0))
20843 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
20844 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
20846 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20848 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
20850 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
20852 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
20853 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
20855 \(fn)" t nil)
20857 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-e" '("defcustom-mh" "defface-mh" "defgroup-mh" "mh-")))
20859 ;;;***
20860 \f
20861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (0 0 0 0))
20862 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
20864 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
20865 Incorporate new mail with MH.
20866 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20868 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20869 the MH mail system.
20871 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20873 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
20874 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
20875 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
20877 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
20878 the MH mail system.
20880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20882 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
20885 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
20886 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
20887 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
20888 separate command.
20890 Options that control this mode can be changed with
20892 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
20893 format.
20895 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
20897 Ranges
20898 ======
20899 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
20900 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
20901 can be used in several ways.
20904 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
20905 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
20906 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
20907 page):
20909 <num1>-<num2>
20910 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
20911 The range must be nonempty.
20913 <num>:N
20914 <num>:+N
20915 <num>:-N
20916 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
20917 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
20918 last.
20920 first:N
20921 prev:N
20922 next:N
20923 last:N
20924 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
20926 all
20927 All of the messages.
20929 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
20930 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
20932 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
20933 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
20934 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
20938 \(fn)" t nil)
20940 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-folder" '("mh-")))
20942 ;;;***
20943 \f
20944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-funcs" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
20945 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-funcs.el
20947 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-funcs" '("mh-")))
20949 ;;;***
20950 \f
20951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-identity" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" (0 0 0
20952 ;;;;;; 0))
20953 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-identity.el
20955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-identity" '("mh-")))
20957 ;;;***
20958 \f
20959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-inc" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" (0 0 0 0))
20960 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-inc.el
20962 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-inc" '("mh-inc-spool-")))
20964 ;;;***
20965 \f
20966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-junk" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" (0 0 0 0))
20967 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-junk.el
20969 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-junk" '("mh-")))
20971 ;;;***
20972 \f
20973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-letter" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" (0 0 0 0))
20974 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-letter.el
20976 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-letter" '("mh-")))
20978 ;;;***
20979 \f
20980 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-limit" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" (0 0 0 0))
20981 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-limit.el
20983 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-limit" '("mh-")))
20985 ;;;***
20986 \f
20987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" (0 0 0 0))
20988 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-mime.el
20990 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-mime" '("mh-")))
20992 ;;;***
20993 \f
20994 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-print" "mh-e/mh-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
20995 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-print.el
20997 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-print" '("mh-p")))
20999 ;;;***
21000 \f
21001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-scan" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" (0 0 0 0))
21002 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-scan.el
21004 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-scan" '("mh-")))
21006 ;;;***
21007 \f
21008 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-search" "mh-e/mh-search.el" (0 0 0 0))
21009 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-search.el
21011 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-search" '("mh-")))
21013 ;;;***
21014 \f
21015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-seq" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
21016 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-seq.el
21018 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-seq" '("mh-")))
21020 ;;;***
21021 \f
21022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-show" "mh-e/mh-show.el" (0 0 0 0))
21023 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-show.el
21025 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-show" '("mh-")))
21027 ;;;***
21028 \f
21029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-speed" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" (0 0 0 0))
21030 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-speed.el
21032 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-speed" '("mh-")))
21034 ;;;***
21035 \f
21036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-thread" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" (0 0 0 0))
21037 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-thread.el
21039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-thread" '("mh-")))
21041 ;;;***
21042 \f
21043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-tool-bar" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" (0 0 0
21044 ;;;;;; 0))
21045 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el
21047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-tool-bar" '("mh-tool-bar-")))
21049 ;;;***
21050 \f
21051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
21052 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-utils.el
21054 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-utils" '("mh-")))
21056 ;;;***
21057 \f
21058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-xface" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" (0 0 0 0))
21059 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-xface.el
21061 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mh-xface" '("mh-")))
21063 ;;;***
21064 \f
21065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mhtml-mode" "textmodes/mhtml-mode.el" (0 0
21066 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21067 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/mhtml-mode.el
21069 (autoload 'mhtml-mode "mhtml-mode" "\
21070 Major mode based on `html-mode', but works with embedded JS and CSS.
21072 Code inside a <script> element is indented using the rules from
21073 `js-mode'; and code inside a <style> element is indented using
21074 the rules from `css-mode'.
21076 \(fn)" t nil)
21078 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mhtml-mode" '("mhtml-")))
21080 ;;;***
21081 \f
21082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (0 0 0 0))
21083 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
21085 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
21086 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
21087 See the `midnight-mode' command
21088 for a description of this minor mode.
21089 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21090 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21091 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
21093 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
21095 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
21096 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
21098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21100 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
21101 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
21102 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
21103 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
21104 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
21105 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
21106 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
21107 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
21108 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
21109 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
21112 \(fn)" t nil)
21114 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
21115 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
21116 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
21117 to its second argument TM.
21119 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
21121 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "midnight" '("clean-buffer-list-" "midnight-")))
21123 ;;;***
21124 \f
21125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (0 0 0 0))
21126 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
21128 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
21129 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
21130 See the `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' command
21131 for a description of this minor mode.
21132 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21133 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21134 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
21136 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
21138 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
21139 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
21140 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
21141 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
21142 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
21144 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
21145 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
21146 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
21147 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
21148 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
21149 is modified to remove the default indication.
21151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21153 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "minibuf-eldef" '("minibuf")))
21155 ;;;***
21156 \f
21157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21158 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
21160 (autoload 'copy-from-above-command "misc" "\
21161 Copy characters from previous nonblank line, starting just above point.
21162 Copy ARG characters, but not past the end of that line.
21163 If no argument given, copy the entire rest of the line.
21164 The characters copied are inserted in the buffer before point.
21166 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21168 (autoload 'zap-up-to-char "misc" "\
21169 Kill up to, but not including ARGth occurrence of CHAR.
21170 Case is ignored if `case-fold-search' is non-nil in the current buffer.
21171 Goes backward if ARG is negative; error if CHAR not found.
21172 Ignores CHAR at point.
21174 \(fn ARG CHAR)" t nil)
21176 (autoload 'mark-beginning-of-buffer "misc" "\
21177 Set mark at the beginning of the buffer.
21179 \(fn)" t nil)
21181 (autoload 'mark-end-of-buffer "misc" "\
21182 Set mark at the end of the buffer.
21184 \(fn)" t nil)
21186 (autoload 'upcase-char "misc" "\
21187 Uppercasify ARG chars starting from point. Point doesn't move.
21189 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21191 (autoload 'forward-to-word "misc" "\
21192 Move forward until encountering the beginning of a word.
21193 With argument, do this that many times.
21195 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21197 (autoload 'backward-to-word "misc" "\
21198 Move backward until encountering the end of a word.
21199 With argument, do this that many times.
21201 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21203 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
21204 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
21205 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
21206 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
21207 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
21208 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
21209 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
21210 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
21211 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
21213 \(fn)" t nil)
21215 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
21216 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
21217 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
21218 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
21219 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
21220 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
21222 The return value is always nil.
21224 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
21226 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misc" '("list-dynamic-libraries--")))
21228 ;;;***
21229 \f
21230 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (0 0 0 0))
21231 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
21232 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
21234 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
21235 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
21237 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
21238 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
21239 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
21240 next occurrence.
21242 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
21243 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
21244 end of the search space).
21246 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
21247 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
21248 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
21249 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
21250 should return the previous buffer to search.
21252 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
21253 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
21254 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
21256 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
21257 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
21258 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
21259 Isearch starts.")
21261 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
21262 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
21263 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
21265 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
21266 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
21267 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
21269 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
21270 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
21272 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
21273 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
21274 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
21276 \(fn)" nil nil)
21278 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
21279 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
21280 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
21281 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21282 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
21283 whose names match the specified regexp.
21285 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
21287 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
21288 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
21289 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
21290 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21291 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
21292 whose names match the specified regexp.
21294 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
21296 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
21297 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
21298 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
21299 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
21300 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21301 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
21302 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
21304 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
21306 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
21307 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
21308 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
21309 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
21310 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
21311 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
21312 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
21314 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
21316 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "misearch" '("misearch-unload-function" "multi-isearch-")))
21318 ;;;***
21319 \f
21320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (0 0
21321 ;;;;;; 0 0))
21322 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
21323 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21325 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
21326 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
21328 \(fn)" t nil)
21330 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mixal-mode" '("mixal-")))
21332 ;;;***
21333 \f
21334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-archive" "gnus/mm-archive.el" (0 0 0 0))
21335 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-archive.el
21337 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-archive" '("mm-")))
21339 ;;;***
21340 \f
21341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-bodies" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" (0 0 0 0))
21342 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-bodies.el
21344 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-bodies" '("mm-")))
21346 ;;;***
21347 \f
21348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-decode" "gnus/mm-decode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21349 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-decode.el
21351 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-decode" '("mm-")))
21353 ;;;***
21354 \f
21355 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (0 0 0 0))
21356 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
21358 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
21359 Return a default encoding for FILE.
21361 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21363 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-encode" '("mm-")))
21365 ;;;***
21366 \f
21367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (0 0 0 0))
21368 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
21370 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
21371 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
21373 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
21375 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
21376 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
21377 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21378 the entire message.
21379 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21381 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21383 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-extern" '("mm-extern-")))
21385 ;;;***
21386 \f
21387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (0 0 0 0))
21388 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
21390 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
21391 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
21392 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
21393 the entire message.
21394 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
21396 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
21398 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-partial" '("mm-partial-find-parts")))
21400 ;;;***
21401 \f
21402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (0 0 0 0))
21403 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
21405 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
21406 Insert file contents of URL.
21407 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
21409 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21411 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
21412 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
21414 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
21416 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-url" '("mm-url-")))
21418 ;;;***
21419 \f
21420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-util" "gnus/mm-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
21421 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-util.el
21423 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-util" '("mm-")))
21425 ;;;***
21426 \f
21427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
21428 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
21430 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
21431 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
21432 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
21433 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
21434 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
21436 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
21438 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
21439 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
21440 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
21442 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
21444 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-uu" '("mm-")))
21446 ;;;***
21447 \f
21448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-view" "gnus/mm-view.el" (0 0 0 0))
21449 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-view.el
21451 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mm-view" '("mm-")))
21453 ;;;***
21454 \f
21455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (0 0 0 0))
21456 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
21458 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
21459 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
21461 \(fn)" nil nil)
21463 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
21464 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
21465 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
21469 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
21471 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
21472 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
21476 If given a prefix interactively, no prompting will be done for
21477 the TYPE, DESCRIPTION or DISPOSITION values. Instead defaults
21478 will be computed and used.
21480 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
21482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml" '("mime-to-mml" "mml-")))
21484 ;;;***
21485 \f
21486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-sec" "gnus/mml-sec.el" (0 0 0 0))
21487 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-sec.el
21489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-sec" '("mml-")))
21491 ;;;***
21492 \f
21493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml-smime" "gnus/mml-smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
21494 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml-smime.el
21496 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml-smime" '("mml-smime-")))
21498 ;;;***
21499 \f
21500 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (0 0 0 0))
21501 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
21503 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
21506 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21508 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
21511 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21513 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml1991" '("mml1991-")))
21515 ;;;***
21516 \f
21517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (0 0 0 0))
21518 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
21520 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
21523 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21525 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
21528 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21530 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
21533 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21535 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
21538 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
21540 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21543 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
21545 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
21548 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
21550 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
21553 \(fn)" nil nil)
21555 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mml2015" '("mml2015-")))
21557 ;;;***
21558 \f
21559 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (0 0 0 0))
21560 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
21562 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
21564 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mode-local" '("activate-mode-local-bindings" "deactivate-mode-local-bindings" "def" "describe-mode-local-" "fetch-overload" "function-overload-p" "get-mode-local-parent" "make-obsolete-overload" "mode-local-" "new-mode-local-bindings" "overload-" "set" "with-mode-local" "xref-mode-local-")))
21566 ;;;***
21567 \f
21568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (0 0 0 0))
21569 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
21571 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
21573 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
21574 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
21575 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
21576 followed by the first character of the construct.
21593 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
21594 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
21595 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
21597 \(fn)" t nil)
21599 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "modula2" '("m2-" "m3-font-lock-keywords")))
21601 ;;;***
21602 \f
21603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (0 0 0 0))
21604 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
21606 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
21607 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
21609 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21611 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
21612 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21614 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21616 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
21617 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
21619 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21621 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
21622 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
21624 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
21626 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "morse" '("morse-code" "nato-alphabet")))
21628 ;;;***
21629 \f
21630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-copy" "mouse-copy.el" (0 0 0 0))
21631 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-copy.el
21633 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-copy" '("mouse-")))
21635 ;;;***
21636 \f
21637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (0 0 0 0))
21638 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
21640 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
21644 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
21645 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
21647 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21648 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21649 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21652 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
21654 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
21655 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
21656 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
21657 hemisphere you're in.)
21659 To test this function, evaluate:
21662 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21664 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
21667 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
21670 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
21671 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
21672 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
21675 middle button in Tk text widgets.
21677 To test this function, evaluate:
21680 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
21682 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mouse-drag" '("mouse-")))
21684 ;;;***
21685 \f
21686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (0 0 0 0))
21687 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
21689 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
21690 Main entry point for MPC.
21692 \(fn)" t nil)
21694 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpc" '("mpc-" "tag-browser-tagtypes")))
21696 ;;;***
21697 \f
21698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (0 0 0 0))
21699 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
21701 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
21702 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
21704 \(fn)" t nil)
21706 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mpuz" '("mpuz-")))
21708 ;;;***
21709 \f
21710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (0 0 0 0))
21711 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
21713 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
21714 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
21715 See the `msb-mode' command
21716 for a description of this minor mode.
21717 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
21718 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
21719 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
21721 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
21723 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
21724 Toggle Msb mode.
21725 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
21726 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
21727 if ARG is omitted or nil.
21729 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
21730 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
21732 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21734 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "msb" '("mouse-select-buffer" "msb")))
21736 ;;;***
21737 \f
21738 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mspools" "mail/mspools.el" (0 0 0 0))
21739 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mspools.el
21741 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mspools" '("mspools-")))
21743 ;;;***
21744 \f
21745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (0
21746 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21747 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
21749 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
21750 Display a list of all character sets.
21752 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
21753 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
21754 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
21755 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
21756 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
21758 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21759 but still shows the full information.
21761 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21763 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
21764 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
21765 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
21767 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
21768 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
21769 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
21770 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
21771 meanings of these arguments.
21773 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
21775 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
21776 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
21778 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21780 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
21781 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
21783 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
21785 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21786 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
21788 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21790 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
21791 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
21794 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
21795 in place of `..':
21796 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21797 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
21798 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
21799 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
21800 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
21801 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
21802 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21803 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
21804 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21805 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
21806 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21807 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
21808 `default-process-coding-system' for read
21809 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
21810 `default-process-coding-system' for write
21811 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
21813 \(fn)" t nil)
21815 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
21816 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
21818 \(fn)" t nil)
21820 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
21821 Display a list of all coding systems.
21822 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
21824 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
21825 but still contains full information about each coding system.
21827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21829 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
21830 Display a list of all coding categories.
21832 \(fn)" nil nil)
21834 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
21835 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
21836 The font must be already used by Emacs.
21838 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
21840 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
21841 Display information about FONTSET.
21842 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
21844 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
21846 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
21847 Display a list of all fontsets.
21848 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
21849 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
21850 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
21852 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21854 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
21855 Display information about all input methods.
21857 \(fn)" t nil)
21859 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
21860 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
21862 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
21863 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
21864 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
21865 system which uses fontsets).
21867 \(fn)" t nil)
21869 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
21870 Show log of font listing and opening.
21871 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
21872 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
21874 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
21876 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-diag" '("charset-history" "describe-font-internal" "insert-section" "list-" "non-iso-charset-alist" "print-" "sort-listed-character-sets")))
21878 ;;;***
21879 \f
21880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (0
21881 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
21882 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
21884 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
21885 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
21887 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
21889 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
21890 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
21891 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
21892 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
21893 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
21894 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
21895 buffer; see also `char-width'.
21897 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
21898 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
21899 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
21900 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
21901 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
21902 middle of a character in STR.
21904 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
21905 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
21907 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
21908 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
21909 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
21910 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
21911 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
21913 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
21915 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
21916 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
21918 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
21919 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
21920 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
21922 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
21923 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
21924 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
21926 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21927 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
21928 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
21929 are considered.
21930 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
21931 longer than KEYSEQ.
21932 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
21934 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
21936 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
21937 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
21938 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
21939 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
21940 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
21941 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
21942 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
21943 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
21944 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
21945 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
21946 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
21948 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
21950 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
21951 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
21953 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21955 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
21956 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
21958 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21960 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
21961 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
21963 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21965 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
21966 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
21968 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
21970 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
21971 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
21972 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
21973 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
21974 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
21976 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
21977 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
21979 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
21980 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
21981 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
21982 coding systems ordered by priority.
21984 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
21986 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
21988 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
21989 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
21990 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
21991 language environment LANG-ENV.
21993 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
21995 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
21996 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
21997 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
21998 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
21999 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
22000 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
22002 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
22004 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
22005 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
22006 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
22007 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
22008 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
22009 QUALITY can be:
22010 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
22011 excessive work.
22012 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
22013 part of the file/buffer, this can be expensive and slow.
22014 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
22016 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
22018 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
22019 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
22020 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
22021 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
22022 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
22023 QUALITY can be:
22024 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
22025 excessive work.
22026 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
22027 part of the file/buffer, this can be expensive and slow.
22028 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
22030 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
22032 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mule-util" '("filepos-to-bufferpos--dos" "truncate-string-ellipsis")))
22034 ;;;***
22035 \f
22036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mwheel" "mwheel.el" (0 0 0 0))
22037 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
22039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "mwheel" '("mouse-wheel-" "mwheel-")))
22041 ;;;***
22042 \f
22043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (0 0 0 0))
22044 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
22046 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
22047 Run `ifconfig-program' and display diagnostic output.
22049 \(fn)" t nil)
22051 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
22052 Run `iwconfig-program' and display diagnostic output.
22054 \(fn)" t nil)
22056 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
22057 Run `netstat-program' and display diagnostic output.
22059 \(fn)" t nil)
22061 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
22062 Run `arp-program' and display diagnostic output.
22064 \(fn)" t nil)
22066 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
22067 Run `route-program' and display diagnostic output.
22069 \(fn)" t nil)
22071 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
22072 Run `traceroute-program' for TARGET.
22074 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
22076 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
22077 Ping HOST.
22078 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
22079 `ping-program-options'.
22081 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22083 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
22084 Look up the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
22085 Optional argument NAME-SERVER says which server to use for
22086 DNS resolution.
22087 Interactively, prompt for NAME-SERVER if invoked with prefix argument.
22089 This command uses `nslookup-program' for looking up the DNS information.
22091 \(fn HOST &optional NAME-SERVER)" t nil)
22093 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
22094 Run `nslookup-program'.
22096 \(fn)" t nil)
22098 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
22099 Look up the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
22100 Optional argument NAME-SERVER says which server to use for
22101 DNS resolution.
22102 Interactively, prompt for NAME-SERVER if invoked with prefix argument.
22104 This command uses `dns-lookup-program' for looking up the DNS information.
22106 \(fn HOST &optional NAME-SERVER)" t nil)
22108 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
22109 Look up DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
22110 Optional argument NAME-SERVER says which server to use for
22111 DNS resolution.
22112 Interactively, prompt for NAME-SERVER if invoked with prefix argument.
22114 This command uses `dig-program' for looking up the DNS information.
22116 \(fn HOST &optional NAME-SERVER)" t nil)
22118 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
22119 Run `ftp-program' to connect to HOST.
22121 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
22123 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
22124 Finger USER on HOST.
22125 This command uses `finger-X.500-host-regexps'
22126 and `network-connection-service-alist', which see.
22128 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
22130 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
22131 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
22132 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
22133 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
22134 The port is deduced from `network-connection-service-alist'.
22136 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
22138 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
22141 \(fn)" t nil)
22143 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
22144 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
22145 This command uses `network-connection-service-alist', which see.
22147 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
22149 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
22150 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
22152 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
22154 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "net-utils" '("arp-program" "dig-program" "dns-lookup-program" "finger-X.500-host-regexps" "ftp-" "ifconfig-program" "ipconfig" "iwconfig-program" "net" "nslookup-" "ping-program" "route-program" "run-network-program" "smbclient" "traceroute-program" "whois-")))
22156 ;;;***
22157 \f
22158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22159 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
22161 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
22162 Return a user name/password pair.
22163 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
22164 listed in the PORTS list.
22166 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
22168 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "netrc" '("netrc-")))
22170 ;;;***
22171 \f
22172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (0
22173 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
22174 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
22176 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
22177 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
22178 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
22179 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
22180 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
22181 closes it.
22183 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
22184 make it unique.
22185 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
22186 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
22187 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
22188 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
22189 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer or
22190 integer string specifying a port number to connect to.
22192 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
22193 values:
22195 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
22196 nil or `network'
22197 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
22198 the parameters :success and :capability-command
22199 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
22200 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
22201 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
22202 an unencrypted connection.
22203 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
22204 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
22205 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
22206 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
22207 returned object is a killed process.
22208 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
22209 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
22210 `shell' -- A shell connection.
22212 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
22213 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
22214 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
22215 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
22216 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
22217 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
22218 or nil if none could be found.
22219 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
22220 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
22222 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
22224 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
22225 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
22226 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
22228 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
22229 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
22232 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
22233 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
22236 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
22237 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
22238 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
22239 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
22241 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
22242 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
22244 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
22245 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
22246 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
22247 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
22248 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
22249 or STARTTLS connections.
22251 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
22252 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
22254 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
22255 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
22257 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
22258 a greeting from the server.
22260 :nowait, if non-nil, says the connection should be made
22261 asynchronously, if possible.
22263 :shell-command is a format-spec string that can be used if :type
22264 is `shell'. It has two specs, %s for host and %p for port
22267 :tls-parameters is a list that should be supplied if you're
22268 opening a TLS connection. The first element is the TLS
22269 type (either `gnutls-x509pki' or `gnutls-anon'), and the
22270 remaining elements should be a keyword list accepted by
22271 gnutls-boot (as returned by `gnutls-boot-parameters').
22273 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
22275 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
22277 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "network-stream" '("network-stream-")))
22279 ;;;***
22280 \f
22281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (0 0
22282 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22283 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
22285 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
22286 Check whether newsticker is running.
22287 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
22288 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
22290 \(fn)" nil nil)
22292 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
22293 Start the newsticker.
22294 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
22295 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
22296 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
22297 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
22299 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
22301 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-backend" '("newsticker-")))
22303 ;;;***
22304 \f
22305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
22306 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22307 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
22309 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
22310 Start newsticker plainview.
22312 \(fn)" t nil)
22314 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-plainview" '("newsticker-")))
22316 ;;;***
22317 \f
22318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (0 0 0
22319 ;;;;;; 0))
22320 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
22322 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
22323 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
22325 \(fn)" t nil)
22327 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-reader" '("newsticker-")))
22329 ;;;***
22330 \f
22331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (0 0 0
22332 ;;;;;; 0))
22333 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
22335 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
22336 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
22337 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
22338 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
22339 empty.
22341 \(fn)" nil nil)
22343 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
22344 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
22345 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
22346 running already.
22348 \(fn)" t nil)
22350 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-ticker" '("newsticker-")))
22352 ;;;***
22353 \f
22354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (0
22355 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
22356 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
22358 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
22359 Start newsticker treeview.
22361 \(fn)" t nil)
22363 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newst-treeview" '("newsticker-")))
22365 ;;;***
22366 \f
22367 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (0 0 0 0))
22368 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
22370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "newsticker" '("newsticker-version")))
22372 ;;;***
22373 \f
22374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnagent" "gnus/nnagent.el" (0 0 0 0))
22375 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnagent.el
22377 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnagent" '("nnagent-")))
22379 ;;;***
22380 \f
22381 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnbabyl" "gnus/nnbabyl.el" (0 0 0 0))
22382 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnbabyl.el
22384 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnbabyl" '("nnbabyl-")))
22386 ;;;***
22387 \f
22388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (0 0 0 0))
22389 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
22391 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
22392 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
22394 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22396 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndiary" '("nndiary-")))
22398 ;;;***
22399 \f
22400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndir" "gnus/nndir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22401 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndir.el
22403 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndir" '("nndir-")))
22405 ;;;***
22406 \f
22407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22408 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
22410 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
22411 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
22412 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
22413 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
22414 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
22415 symbol in the alist.
22417 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
22419 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndoc" '("nndoc-")))
22421 ;;;***
22422 \f
22423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndraft" "gnus/nndraft.el" (0 0 0 0))
22424 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndraft.el
22426 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nndraft" '("nndraft-")))
22428 ;;;***
22429 \f
22430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nneething" "gnus/nneething.el" (0 0 0 0))
22431 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nneething.el
22433 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nneething" '("nneething-")))
22435 ;;;***
22436 \f
22437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (0 0 0 0))
22438 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
22440 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
22441 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
22442 This command does not work if you use short group names.
22444 \(fn)" t nil)
22446 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnfolder" '("nnfolder-")))
22448 ;;;***
22449 \f
22450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nngateway" "gnus/nngateway.el" (0 0 0 0))
22451 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nngateway.el
22453 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nngateway" '("nngateway-")))
22455 ;;;***
22456 \f
22457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnheader" "gnus/nnheader.el" (0 0 0 0))
22458 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnheader.el
22460 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnheader" '("gnus-" "mail-header-" "make-" "nnheader-" "nntp-")))
22462 ;;;***
22463 \f
22464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnimap" "gnus/nnimap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22465 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnimap.el
22467 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnimap" '("nnimap-")))
22469 ;;;***
22470 \f
22471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnir" "gnus/nnir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22472 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnir.el
22474 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnir" '("gnus-" "nnir-")))
22476 ;;;***
22477 \f
22478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmail" "gnus/nnmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
22479 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmail.el
22481 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmail" '("nnmail-")))
22483 ;;;***
22484 \f
22485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmaildir" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" (0 0 0 0))
22486 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmaildir.el
22488 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmaildir" '("nnmaildir-")))
22490 ;;;***
22491 \f
22492 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmairix" "gnus/nnmairix.el" (0 0 0 0))
22493 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmairix.el
22495 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmairix" '("nnmairix-")))
22497 ;;;***
22498 \f
22499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmbox" "gnus/nnmbox.el" (0 0 0 0))
22500 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmbox.el
22502 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmbox" '("nnmbox-")))
22504 ;;;***
22505 \f
22506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnmh" "gnus/nnmh.el" (0 0 0 0))
22507 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnmh.el
22509 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnmh" '("nnmh-")))
22511 ;;;***
22512 \f
22513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (0 0 0 0))
22514 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
22516 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
22517 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
22519 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
22521 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnml" '("nnml-")))
22523 ;;;***
22524 \f
22525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnnil" "gnus/nnnil.el" (0 0 0 0))
22526 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnnil.el
22528 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnnil" '("nnnil-")))
22530 ;;;***
22531 \f
22532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnoo" "gnus/nnoo.el" (0 0 0 0))
22533 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnoo.el
22535 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnoo" '("deffoo" "defvoo" "nnoo-")))
22537 ;;;***
22538 \f
22539 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnregistry" "gnus/nnregistry.el" (0 0 0 0))
22540 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnregistry.el
22542 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnregistry" '("nnregistry-")))
22544 ;;;***
22545 \f
22546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnrss" "gnus/nnrss.el" (0 0 0 0))
22547 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnrss.el
22549 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnrss" '("nnrss-")))
22551 ;;;***
22552 \f
22553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnspool" "gnus/nnspool.el" (0 0 0 0))
22554 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnspool.el
22556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnspool" '("news-inews-program" "nnspool-")))
22558 ;;;***
22559 \f
22560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nntp" "gnus/nntp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22561 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nntp.el
22563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nntp" '("nntp-")))
22565 ;;;***
22566 \f
22567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnvirtual" "gnus/nnvirtual.el" (0 0 0 0))
22568 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnvirtual.el
22570 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnvirtual" '("nnvirtual-")))
22572 ;;;***
22573 \f
22574 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnweb" "gnus/nnweb.el" (0 0 0 0))
22575 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnweb.el
22577 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nnweb" '("nnweb-")))
22579 ;;;***
22580 \f
22581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "notifications" "notifications.el" (0 0 0 0))
22582 ;;; Generated autoloads from notifications.el
22584 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "notifications" '("notifications-")))
22586 ;;;***
22587 \f
22588 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (0 0 0 0))
22589 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
22591 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
22592 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
22593 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
22595 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
22598 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
22600 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
22601 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
22602 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22603 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
22604 to future sessions.
22606 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22608 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
22609 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
22610 COMMAND must be a symbol.
22611 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
22612 future sessions.
22614 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
22616 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "novice" '("en/disable-command")))
22618 ;;;***
22619 \f
22620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (0 0
22621 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22622 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
22624 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
22625 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
22627 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
22628 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
22629 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
22631 \(fn)" t nil)
22633 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nroff-mode" '("nroff-")))
22635 ;;;***
22636 \f
22637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nsm" "net/nsm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22638 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/nsm.el
22640 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nsm" '("network-security-" "nsm-")))
22642 ;;;***
22643 \f
22644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
22645 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
22646 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22648 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ntlm" '("ntlm-")))
22650 ;;;***
22651 \f
22652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-enc" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22653 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-enc.el
22655 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-enc" '("nxml-")))
22657 ;;;***
22658 \f
22659 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-maint" "nxml/nxml-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22660 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-maint.el
22662 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-maint" '("nxml-insert-target-repertoire-glyph-set")))
22664 ;;;***
22665 \f
22666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
22667 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
22669 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
22670 Major mode for editing XML.
22673 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
22674 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
22676 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
22677 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
22678 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
22683 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
22685 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
22686 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
22687 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
22688 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
22689 instead of C-c.
22691 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
22692 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
22693 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
22694 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
22696 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
22699 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
22700 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
22703 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
22706 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
22711 complete element is treated as a single markup item; to make each tag be
22712 treated as a separate markup item, set the variable `nxml-sexp-element-flag'
22713 to nil. For more details, see the function `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
22715 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
22717 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
22720 \(fn)" t nil)
22721 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
22723 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-mode" '("nxml-")))
22725 ;;;***
22726 \f
22727 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-ns" "nxml/nxml-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
22728 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-ns.el
22730 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-ns" '("nxml-ns-")))
22732 ;;;***
22733 \f
22734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-outln" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" (0 0 0 0))
22735 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-outln.el
22737 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-outln" '("nxml-")))
22739 ;;;***
22740 \f
22741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-parse" "nxml/nxml-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
22742 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-parse.el
22744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-parse" '("nxml-")))
22746 ;;;***
22747 \f
22748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-rap" "nxml/nxml-rap.el" (0 0 0 0))
22749 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-rap.el
22751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-rap" '("nxml-")))
22753 ;;;***
22754 \f
22755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-util" "nxml/nxml-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
22756 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-util.el
22758 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "nxml-util" '("nxml-")))
22760 ;;;***
22761 \f
22762 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-C" "org/ob-C.el" (0 0 0 0))
22763 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-C.el
22765 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-C" '("org-babel-")))
22767 ;;;***
22768 \f
22769 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-J" "org/ob-J.el" (0 0 0 0))
22770 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-J.el
22772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-J" '("obj-" "org-babel-")))
22774 ;;;***
22775 \f
22776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-R" "org/ob-R.el" (0 0 0 0))
22777 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-R.el
22779 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-R" '("ob-R-" "org-babel-")))
22781 ;;;***
22782 \f
22783 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-abc" "org/ob-abc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22784 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-abc.el
22785 (push (purecopy '(ob-abc 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22787 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-abc" '("org-babel-")))
22789 ;;;***
22790 \f
22791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-asymptote" "org/ob-asymptote.el" (0 0 0
22792 ;;;;;; 0))
22793 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-asymptote.el
22795 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-asymptote" '("org-babel-")))
22797 ;;;***
22798 \f
22799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-awk" "org/ob-awk.el" (0 0 0 0))
22800 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-awk.el
22802 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-awk" '("org-babel-")))
22804 ;;;***
22805 \f
22806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-calc" "org/ob-calc.el" (0 0 0 0))
22807 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-calc.el
22809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-calc" '("org-babel-")))
22811 ;;;***
22812 \f
22813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-clojure" "org/ob-clojure.el" (0 0 0 0))
22814 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-clojure.el
22816 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-clojure" '("org-babel-")))
22818 ;;;***
22819 \f
22820 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-comint" "org/ob-comint.el" (0 0 0 0))
22821 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-comint.el
22823 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-comint" '("org-babel-comint-")))
22825 ;;;***
22826 \f
22827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-coq" "org/ob-coq.el" (0 0 0 0))
22828 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-coq.el
22830 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-coq" '("coq-program-name" "org-babel-")))
22832 ;;;***
22833 \f
22834 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-core" "org/ob-core.el"
22835 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22836 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-core.el
22838 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-core" '("org-")))
22840 ;;;***
22841 \f
22842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-css" "org/ob-css.el" (0 0 0 0))
22843 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-css.el
22845 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-css" '("org-babel-")))
22847 ;;;***
22848 \f
22849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ditaa" "org/ob-ditaa.el" (0 0 0 0))
22850 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ditaa.el
22852 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ditaa" '("org-")))
22854 ;;;***
22855 \f
22856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-dot" "org/ob-dot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22857 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-dot.el
22859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-dot" '("org-babel-")))
22861 ;;;***
22862 \f
22863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ebnf" "org/ob-ebnf.el" (0 0 0 0))
22864 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ebnf.el
22865 (push (purecopy '(ob-ebnf 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22867 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ebnf" '("org-babel-")))
22869 ;;;***
22870 \f
22871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-emacs-lisp" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" (0 0
22872 ;;;;;; 0 0))
22873 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-emacs-lisp.el
22875 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-emacs-lisp" '("org-babel-")))
22877 ;;;***
22878 \f
22879 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-eval" "org/ob-eval.el" (0 0 0 0))
22880 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-eval.el
22882 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-eval" '("org-babel-")))
22884 ;;;***
22885 \f
22886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-exp" "org/ob-exp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22887 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-exp.el
22889 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-exp" '("org-")))
22891 ;;;***
22892 \f
22893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-forth" "org/ob-forth.el" (0 0 0 0))
22894 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-forth.el
22896 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-forth" '("org-babel-")))
22898 ;;;***
22899 \f
22900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-fortran" "org/ob-fortran.el" (0 0 0 0))
22901 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-fortran.el
22903 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-fortran" '("org-babel-")))
22905 ;;;***
22906 \f
22907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-gnuplot" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" (0 0 0 0))
22908 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-gnuplot.el
22910 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-gnuplot" '("*org-babel-gnuplot-" "org-babel-")))
22912 ;;;***
22913 \f
22914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-groovy" "org/ob-groovy.el" (0 0 0 0))
22915 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-groovy.el
22917 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-groovy" '("org-babel-")))
22919 ;;;***
22920 \f
22921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-haskell" "org/ob-haskell.el" (0 0 0 0))
22922 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-haskell.el
22924 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-haskell" '("org-babel-")))
22926 ;;;***
22927 \f
22928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-hledger" "org/ob-hledger.el" (0 0 0 0))
22929 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-hledger.el
22931 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-hledger" '("org-babel-")))
22933 ;;;***
22934 \f
22935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-io" "org/ob-io.el" (0 0 0 0))
22936 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-io.el
22938 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-io" '("org-babel-")))
22940 ;;;***
22941 \f
22942 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-java" "org/ob-java.el" (0 0 0 0))
22943 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-java.el
22945 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-java" '("org-babel-")))
22947 ;;;***
22948 \f
22949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-js" "org/ob-js.el" (0 0 0 0))
22950 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-js.el
22952 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-js" '("org-babel-")))
22954 ;;;***
22955 \f
22956 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-keys" "org/ob-keys.el"
22957 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22958 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-keys.el
22960 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-keys" '("org-babel-")))
22962 ;;;***
22963 \f
22964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-latex" "org/ob-latex.el" (0 0 0 0))
22965 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-latex.el
22967 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-latex" '("org-babel-")))
22969 ;;;***
22970 \f
22971 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ledger" "org/ob-ledger.el" (0 0 0 0))
22972 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ledger.el
22974 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ledger" '("org-babel-")))
22976 ;;;***
22977 \f
22978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lilypond" "org/ob-lilypond.el" (0 0 0 0))
22979 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lilypond.el
22981 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lilypond" '("lilypond-mode" "org-babel-")))
22983 ;;;***
22984 \f
22985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lisp" "org/ob-lisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
22986 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lisp.el
22988 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lisp" '("org-babel-")))
22990 ;;;***
22991 \f
22992 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-lob" "org/ob-lob.el"
22993 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
22994 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lob.el
22996 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lob" '("org-babel-")))
22998 ;;;***
22999 \f
23000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-lua" "org/ob-lua.el" (0 0 0 0))
23001 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-lua.el
23003 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-lua" '("org-babel-")))
23005 ;;;***
23006 \f
23007 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-makefile" "org/ob-makefile.el" (0 0 0 0))
23008 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-makefile.el
23010 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-makefile" '("org-babel-")))
23012 ;;;***
23013 \f
23014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-maxima" "org/ob-maxima.el" (0 0 0 0))
23015 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-maxima.el
23017 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-maxima" '("org-babel-")))
23019 ;;;***
23020 \f
23021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-mscgen" "org/ob-mscgen.el" (0 0 0 0))
23022 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-mscgen.el
23024 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-mscgen" '("org-babel-")))
23026 ;;;***
23027 \f
23028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ocaml" "org/ob-ocaml.el" (0 0 0 0))
23029 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ocaml.el
23031 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ocaml" '("org-babel-")))
23033 ;;;***
23034 \f
23035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-octave" "org/ob-octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
23036 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-octave.el
23038 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-octave" '("org-babel-")))
23040 ;;;***
23041 \f
23042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-org" "org/ob-org.el" (0 0 0 0))
23043 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-org.el
23045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-org" '("org-babel-")))
23047 ;;;***
23048 \f
23049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-perl" "org/ob-perl.el" (0 0 0 0))
23050 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-perl.el
23052 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-perl" '("org-babel-")))
23054 ;;;***
23055 \f
23056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-picolisp" "org/ob-picolisp.el" (0 0 0 0))
23057 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-picolisp.el
23059 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-picolisp" '("org-babel-")))
23061 ;;;***
23062 \f
23063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-plantuml" "org/ob-plantuml.el" (0 0 0 0))
23064 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-plantuml.el
23066 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-plantuml" '("org-")))
23068 ;;;***
23069 \f
23070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-processing" "org/ob-processing.el" (0 0
23071 ;;;;;; 0 0))
23072 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-processing.el
23074 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-processing" '("org-babel-")))
23076 ;;;***
23077 \f
23078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-python" "org/ob-python.el" (0 0 0 0))
23079 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-python.el
23081 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-python" '("org-babel-")))
23083 ;;;***
23084 \f
23085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ref" "org/ob-ref.el" (0 0 0 0))
23086 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ref.el
23088 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ref" '("org-babel-")))
23090 ;;;***
23091 \f
23092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-ruby" "org/ob-ruby.el" (0 0 0 0))
23093 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-ruby.el
23095 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-ruby" '("org-babel-")))
23097 ;;;***
23098 \f
23099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sass" "org/ob-sass.el" (0 0 0 0))
23100 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sass.el
23102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sass" '("org-babel-")))
23104 ;;;***
23105 \f
23106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-scheme" "org/ob-scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
23107 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-scheme.el
23109 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-scheme" '("org-babel-")))
23111 ;;;***
23112 \f
23113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-screen" "org/ob-screen.el" (0 0 0 0))
23114 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-screen.el
23116 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-screen" '("org-babel-")))
23118 ;;;***
23119 \f
23120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sed" "org/ob-sed.el" (0 0 0 0))
23121 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sed.el
23122 (push (purecopy '(ob-sed 0 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23124 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sed" '("org-babel-")))
23126 ;;;***
23127 \f
23128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-shell" "org/ob-shell.el" (0 0 0 0))
23129 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-shell.el
23131 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-shell" '("org-babel-")))
23133 ;;;***
23134 \f
23135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-shen" "org/ob-shen.el" (0 0 0 0))
23136 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-shen.el
23138 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-shen" '("org-babel-")))
23140 ;;;***
23141 \f
23142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sql" "org/ob-sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
23143 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sql.el
23145 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sql" '("org-babel-")))
23147 ;;;***
23148 \f
23149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-sqlite" "org/ob-sqlite.el" (0 0 0 0))
23150 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-sqlite.el
23152 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-sqlite" '("org-babel-")))
23154 ;;;***
23155 \f
23156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-stan" "org/ob-stan.el" (0 0 0 0))
23157 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-stan.el
23159 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-stan" '("org-babel-")))
23161 ;;;***
23162 \f
23163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-table" "org/ob-table.el" (0 0 0 0))
23164 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-table.el
23166 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-table" '("org-")))
23168 ;;;***
23169 \f
23170 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ob-tangle" "org/ob-tangle.el"
23171 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23172 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-tangle.el
23174 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-tangle" '("org-babel-")))
23176 ;;;***
23177 \f
23178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ob-vala" "org/ob-vala.el" (0 0 0 0))
23179 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ob-vala.el
23181 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ob-vala" '("org-babel-")))
23183 ;;;***
23184 \f
23185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (0 0 0 0))
23186 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
23188 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
23189 Major mode for editing Octave code.
23191 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
23192 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
23193 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
23194 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
23196 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
23198 Key bindings:
23201 \(fn)" t nil)
23203 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
23204 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
23205 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
23207 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
23209 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
23210 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
23212 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
23213 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
23214 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
23216 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23218 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
23220 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "octave" '("inferior-octave-" "octave-")))
23222 ;;;***
23223 \f
23224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ogonek" "international/ogonek.el" (0 0 0 0))
23225 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ogonek.el
23227 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ogonek" '("ogonek-")))
23229 ;;;***
23230 \f
23231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
23232 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
23234 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
23236 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
23244 Customization:
23246 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
23247 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
23248 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
23249 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
23250 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
23251 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
23252 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
23253 Directories to search when finding external units.
23254 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
23255 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
23257 Coloring:
23259 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
23260 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
23262 \(fn)" t nil)
23264 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "opascal" '("opascal-")))
23266 ;;;***
23267 \f
23268 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (0 0 0 0))
23269 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
23270 (push (purecopy '(org 9 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
23272 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
23273 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
23275 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
23277 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
23278 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org FILE.
23279 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
23280 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
23281 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
23282 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
23284 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
23286 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
23287 Show the Org version.
23288 Interactively, or when MESSAGE is non-nil, show it in echo area.
23289 With prefix argument, or when HERE is non-nil, insert it at point.
23290 In non-interactive uses, a reduced version string is output unless
23291 FULL is given.
23293 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
23295 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
23296 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
23298 \(fn)" nil nil)
23300 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
23301 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
23303 \(fn)" nil nil)
23305 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
23306 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
23309 Org mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
23310 contains information about projects as plain text. Org mode is
23311 implemented on top of Outline mode, which is ideal to keep the content
23312 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
23313 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
23314 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
23315 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
23316 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
23317 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org file (or a part of it)
23318 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
23320 The following commands are available:
23324 \(fn)" t nil)
23326 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
23327 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org mode.
23329 This is the command invoked in Org mode by the `TAB' key. Its main
23330 purpose is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
23331 in special contexts.
23334 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
23335 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
23336 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
23337 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
23339 With a `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix argument, switch to the startup visibility,
23340 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
23341 properties in the buffer.
23343 With a `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix argument, show the entire buffer, including
23344 any drawers.
23346 When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
23348 When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
23349 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
23350 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
23351 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
23352 From this state, you can move to one of the children
23353 and zoom in further.
23354 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
23355 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
23357 When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
23358 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
23359 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
23360 speeds up creation document structure by pressing `TAB' once or several
23361 times right after creating a new headline.
23363 When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
23364 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
23365 is negative, go up that many levels.
23367 When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
23368 binding for `TAB', which is re-indenting the line. See the option
23369 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
23371 As a special case, if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
23372 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
23373 \(`\\[universal-argument] TAB', same as `S-TAB') also when called without prefix arg, but only
23374 if the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
23376 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23378 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
23379 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
23381 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
23383 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23384 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
23386 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
23387 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
23388 This mode is for using Org mode structure commands in other
23389 modes. The following keys behave as if Org mode were active, if
23390 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
23391 defined by Org mode).
23393 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23395 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
23396 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
23398 \(fn)" nil nil)
23400 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
23401 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
23403 \(fn)" nil nil)
23405 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
23406 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org mode.
23407 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
23408 Org mode to the values they have in Org mode, and then interactively
23409 call CMD.
23411 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
23413 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
23414 Store an org-link to the current location.
23416 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
23421 `org-gnus-prefer-web-links' for links to Usenet articles.
23423 A `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix ARG forces skipping storing functions that are not
23424 part of Org core.
23426 A `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix ARG forces storing a link for each line in the
23427 active region.
23429 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23431 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
23432 Insert a link like Org mode does.
23433 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org syntax.
23435 \(fn)" t nil)
23437 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
23438 Follow a link or time-stamp like Org mode does.
23439 This command can be called in any mode to follow an external link
23440 or a time-stamp that has Org mode syntax. Its behavior is
23441 undefined when called on internal links (e.g., fuzzy links).
23442 Raise an error when there is nothing to follow.
23444 \(fn)" t nil)
23446 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
23447 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org mode.
23449 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
23451 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
23452 Switch between Org buffers.
23456 With `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
23458 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23460 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
23461 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
23462 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
23463 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
23465 \(fn)" t nil)
23467 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
23468 Submit a bug report on Org via mail.
23470 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
23472 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
23473 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
23474 information about your Org version and configuration.
23476 \(fn)" t nil)
23478 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
23479 Reload all Org Lisp files.
23480 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
23482 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
23484 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
23485 Call the customize function with org as argument.
23487 \(fn)" t nil)
23489 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org" '("org" "turn-on-org-cdlatex")))
23491 ;;;***
23492 \f
23493 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (0 0 0 0))
23494 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
23496 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23497 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
23499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23501 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23502 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
23503 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
23504 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
23506 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
23507 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
23508 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
23509 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
23510 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
23511 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
23512 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
23513 e Export views to associated files.
23514 s Search entries for keywords.
23515 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
23516 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
23517 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
23518 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
23519 Press several times to get the desired effect.
23520 > Remove a previous restriction.
23523 C Configure custom agenda commands.
23525 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
23526 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
23527 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
23529 If the current buffer is in Org mode and visiting a file, you can also
23530 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
23532 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
23533 \(if active).
23535 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
23537 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23538 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23539 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23540 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23541 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23542 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23543 before running the agenda command.
23545 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23547 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
23548 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
23549 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
23550 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
23551 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
23552 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
23553 before running the agenda command.
23555 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
23556 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
23558 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
23560 category The category of the item
23561 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
23562 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
23563 todo selected in TODO match
23564 tagsmatch selected in tags match
23565 diary imported from diary
23566 deadline a deadline on given date
23567 scheduled scheduled on given date
23568 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
23569 closed entry was closed on given date
23570 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
23571 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
23572 block entry has date block including g. date
23573 todo The todo keyword, if any
23574 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
23575 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
23576 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
23577 extra Sting with extra planning info
23578 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
23579 priority-n The computed numerical priority
23580 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
23582 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23584 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23585 Store agenda views.
23587 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
23589 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
23590 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
23592 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
23594 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
23595 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
23596 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
23597 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
23599 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
23600 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
23601 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
23603 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
23604 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
23606 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
23607 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
23609 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
23611 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
23612 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
23614 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
23615 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
23616 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
23617 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
23618 EDIT-AT.
23620 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
23621 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
23622 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
23623 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
23624 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
23627 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
23628 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
23629 including newlines.
23631 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
23632 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
23633 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
23634 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
23635 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
23636 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
23637 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
23639 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
23641 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
23642 as a whole, to include whitespace.
23644 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
23645 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
23646 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
23647 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
23648 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
23649 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
23650 Boolean search must match as full words.
23652 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files
23653 listed in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files' unless a restriction lock
23654 is active.
23656 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
23658 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
23659 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
23660 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
23662 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
23663 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
23665 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23667 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
23668 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
23669 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
23671 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
23673 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
23674 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
23675 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
23676 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
23677 `org-stuck-projects'.
23679 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
23681 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
23682 Return diary information from org files.
23684 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
23685 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
23686 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
23687 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
23689 The call in the diary file should look like this:
23691 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
23693 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
23694 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
23696 &%%(org-diary)
23698 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
23699 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
23700 So the example above may also be written as
23702 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
23704 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
23705 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
23706 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
23708 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
23710 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
23711 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
23713 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
23715 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
23716 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
23717 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
23719 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
23721 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
23723 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
23724 Compute the Org agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
23725 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
23727 \(fn)" t nil)
23729 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
23730 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
23734 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
23735 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
23737 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
23738 for filtering entries out.
23740 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
23741 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
23742 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
23744 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
23745 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
23750 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
23753 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
23754 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
23755 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
23756 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
23757 details and examples.
23759 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
23760 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
23762 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
23764 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-agenda" '("org-")))
23766 ;;;***
23767 \f
23768 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-archive"
23769 ;;;;;; "org/org-archive.el" (0 0 0 0))
23770 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-archive.el
23772 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-archive" '("org-")))
23774 ;;;***
23775 \f
23776 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-attach" "org/org-attach.el"
23777 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23778 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-attach.el
23780 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-attach" '("org-attach-")))
23782 ;;;***
23783 \f
23784 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-bbdb" "org/org-bbdb.el"
23785 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23786 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bbdb.el
23788 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bbdb" '("org-bbdb-")))
23790 ;;;***
23791 \f
23792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-bibtex" "org/org-bibtex.el" (0 0 0 0))
23793 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-bibtex.el
23795 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-bibtex" '("org-")))
23797 ;;;***
23798 \f
23799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (0 0 0 0))
23800 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
23802 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
23803 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
23805 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
23807 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
23808 Capture something.
23810 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and
23811 then file the newly captured information. The text is immediately
23812 inserted at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where
23814 state of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
23817 capture anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected
23818 template stores its notes.
23820 With a `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix argument, go to the last note stored.
23822 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
23824 When called with a `C-1' (one) prefix, force prompting for a date when
23825 a datetree entry is made.
23827 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
23828 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
23829 will be bypassed.
23831 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
23832 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
23833 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
23834 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
23836 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
23838 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
23839 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
23841 \(fn)" t nil)
23843 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-capture" '("org-")))
23845 ;;;***
23846 \f
23847 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-clock" "org/org-clock.el"
23848 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
23849 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-clock.el
23851 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-clock" '("org-")))
23853 ;;;***
23854 \f
23855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23856 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
23858 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
23859 Remove all currently active column overlays.
23861 \(fn)" t nil)
23863 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
23866 \(fn)" nil nil)
23868 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
23869 Turn on column view on an Org mode file.
23871 Column view applies to the whole buffer if point is before the
23872 first headline. Otherwise, it applies to the first ancestor
23875 view for the whole buffer unconditionally.
23877 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
23879 \(fn &optional GLOBAL COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
23881 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
23882 Summarize the values of PROPERTY hierarchically.
23883 Also update existing values for PROPERTY according to the first
23884 column specification.
23886 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
23888 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
23889 Write the column view table.
23890 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
23892 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
23893 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
23894 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
23895 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
23897 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
23898 using `org-id-find'.
23899 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
23900 a hline before each level <= that number.
23901 :indent When non-nil, indent each ITEM field according to its level.
23902 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
23903 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
23904 :skip-empty-rows
23905 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
23906 :width apply widths specified in columns format using <N> specifiers.
23907 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
23909 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
23911 (autoload 'org-columns-insert-dblock "org-colview" "\
23912 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
23914 \(fn)" t nil)
23916 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
23917 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
23919 \(fn)" t nil)
23921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-colview" '("org-")))
23923 ;;;***
23924 \f
23925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (0 0 0 0))
23926 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
23928 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
23929 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
23931 \(fn)" nil t)
23933 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-compat" '("org-")))
23935 ;;;***
23936 \f
23937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-crypt" "org/org-crypt.el" (0 0 0 0))
23938 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-crypt.el
23940 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-crypt" '("org-")))
23942 ;;;***
23943 \f
23944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-ctags" "org/org-ctags.el" (0 0 0 0))
23945 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-ctags.el
23947 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-ctags" '("org-ctags-")))
23949 ;;;***
23950 \f
23951 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-datetree"
23952 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" (0 0 0 0))
23953 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-datetree.el
23955 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-datetree" '("org-datetree-")))
23957 ;;;***
23958 \f
23959 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-docview" "org/org-docview.el" (0 0 0 0))
23960 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-docview.el
23962 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-docview" '("org-docview-")))
23964 ;;;***
23965 \f
23966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-duration" "org/org-duration.el" (0 0 0
23967 ;;;;;; 0))
23968 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-duration.el
23970 (autoload 'org-duration-set-regexps "org-duration" "\
23971 Set duration related regexps.
23973 \(fn)" t nil)
23975 (autoload 'org-duration-p "org-duration" "\
23976 Non-nil when string S is a time duration.
23978 \(fn S)" nil nil)
23980 (autoload 'org-duration-to-minutes "org-duration" "\
23981 Return number of minutes of DURATION string.
23983 When optional argument CANONICAL is non-nil, ignore
23984 `org-duration-units' and use standard time units value.
23986 A bare number is translated into minutes. The empty string is
23987 translated into 0.0.
23989 Return value as a float. Raise an error if duration format is
23990 not recognized.
23992 \(fn DURATION &optional CANONICAL)" nil nil)
23994 (autoload 'org-duration-from-minutes "org-duration" "\
23995 Return duration string for a given number of MINUTES.
23997 Format duration according to `org-duration-format' or FMT, when
23998 non-nil.
24000 When optional argument CANONICAL is non-nil, ignore
24001 `org-duration-units' and use standard time units value.
24003 Raise an error if expected format is unknown.
24005 \(fn MINUTES &optional FMT CANONICAL)" nil nil)
24007 (autoload 'org-duration-h:mm-only-p "org-duration" "\
24010 TIMES is a list of duration strings.
24012 Return nil if any duration is expressed with units, as defined in
24013 `org-duration-units'. Otherwise, if any duration is expressed
24015 `h:mm'.
24017 \(fn TIMES)" nil nil)
24019 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-duration" '("org-duration-")))
24021 ;;;***
24022 \f
24023 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-element"
24024 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" (0 0 0 0))
24025 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-element.el
24027 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-element" '("org-element-")))
24029 ;;;***
24030 \f
24031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-entities" "org/org-entities.el" (0 0 0
24032 ;;;;;; 0))
24033 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-entities.el
24035 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-entities" '("org-entit")))
24037 ;;;***
24038 \f
24039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-eshell" "org/org-eshell.el" (0 0 0 0))
24040 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-eshell.el
24042 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-eshell" '("org-eshell-")))
24044 ;;;***
24045 \f
24046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-eww" "org/org-eww.el" (0 0 0 0))
24047 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-eww.el
24049 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-eww" '("org-eww-")))
24051 ;;;***
24052 \f
24053 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-faces" "org/org-faces.el" (0 0 0 0))
24054 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-faces.el
24056 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-faces" '("org-")))
24058 ;;;***
24059 \f
24060 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-feed" "org/org-feed.el"
24061 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24062 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-feed.el
24064 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-feed" '("org-feed-")))
24066 ;;;***
24067 \f
24068 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-footnote"
24069 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" (0 0 0 0))
24070 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-footnote.el
24072 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-footnote" '("org-footnote-")))
24074 ;;;***
24075 \f
24076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-gnus" "org/org-gnus.el" (0 0 0 0))
24077 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-gnus.el
24079 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-gnus" '("org-gnus-")))
24081 ;;;***
24082 \f
24083 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-habit" "org/org-habit.el" (0 0 0 0))
24084 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-habit.el
24086 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-habit" '("org-")))
24088 ;;;***
24089 \f
24090 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-id" "org/org-id.el"
24091 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24092 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-id.el
24094 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-id" '("org-id-")))
24096 ;;;***
24097 \f
24098 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-indent" "org/org-indent.el"
24099 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24100 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-indent.el
24102 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-indent" '("org-")))
24104 ;;;***
24105 \f
24106 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-info" "org/org-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
24107 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-info.el
24109 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-info" '("org-info-")))
24111 ;;;***
24112 \f
24113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-inlinetask" "org/org-inlinetask.el" (0
24114 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
24115 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-inlinetask.el
24117 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-inlinetask" '("org-inlinetask-")))
24119 ;;;***
24120 \f
24121 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-irc" "org/org-irc.el"
24122 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24123 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-irc.el
24125 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-irc" '("org-irc-")))
24127 ;;;***
24128 \f
24129 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-lint" "org/org-lint.el" (0 0 0 0))
24130 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-lint.el
24132 (autoload 'org-lint "org-lint" "\
24133 Check current Org buffer for syntax mistakes.
24136 category of checkers only. With a `\\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]' prefix, run one precise
24137 checker by its name.
24139 ARG can also be a list of checker names, as symbols, to run.
24141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24143 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-lint" '("org-lint-")))
24145 ;;;***
24146 \f
24147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-list" "org/org-list.el" (0 0 0 0))
24148 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-list.el
24150 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-list" '("org-")))
24152 ;;;***
24153 \f
24154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macro" "org/org-macro.el" (0 0 0 0))
24155 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macro.el
24157 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macro" '("org-macro-")))
24159 ;;;***
24160 \f
24161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24162 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
24164 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
24165 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX.
24167 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
24169 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-macs" '("org-")))
24171 ;;;***
24172 \f
24173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mhe" "org/org-mhe.el" (0 0 0 0))
24174 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mhe.el
24176 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mhe" '("org-mhe-")))
24178 ;;;***
24179 \f
24180 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-mobile" "org/org-mobile.el"
24181 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24182 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mobile.el
24184 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mobile" '("org-mobile-")))
24186 ;;;***
24187 \f
24188 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-mouse" "org/org-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
24189 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-mouse.el
24191 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-mouse" '("org-mouse-")))
24193 ;;;***
24194 \f
24195 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-pcomplete" "org/org-pcomplete.el" (0 0
24196 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24197 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-pcomplete.el
24199 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-pcomplete" '("org-" "pcomplete/org-mode/")))
24201 ;;;***
24202 \f
24203 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-plot" "org/org-plot.el"
24204 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24205 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-plot.el
24207 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-plot" '("org-plot")))
24209 ;;;***
24210 \f
24211 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-protocol" "org/org-protocol.el" (0 0 0
24212 ;;;;;; 0))
24213 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-protocol.el
24215 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-protocol" '("org-protocol-")))
24217 ;;;***
24218 \f
24219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-rmail" "org/org-rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
24220 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-rmail.el
24222 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-rmail" '("org-rmail-")))
24224 ;;;***
24225 \f
24226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-src" "org/org-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
24227 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-src.el
24229 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-src" '("org-")))
24231 ;;;***
24232 \f
24233 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-table" "org/org-table.el"
24234 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24235 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-table.el
24237 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-table" '("org")))
24239 ;;;***
24240 \f
24241 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "org-timer" "org/org-timer.el"
24242 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24243 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-timer.el
24245 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-timer" '("org-timer-")))
24247 ;;;***
24248 \f
24249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (0 0 0 0))
24250 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
24252 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
24253 The release version of Org.
24254 Inserted by installing Org mode or when a release is made.
24256 \(fn)" nil nil)
24258 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
24259 The Git version of Org mode.
24260 Inserted by installing Org or when a release is made.
24262 \(fn)" nil nil)
24264 ;;;***
24265 \f
24266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-w3m" "org/org-w3m.el" (0 0 0 0))
24267 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-w3m.el
24269 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "org-w3m" '("org-w3m-")))
24271 ;;;***
24272 \f
24273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (0 0 0 0))
24274 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
24275 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
24276 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
24278 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
24279 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
24280 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
24281 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
24283 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
24284 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
24285 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
24286 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
24289 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
24290 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
24291 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
24292 are used when point is on a heading line.
24294 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
24295 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
24296 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
24298 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
24299 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
24301 \(fn)" t nil)
24303 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
24304 Toggle Outline minor mode.
24305 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
24306 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24307 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24309 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
24311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24312 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
24314 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "outline" '("outline-")))
24316 ;;;***
24317 \f
24318 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox" "org/ox.el"
24319 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24320 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox.el
24322 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox" '("org-export-")))
24324 ;;;***
24325 \f
24326 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-ascii" "org/ox-ascii.el"
24327 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24328 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-ascii.el
24330 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-ascii" '("org-ascii-")))
24332 ;;;***
24333 \f
24334 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-beamer" "org/ox-beamer.el"
24335 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24336 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-beamer.el
24338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-beamer" '("org-beamer-")))
24340 ;;;***
24341 \f
24342 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-html" "org/ox-html.el"
24343 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24344 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-html.el
24346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-html" '("org-html-")))
24348 ;;;***
24349 \f
24350 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-icalendar"
24351 ;;;;;; "org/ox-icalendar.el" (0 0 0 0))
24352 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-icalendar.el
24354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-icalendar" '("org-icalendar-")))
24356 ;;;***
24357 \f
24358 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-latex" "org/ox-latex.el"
24359 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24360 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-latex.el
24362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-latex" '("org-latex-")))
24364 ;;;***
24365 \f
24366 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-man" "org/ox-man.el"
24367 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24368 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-man.el
24370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-man" '("org-man-")))
24372 ;;;***
24373 \f
24374 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-md" "org/ox-md.el"
24375 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24376 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-md.el
24378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-md" '("org-md-")))
24380 ;;;***
24381 \f
24382 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-odt" "org/ox-odt.el"
24383 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24384 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-odt.el
24386 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-odt" '("org-odt-")))
24388 ;;;***
24389 \f
24390 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-org" "org/ox-org.el"
24391 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24392 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-org.el
24394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-org" '("org-org-")))
24396 ;;;***
24397 \f
24398 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-publish" "org/ox-publish.el"
24399 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24400 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-publish.el
24402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-publish" '("org-publish-")))
24404 ;;;***
24405 \f
24406 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ox-texinfo" "org/ox-texinfo.el"
24407 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
24408 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/ox-texinfo.el
24410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ox-texinfo" '("org-texinfo-")))
24412 ;;;***
24413 \f
24414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (0 0 0 0))
24415 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
24416 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24418 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
24419 Whether to make installed packages available when Emacs starts.
24420 If non-nil, packages are made available before reading the init
24421 file (but after reading the early init file). This means that if
24422 you wish to set this variable, you must do so in the early init
24423 file. Regardless of the value of this variable, packages are not
24424 made available if `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started
24428 make installed packages available at any time, or you can
24429 call (package-initialize) in your init-file.")
24431 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
24433 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
24434 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
24435 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
24436 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
24437 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
24438 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
24439 loading packages twice.
24441 It is not necessary to adjust `load-path' or `require' the
24442 individual packages after calling `package-initialize' -- this is
24443 taken care of by `package-initialize'.
24445 If `package-initialize' is called twice during Emacs startup,
24446 signal a warning, since this is a bad idea except in highly
24447 advanced use cases. To suppress the warning, remove the
24448 superfluous call to `package-initialize' from your init-file. If
24449 you have code which must run before `package-initialize', put
24450 that code in the early init-file.
24452 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
24454 (autoload 'package-activate-all "package" "\
24455 Activate all installed packages.
24456 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
24458 \(fn)" nil nil)
24460 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
24461 Import keys from FILE.
24463 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
24465 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
24466 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
24467 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
24468 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
24469 and make them available for download.
24470 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
24471 downloads in the background.
24473 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
24475 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
24476 Install the package PKG.
24477 PKG can be a `package-desc' or a symbol naming one of the available packages
24478 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
24480 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
24481 `package-selected-packages'.
24483 If PKG is a `package-desc' and it is already installed, don't try
24484 to install it but still mark it as selected.
24486 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
24488 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
24489 Install a package from the current buffer.
24490 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
24491 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
24492 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
24494 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
24495 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
24496 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
24498 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
24500 \(fn)" t nil)
24502 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
24503 Install a package from a file.
24504 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
24505 directory.
24507 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
24509 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
24510 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
24511 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
24513 \(fn)" t nil)
24515 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
24516 Reinstall package PKG.
24517 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a `package-desc'
24518 object.
24520 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
24522 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
24523 Remove packages that are no more needed.
24525 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
24526 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
24527 will be deleted.
24529 \(fn)" t nil)
24531 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
24532 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
24534 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
24536 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
24537 Display a list of packages.
24538 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
24539 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
24540 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*', and
24541 includes the package's version, availability status, and a
24542 short description.
24544 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
24546 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
24548 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package" '("bad-signature" "define-package" "describe-package-1" "package-")))
24550 ;;;***
24551 \f
24552 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package-x" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" (0 0
24553 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24554 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package-x.el
24556 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "package-x" '("package-")))
24558 ;;;***
24559 \f
24560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "page-ext" "textmodes/page-ext.el" (0 0 0 0))
24561 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/page-ext.el
24563 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "page-ext" '("add-new-page" "ctl-x-ctl-p-map" "next-page" "original-page-delimiter" "pages-" "previous-page" "sort-pages-")))
24565 ;;;***
24566 \f
24567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (0 0 0 0))
24568 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
24570 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
24571 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
24572 See the `show-paren-mode' command
24573 for a description of this minor mode.
24574 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24575 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24576 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
24578 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
24580 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
24581 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
24582 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
24583 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24584 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24586 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
24587 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
24588 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
24590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24592 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "paren" '("show-paren-")))
24594 ;;;***
24595 \f
24596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (0 0
24597 ;;;;;; 0 0))
24598 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
24599 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
24601 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
24602 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
24603 STRING should be on something resembling an RFC2822 string, a la
24605 somewhat liberal in what format it accepts, and will attempt to
24607 The values returned are identical to those of `decode-time', but
24608 any values that are unknown are returned as nil.
24610 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
24612 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "parse-time" '("parse-")))
24614 ;;;***
24615 \f
24616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (0 0 0 0))
24617 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
24619 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
24621 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24623 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
24626 Other useful functions are:
24638 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
24640 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
24641 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
24642 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
24643 Indentation for case statements.
24644 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
24645 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
24646 mark after an end.
24647 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
24648 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
24649 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
24650 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
24651 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24652 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
24653 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
24654 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
24655 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
24656 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
24658 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
24659 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
24661 \(fn)" t nil)
24663 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pascal" '("electric-pascal-" "pascal-")))
24665 ;;;***
24666 \f
24667 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (0 0 0
24668 ;;;;;; 0))
24669 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
24671 (defvar password-cache t "\
24672 Whether to cache passwords.")
24674 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
24676 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
24677 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
24678 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
24680 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
24682 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
24683 Check if KEY is in the cache.
24685 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
24687 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "password-cache" '("password-")))
24689 ;;;***
24690 \f
24691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (0 0 0 0))
24692 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
24694 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
24695 Evaluate EXP to get EXPVAL; try passing control to one of CASES.
24696 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
24698 evaluate its CODE..., and return the value of the last form.
24699 If no CASE has a PATTERN that matches, return nil.
24701 Each PATTERN expands, in essence, to a predicate to call
24702 on EXPVAL. When the return value of that call is non-nil,
24703 PATTERN matches. PATTERN can take one of the forms:
24705 _ matches anything.
24710 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
24711 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
24712 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
24713 (pred FUN) matches if FUN called on EXPVAL returns non-nil.
24714 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN called on EXPVAL matches PAT.
24715 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
24716 (let PAT EXPR) matches if EXPR matches PAT.
24717 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
24718 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
24720 FUN in `pred' and `app' can take one of the forms:
24721 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY)
24722 call it with one argument
24723 (F ARG1 .. ARGn)
24724 call F with ARG1..ARGn and EXPVAL as n+1'th argument
24726 FUN, BOOLEXP, EXPR, and subsequent PAT can refer to variables
24727 bound earlier in the pattern by a SYMBOL pattern.
24729 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
24731 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern-Matching Conditional' in the
24732 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
24734 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24736 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24738 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
24739 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
24740 If EXP fails to match any of the patterns in CASES, an error is signaled.
24742 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
24744 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24746 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
24747 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
24748 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
24749 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
24750 variable name being but a special case of it).
24752 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
24754 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
24756 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
24758 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
24759 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24760 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24761 of the form (PAT EXP).
24763 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24765 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24767 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
24768 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
24769 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
24770 of the form (PAT EXP).
24771 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
24772 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
24773 any kind of error.
24775 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
24777 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24779 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
24780 Like `dolist' but where the binding can be a `pcase' pattern.
24782 \(fn (PATTERN LIST) BODY...)" nil t)
24784 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
24786 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
24787 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
24788 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
24789 to this macro.
24792 for the result of evaluating EXP (first arg to `pcase').
24794 \(fn NAME ARGS [DOC] &rest BODY...)" nil t)
24796 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
24798 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
24800 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcase" '("pcase-")))
24802 ;;;***
24803 \f
24804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
24805 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
24807 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
24808 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
24810 \(fn)" nil nil)
24812 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-cvs" '("pcmpl-cvs-")))
24814 ;;;***
24815 \f
24816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (0 0 0 0))
24817 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
24819 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24820 Completion for `gzip'.
24822 \(fn)" nil nil)
24824 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24825 Completion for `bzip2'.
24827 \(fn)" nil nil)
24829 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24830 Completion for GNU `make'.
24832 \(fn)" nil nil)
24834 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24835 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
24837 \(fn)" nil nil)
24839 (autoload 'pcomplete/find "pcmpl-gnu" "\
24840 Completion for the GNU find utility.
24842 \(fn)" nil nil)
24844 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
24846 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-gnu" '("pcmpl-gnu-")))
24848 ;;;***
24849 \f
24850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (0 0 0 0))
24851 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
24853 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
24854 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
24856 \(fn)" nil nil)
24858 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24859 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
24861 \(fn)" nil nil)
24863 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
24864 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
24866 \(fn)" nil nil)
24868 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-linux" '("pcmpl-linux-" "pcomplete-pare-list")))
24870 ;;;***
24871 \f
24872 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (0 0 0 0))
24873 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
24875 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
24876 Completion for the `rpm' command.
24878 \(fn)" nil nil)
24880 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-rpm" '("pcmpl-rpm-")))
24882 ;;;***
24883 \f
24884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (0 0 0 0))
24885 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
24887 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
24888 Completion for `cd'.
24890 \(fn)" nil nil)
24892 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
24894 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
24895 Completion for `rmdir'.
24897 \(fn)" nil nil)
24899 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
24900 Completion for `rm'.
24902 \(fn)" nil nil)
24904 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
24905 Completion for `xargs'.
24907 \(fn)" nil nil)
24909 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
24911 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
24912 Completion for `which'.
24914 \(fn)" nil nil)
24916 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
24917 Completion for the `chown' command.
24919 \(fn)" nil nil)
24921 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24922 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
24924 \(fn)" nil nil)
24926 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
24927 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
24929 \(fn)" nil nil)
24931 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
24932 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
24933 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
24935 \(fn)" nil nil)
24937 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-unix" '("pcmpl-")))
24939 ;;;***
24940 \f
24941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
24942 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
24944 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
24945 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
24947 \(fn)" nil nil)
24949 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
24950 Completion for the `ack' command.
24951 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
24952 long options.
24954 \(fn)" nil nil)
24956 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
24958 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
24959 Completion for the `ag' command.
24961 \(fn)" nil nil)
24963 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcmpl-x" '("pcmpl-x-")))
24965 ;;;***
24966 \f
24967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (0 0 0 0))
24968 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
24970 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
24971 Support extensible programmable completion.
24972 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
24973 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
24975 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
24977 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
24978 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
24980 \(fn)" t nil)
24982 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
24983 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24984 This will modify the current buffer.
24986 \(fn)" t nil)
24988 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
24989 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
24991 \(fn)" t nil)
24993 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
24994 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
24995 This will modify the current buffer.
24997 \(fn)" t nil)
24999 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
25000 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
25002 \(fn)" t nil)
25004 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
25005 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
25007 \(fn)" t nil)
25009 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
25010 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
25011 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
25012 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
25013 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
25015 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
25017 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
25018 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
25020 \(fn)" nil nil)
25022 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcomplete" '("pcomplete-")))
25024 ;;;***
25025 \f
25026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
25027 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
25029 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
25030 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
25031 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
25032 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
25034 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
25036 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
25038 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
25039 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
25040 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
25042 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
25043 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
25044 FLAGS is ignored.
25046 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
25048 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
25049 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
25050 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
25051 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
25052 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
25054 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
25055 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
25057 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
25059 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
25060 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
25061 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
25064 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
25065 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
25066 passed to cvs.
25068 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
25070 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
25071 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
25072 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
25073 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
25075 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
25076 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
25078 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
25080 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
25081 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
25082 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
25084 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
25086 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
25087 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
25088 A value of nil means never do it.
25089 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
25090 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
25091 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
25093 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
25095 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
25096 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
25097 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook 'always) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
25099 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs" '("cvs-" "defun-cvs-mode")))
25101 ;;;***
25102 \f
25103 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (0 0 0 0))
25104 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
25106 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
25107 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
25109 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-defs" '("cvs-")))
25111 ;;;***
25112 \f
25113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-info" "vc/pcvs-info.el" (0 0 0 0))
25114 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-info.el
25116 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-info" '("cvs-")))
25118 ;;;***
25119 \f
25120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-parse" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
25121 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-parse.el
25123 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-parse" '("cvs-")))
25125 ;;;***
25126 \f
25127 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-util" "vc/pcvs-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
25128 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-util.el
25130 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pcvs-util" '("cvs-")))
25132 ;;;***
25133 \f
25134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (0 0 0
25135 ;;;;;; 0))
25136 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
25137 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25138 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25139 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25140 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25141 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25142 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25144 (autoload 'perl-flymake "perl-mode" "\
25145 Perl backend for Flymake. Launches
25146 `perl-flymake-command' (which see) and passes to its standard
25147 input the contents of the current buffer. The output of this
25148 command is analyzed for error and warning messages.
25150 \(fn REPORT-FN &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
25152 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
25153 Major mode for editing Perl code.
25154 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
25155 Tab indents for Perl code.
25157 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
25158 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25160 Variables controlling indentation style:
25161 `perl-tab-always-indent'
25162 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
25163 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25164 `perl-tab-to-comment'
25165 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
25166 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
25167 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
25168 `perl-nochange'
25169 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
25170 `perl-indent-level'
25171 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
25172 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
25173 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
25174 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
25175 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
25176 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
25177 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
25178 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
25179 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
25180 `perl-brace-offset'
25181 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
25182 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
25183 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
25184 this far to the right of the start of its line.
25185 `perl-label-offset'
25186 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
25187 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
25188 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
25190 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
25191 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
25192 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
25193 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
25194 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
25195 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
25196 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
25198 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
25200 \(fn)" t nil)
25202 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "perl-mode" '("indent-perl-exp" "mark-perl-function" "perl-")))
25204 ;;;***
25205 \f
25206 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (0 0 0 0))
25207 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
25209 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
25210 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
25212 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
25213 afterwards settable by these commands:
25230 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
25231 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
25232 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
25233 with these commands:
25237 Move to column following last
25245 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
25247 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
25251 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
25254 You can manipulate text with these commands:
25259 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
25262 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
25272 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
25273 by supplying an argument.
25275 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
25277 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
25278 they are not by default assigned to keys.
25280 \(fn)" t nil)
25282 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
25284 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "picture" '("picture-")))
25286 ;;;***
25287 \f
25288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pixel-scroll" "pixel-scroll.el" (0 0 0 0))
25289 ;;; Generated autoloads from pixel-scroll.el
25291 (defvar pixel-scroll-mode nil "\
25292 Non-nil if Pixel-Scroll mode is enabled.
25293 See the `pixel-scroll-mode' command
25294 for a description of this minor mode.
25295 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25296 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25297 or call the function `pixel-scroll-mode'.")
25299 (custom-autoload 'pixel-scroll-mode "pixel-scroll" nil)
25301 (autoload 'pixel-scroll-mode "pixel-scroll" "\
25302 A minor mode to scroll text pixel-by-pixel.
25303 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Pixel Scroll mode if ARG is positive,
25304 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable Pixel Scroll mode
25305 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25307 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25309 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pixel-scroll" '("pixel-")))
25311 ;;;***
25312 \f
25313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "plstore.el" (0 0 0 0))
25314 ;;; Generated autoloads from plstore.el
25316 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
25317 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
25319 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
25321 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
25322 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
25324 \(fn)" t nil)
25326 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "plstore" '("plstore-")))
25328 ;;;***
25329 \f
25330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (0 0 0 0))
25331 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
25333 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
25334 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
25335 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
25337 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
25339 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "po" '("po-")))
25341 ;;;***
25342 \f
25343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (0 0 0 0))
25344 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
25346 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
25347 Play pong and waste time.
25348 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
25349 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
25355 \(fn)" t nil)
25357 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pong" '("pong-")))
25359 ;;;***
25360 \f
25361 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "net/pop3.el" (0 0 0 0))
25362 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pop3.el
25364 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
25365 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
25366 Use streaming commands.
25368 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
25370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pop3" '("pop3-")))
25372 ;;;***
25373 \f
25374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (0 0 0 0))
25375 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
25377 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
25378 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
25379 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
25380 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
25382 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
25384 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
25385 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
25387 \(fn)" nil nil)
25389 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
25390 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
25391 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
25392 can handle, whenever this is possible.
25393 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
25395 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
25397 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
25398 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
25399 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
25401 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
25403 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
25404 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
25406 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
25408 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
25409 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
25410 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
25411 Ignores leading comment characters.
25413 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25415 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
25416 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
25417 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
25418 Ignores leading comment characters.
25420 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25422 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pp" '("pp-")))
25424 ;;;***
25425 \f
25426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (0 0 0 0))
25427 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
25428 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
25430 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
25431 Activate the printing interface buffer.
25433 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
25437 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25439 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
25440 Preview directory using ghostview.
25442 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25443 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25444 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25445 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25447 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25448 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25449 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25450 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25451 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25452 file name.
25454 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25456 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25458 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25459 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
25461 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25462 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25463 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25464 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25466 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25467 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25468 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25469 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25470 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25471 file name.
25473 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25475 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25477 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
25478 Print directory using PostScript printer.
25480 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25481 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25482 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25483 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25485 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25486 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25487 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25488 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25489 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25490 file name.
25492 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25494 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25496 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
25497 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25499 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
25501 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
25502 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25503 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
25504 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25506 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
25507 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
25508 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
25509 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25510 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
25511 file name.
25513 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25515 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25517 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
25518 Preview buffer using ghostview.
25520 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25521 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25522 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25524 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25525 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
25526 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
25527 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25529 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25531 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25532 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
25534 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25535 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25536 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25538 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25539 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25540 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25541 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25543 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25545 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
25546 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
25548 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25549 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25550 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25552 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25553 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25554 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25555 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25557 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25559 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
25560 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25562 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
25564 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
25565 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
25566 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25568 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25569 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
25570 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
25571 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
25573 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25575 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
25576 Preview region using ghostview.
25578 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25580 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25582 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25583 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
25585 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25587 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25589 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
25590 Print region using PostScript printer.
25592 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25594 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25596 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
25597 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
25599 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25601 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25603 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
25604 Preview major mode using ghostview.
25606 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
25608 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25610 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25611 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
25613 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
25615 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25617 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
25618 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
25620 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
25622 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25624 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
25625 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
25627 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
25629 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25631 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
25632 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
25633 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25634 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25636 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25637 matching.
25639 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25640 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25642 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25644 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25646 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
25647 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
25648 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25649 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25651 \(fn)" t nil)
25653 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
25654 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
25655 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
25656 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
25658 \(fn)" t nil)
25660 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
25661 Print directory using text printer.
25663 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
25664 matching.
25666 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
25667 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
25669 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
25671 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
25673 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
25674 Print buffer using text printer.
25676 \(fn)" t nil)
25678 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
25679 Print region using text printer.
25681 \(fn)" t nil)
25683 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
25684 Print major mode using text printer.
25686 \(fn)" t nil)
25688 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
25689 Preview spooled PostScript.
25691 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25692 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25693 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
25695 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25696 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
25697 PostScript image in a file with that name.
25699 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25701 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25702 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
25704 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25705 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25706 instead of sending it to the printer.
25708 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25709 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25710 image in a file with that name.
25712 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25714 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
25715 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
25717 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25718 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25719 instead of sending it to the printer.
25721 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25722 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25723 image in a file with that name.
25725 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25727 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
25728 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25730 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25731 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
25732 instead of sending it to the printer.
25734 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
25735 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
25736 image in a file with that name.
25738 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
25740 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
25741 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25743 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25745 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
25746 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
25748 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25750 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
25751 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
25753 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25755 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
25756 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
25758 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25760 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
25761 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
25763 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
25765 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
25766 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
25768 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
25769 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
25770 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
25771 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25773 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
25774 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
25775 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
25776 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
25777 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
25778 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
25779 file name.
25781 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
25783 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
25784 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
25786 \(fn)" t nil)
25788 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
25789 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
25791 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25792 right.
25793 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25794 bottom.
25796 \(fn)" t nil)
25798 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
25799 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
25801 \(fn)" t nil)
25803 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
25804 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
25806 \(fn)" t nil)
25808 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
25809 Toggle printing with faces.
25811 \(fn)" t nil)
25813 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
25814 Toggle spooling.
25816 \(fn)" t nil)
25818 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
25819 Toggle duplex.
25821 \(fn)" t nil)
25823 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
25824 Toggle tumble.
25826 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
25827 right.
25828 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
25829 bottom.
25831 \(fn)" t nil)
25833 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
25834 Toggle landscape.
25836 \(fn)" t nil)
25838 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
25839 Toggle upside-down.
25841 \(fn)" t nil)
25843 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
25844 Toggle line number.
25846 \(fn)" t nil)
25848 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
25849 Toggle zebra stripes.
25851 \(fn)" t nil)
25853 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
25854 Toggle printing header.
25856 \(fn)" t nil)
25858 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
25859 Toggle printing header frame.
25861 \(fn)" t nil)
25863 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
25864 Toggle menu lock.
25866 \(fn)" t nil)
25868 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
25869 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
25871 \(fn)" t nil)
25873 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
25874 Toggle auto mode.
25876 \(fn)" t nil)
25878 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
25879 Customization of the `printing' group.
25881 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25883 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
25884 Customization of the `lpr' group.
25886 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25888 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
25889 Help for the printing package.
25891 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25893 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
25894 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
25896 \(fn)" t nil)
25898 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
25899 Interactively select a text printer.
25901 \(fn)" t nil)
25903 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
25904 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
25906 \(fn)" t nil)
25908 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
25909 Show current ps-print settings.
25911 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25913 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
25914 Show current printing settings.
25916 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25918 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
25919 Show current lpr settings.
25921 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
25923 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
25924 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
25926 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25927 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25928 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25929 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
25932 Interactively, you have the following situations:
25934 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25935 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
25936 immediately be done using the current active printer.
25938 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25939 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25940 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
25941 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
25942 current active printer.
25944 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25945 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
25946 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25947 printer.
25949 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
25950 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
25951 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
25952 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
25953 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
25956 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
25957 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
25959 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
25961 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
25962 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
25963 be done using the new current active printer.
25965 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
25966 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
25967 printer.
25969 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
25970 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
25971 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
25972 instead of sending it to the printer.
25974 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
25975 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
25976 printer.
25978 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
25981 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
25982 are both set to t.
25984 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
25986 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
25987 Fast fire function for text printing.
25989 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
25990 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
25991 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
25992 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
25994 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
25995 user for a new active text printer.
25997 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
25999 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
26001 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
26002 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
26003 printer.
26005 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
26007 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
26008 are both set to t.
26010 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
26012 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "printing" '("lpr-setup" "pr-")))
26014 ;;;***
26015 \f
26016 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (0 0 0 0))
26017 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
26019 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
26020 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
26022 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
26023 the process information.
26025 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
26027 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
26028 Proced buffers.
26030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26032 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "proced" '("proced-")))
26034 ;;;***
26035 \f
26036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (0 0 0 0))
26037 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
26039 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
26040 Start/restart profilers.
26041 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
26042 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
26043 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
26045 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
26047 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
26048 Open profile FILENAME.
26050 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
26052 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
26053 Open profile FILENAME.
26055 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
26057 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
26058 Open profile FILENAME.
26060 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
26062 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "profiler" '("profiler-")))
26064 ;;;***
26065 \f
26066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (0 0 0 0))
26067 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
26069 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
26070 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
26071 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
26072 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
26073 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
26074 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
26076 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
26078 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
26079 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
26081 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for. The
26082 pattern may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases',
26083 e.g. entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'. As whitespace
26084 triggers completion when entering a pattern, including it
26087 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
26089 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
26090 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
26092 pattern to search for.
26094 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
26096 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
26097 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
26098 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
26099 recognized.
26101 \(fn)" t nil)
26103 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
26104 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
26105 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
26106 recognized.
26108 \(fn)" t nil)
26110 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "project" '("project-")))
26112 ;;;***
26113 \f
26114 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (0 0 0 0))
26115 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
26117 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
26118 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
26120 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
26121 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
26123 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
26125 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
26128 Commands:
26131 \(fn)" t nil)
26133 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
26134 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
26135 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
26137 \(fn)" t nil)
26139 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
26140 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
26141 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
26143 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26145 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "prolog" '("mercury-mode-map" "prolog-")))
26147 ;;;***
26148 \f
26149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (0 0 0 0))
26150 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
26152 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
26153 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
26156 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
26158 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-bdf" '("bdf-")))
26160 ;;;***
26161 \f
26162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
26163 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
26164 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
26166 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
26167 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
26169 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
26171 The following variables hold user options, and can
26172 be set through the `customize' command:
26174 `ps-mode-tab'
26175 `ps-mode-paper-size'
26176 `ps-mode-print-function'
26177 `ps-run-prompt'
26178 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
26179 `ps-run-x'
26180 `ps-run-dumb'
26181 `ps-run-init'
26182 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
26183 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
26192 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
26193 The keymap for this second window is:
26198 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
26199 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
26200 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
26201 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
26202 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
26204 \(fn)" t nil)
26206 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mode" '("ps-")))
26208 ;;;***
26209 \f
26210 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el"
26211 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26212 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
26214 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-mule" '("ps-mule-")))
26216 ;;;***
26217 \f
26218 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (0 0 0 0))
26219 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
26220 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
26222 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
26223 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
26224 See `ps-paper-type'.")
26226 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
26228 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
26229 Specify the size of paper to format for.
26230 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
26231 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
26233 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
26235 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
26236 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
26238 Valid values are:
26240 nil Do not print colors.
26242 t Print colors.
26244 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
26245 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
26247 Any other value is treated as t.")
26249 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
26251 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
26252 Customization of ps-print group.
26254 \(fn)" t nil)
26256 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
26257 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
26259 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
26260 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
26261 sending it to the printer.
26263 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
26264 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
26265 image in a file with that name.
26267 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26269 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
26270 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
26271 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
26272 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
26273 so it has a way to determine color values.
26275 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26277 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
26278 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
26279 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
26281 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26283 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
26284 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
26285 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
26286 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
26287 so it has a way to determine color values.
26289 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26291 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
26292 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
26293 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
26294 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
26296 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
26298 \(fn)" t nil)
26300 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
26301 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
26302 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
26303 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
26304 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
26306 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
26308 \(fn)" t nil)
26310 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
26311 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
26312 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
26314 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
26316 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26318 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
26319 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
26320 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
26321 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
26322 so it has a way to determine color values.
26324 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
26326 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
26328 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
26329 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
26331 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
26332 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
26333 instead of sending it to the printer.
26335 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
26336 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
26337 image in a file with that name.
26339 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
26341 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
26342 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
26343 Done using the current ps-print setup.
26347 \(fn)" t nil)
26349 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
26350 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
26351 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
26353 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
26355 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
26356 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
26357 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
26359 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
26361 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
26362 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
26364 \(fn)" nil nil)
26366 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
26367 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
26369 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
26370 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
26372 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
26373 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
26375 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
26377 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
26379 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
26381 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
26382 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
26384 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
26385 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
26387 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
26388 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
26390 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
26392 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
26394 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
26396 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
26397 foreground and background colors respectively.
26399 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
26400 bold - use bold font.
26401 italic - use italic font.
26402 underline - put a line under text.
26403 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
26404 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
26405 shadow - text will have a shadow.
26406 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
26407 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
26409 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
26411 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
26413 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-print" '("ps-")))
26415 ;;;***
26416 \f
26417 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-samp" "ps-samp.el" (0 0 0 0))
26418 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-samp.el
26420 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ps-samp" '("ps-")))
26422 ;;;***
26423 \f
26424 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (0 0 0 0))
26425 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
26426 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
26428 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
26429 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
26430 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
26432 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
26434 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
26435 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
26436 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
26438 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
26440 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "pulse" '("pulse-")))
26442 ;;;***
26443 \f
26444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "puny" "net/puny.el" (0 0 0 0))
26445 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/puny.el
26447 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "puny" '("puny-")))
26449 ;;;***
26450 \f
26451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (0 0 0 0))
26452 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
26453 (push (purecopy '(python 0 26 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26457 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
26459 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
26460 Run an inferior Python process.
26462 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
26463 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
26464 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
26465 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
26466 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
26468 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
26469 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
26470 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
26471 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
26473 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
26475 process buffer for a list of commands.)
26477 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
26479 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
26480 Major mode for editing Python files.
26484 \(fn)" t nil)
26486 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "python" '("inferior-python-mode" "python-" "run-python-internal")))
26488 ;;;***
26489 \f
26490 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "mail/qp.el" (0 0 0 0))
26491 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/qp.el
26493 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
26494 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
26495 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
26496 coding-system.
26498 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
26501 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
26502 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
26503 them into characters should be done separately.
26505 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
26507 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "qp" '("quoted-printable-")))
26509 ;;;***
26510 \f
26511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (0 0 0 0))
26512 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
26514 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
26515 Return the title of the current Quail package.
26517 \(fn)" nil nil)
26519 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
26520 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
26521 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
26523 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
26524 `quail-activate', which see.
26526 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
26528 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
26529 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
26530 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
26531 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
26532 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
26533 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
26534 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
26536 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
26537 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
26538 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
26539 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
26540 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
26541 shown.
26542 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
26544 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
26545 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
26548 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
26549 list of candidates.
26551 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
26552 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
26553 command to be called.
26555 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
26556 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
26557 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
26558 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
26560 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
26561 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
26562 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
26563 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
26564 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
26565 to t.
26567 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
26568 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
26569 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
26570 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
26572 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
26573 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
26574 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
26575 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
26576 defines no translations for single character keys.
26578 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
26579 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
26580 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
26581 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
26582 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
26583 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
26585 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
26586 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
26589 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
26592 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
26593 covers Quail translation region.
26595 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
26596 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
26597 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
26598 for it) is inserted.
26600 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
26601 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
26602 vs. corresponding command to be called.
26604 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
26605 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
26606 non-Quail commands.
26608 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
26610 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26611 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
26613 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
26614 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
26615 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
26616 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
26617 you type is correctly handled.
26619 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
26621 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
26622 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
26624 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
26625 keyboard type.
26627 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
26629 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
26630 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
26631 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
26632 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26633 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
26634 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26635 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26636 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26637 for the translation.
26638 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26640 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26641 it is used to handle KEY.
26643 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
26644 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
26645 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
26646 the following annotation types are supported.
26648 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
26649 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
26651 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
26652 candidate list.
26654 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
26655 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
26656 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
26657 inserted.
26659 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
26660 generated for the following translations.
26662 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
26664 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
26665 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
26667 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26668 which to install MAP.
26670 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
26672 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26674 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
26675 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
26677 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
26678 which to install MAP.
26680 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
26682 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
26684 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
26685 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
26686 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
26687 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
26688 a function, or a cons.
26689 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
26690 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
26691 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
26692 for the translation.
26693 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
26694 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
26695 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
26696 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
26697 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
26699 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
26700 it is used to handle KEY.
26702 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
26703 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
26704 current Quail package.
26706 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
26707 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26709 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
26711 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
26712 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
26714 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
26715 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
26717 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
26719 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
26720 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
26722 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
26724 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
26725 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
26726 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
26727 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
26728 of the Emacs source tree.
26730 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
26733 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
26734 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
26735 of each directory.
26737 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
26739 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail" '("quail-")))
26741 ;;;***
26742 \f
26743 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ethiopic" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" (0
26744 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26745 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ethiopic.el
26747 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ethiopic" '("ethio-select-a-translation")))
26749 ;;;***
26750 \f
26751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (0 0
26752 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26753 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
26755 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
26756 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
26757 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
26758 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
26760 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
26762 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/hangul" '("alphabetp" "hangul" "notzerop")))
26764 ;;;***
26765 \f
26766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/indian" "leim/quail/indian.el" (0 0
26767 ;;;;;; 0 0))
26768 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/indian.el
26770 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/indian" '("inscript-" "quail-")))
26772 ;;;***
26773 \f
26774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/ipa" "leim/quail/ipa.el" (0 0 0 0))
26775 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/ipa.el
26777 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/ipa" '("ipa-x-sampa-")))
26779 ;;;***
26780 \f
26781 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/japanese" "leim/quail/japanese.el" (0
26782 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26783 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/japanese.el
26785 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/japanese" '("quail-japanese-")))
26787 ;;;***
26788 \f
26789 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lao" "leim/quail/lao.el" (0 0 0 0))
26790 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lao.el
26792 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lao" '("lao-" "quail-lao-update-translation")))
26794 ;;;***
26795 \f
26796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/lrt" "leim/quail/lrt.el" (0 0 0 0))
26797 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/lrt.el
26799 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/lrt" '("quail-lrt-update-translation")))
26801 ;;;***
26802 \f
26803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/sisheng" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" (0
26804 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26805 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/sisheng.el
26807 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/sisheng" '("quail-make-sisheng-rules" "sisheng-")))
26809 ;;;***
26810 \f
26811 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/thai" "leim/quail/thai.el" (0 0 0 0))
26812 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/thai.el
26814 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/thai" '("thai-generate-quail-map")))
26816 ;;;***
26817 \f
26818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/tibetan" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" (0
26819 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26820 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/tibetan.el
26822 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/tibetan" '("quail-tib" "tibetan-")))
26824 ;;;***
26825 \f
26826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
26827 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
26828 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
26830 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
26831 Activate UCS input method.
26832 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
26834 While this input method is active, the variable
26835 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
26837 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
26839 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/uni-input" '("ucs-input-")))
26841 ;;;***
26842 \f
26843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/viqr" "leim/quail/viqr.el" (0 0 0 0))
26844 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/viqr.el
26846 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quail/viqr" '("viet-quail-define-rules")))
26848 ;;;***
26849 \f
26850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (0 0 0 0))
26851 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
26853 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'write-file-functions (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil) nil t))\n;; End:\n" "\
26854 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
26855 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
26856 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
26858 To make use of this do something like:
26860 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
26862 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
26864 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
26865 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
26867 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
26868 buffer, this default action can be modified via
26869 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26871 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26873 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
26874 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
26876 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26878 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
26879 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
26881 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
26882 is decided.
26884 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
26886 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
26887 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
26889 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
26890 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
26891 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
26893 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
26895 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
26896 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
26898 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
26900 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
26901 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
26903 \(fn)" t nil)
26905 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
26906 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
26908 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
26912 \(fn)" t nil)
26914 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
26915 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
26917 \(fn)" t nil)
26919 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "quickurl" '("quickurl-")))
26921 ;;;***
26922 \f
26923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "radix-tree" "emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el" (0
26924 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26925 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/radix-tree.el
26927 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "radix-tree" '("radix-tree-")))
26929 ;;;***
26930 \f
26931 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (0 0 0 0))
26932 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
26934 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
26935 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
26937 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
26939 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
26941 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
26943 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
26945 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
26948 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION SERVER-ALIAS)" nil nil)
26950 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
26951 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
26952 See the `rcirc-track-minor-mode' command
26953 for a description of this minor mode.
26954 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26955 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26956 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
26958 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
26960 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
26961 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
26962 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
26963 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
26964 if ARG is omitted or nil.
26966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26968 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rcirc" '("defun-rcirc-command" "rcirc-" "set-rcirc-" "with-rcirc-")))
26970 ;;;***
26971 \f
26972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (0
26973 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
26974 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
26976 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
26978 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
26979 Construct a regexp interactively.
26982 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
26985 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
26987 \(fn)" t nil)
26989 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "re-builder" '("re-builder-unload-function" "reb-")))
26991 ;;;***
26992 \f
26993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (0 0 0 0))
26994 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
26996 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
26997 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
26998 See the `recentf-mode' command
26999 for a description of this minor mode.
27000 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27001 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27002 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
27004 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
27006 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
27008 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
27009 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27010 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27014 were operated on recently.
27016 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27018 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "recentf" '("recentf-")))
27020 ;;;***
27021 \f
27022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (0 0 0 0))
27023 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
27025 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
27026 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
27027 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
27028 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
27029 ends.
27031 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27032 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
27033 to be deleted.
27035 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
27037 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
27038 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
27039 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
27041 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27042 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
27043 deleted.
27045 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
27047 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
27048 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
27049 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
27051 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
27053 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
27054 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
27056 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27057 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
27059 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
27060 deleted.
27062 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
27063 the rectangle, but put it in `killed-rectangle' anyway. This means that
27064 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
27065 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
27066 even beep.)
27068 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
27070 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
27071 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
27073 \(fn START END)" t nil)
27075 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
27076 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
27078 \(fn)" t nil)
27080 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
27081 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
27082 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
27083 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
27084 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
27085 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
27086 and point is at the lower right corner.
27088 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
27090 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
27091 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
27093 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
27094 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
27096 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27097 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
27098 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
27100 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
27102 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
27104 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
27105 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
27106 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
27107 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
27108 rectangle, all contiguous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
27110 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27111 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
27113 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
27115 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
27116 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
27117 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
27119 When called interactively and option `rectangle-preview' is
27120 non-nil, display the result as the user enters the string into
27121 the minibuffer.
27123 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
27125 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
27127 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
27129 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
27130 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
27132 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27133 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
27134 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
27136 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
27138 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
27139 Blank out the region-rectangle.
27140 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
27142 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
27143 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
27144 rectangle which were empty.
27146 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
27148 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
27149 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
27151 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
27152 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
27153 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
27154 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
27156 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27158 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
27159 Toggle the region as rectangular.
27160 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
27162 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27164 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rect" '("apply-on-rectangle" "clear-rectangle-line" "delete-" "extract-rectangle-" "killed-rectangle" "ope" "rectangle-" "spaces-string" "string-rectangle-")))
27166 ;;;***
27167 \f
27168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refbib" "textmodes/refbib.el" (0 0 0 0))
27169 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refbib.el
27171 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refbib" '("r2b-")))
27173 ;;;***
27174 \f
27175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refer" "textmodes/refer.el" (0 0 0 0))
27176 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refer.el
27178 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refer" '("refer-")))
27180 ;;;***
27181 \f
27182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (0 0 0 0))
27183 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
27185 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
27186 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
27187 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
27188 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27189 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27191 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
27192 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
27193 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
27194 auto-filling.
27198 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27200 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "refill" '("refill-")))
27202 ;;;***
27203 \f
27204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (0 0 0 0))
27205 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
27206 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
27207 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
27208 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
27209 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
27211 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
27212 Turn on RefTeX mode.
27214 \(fn)" nil nil)
27216 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
27223 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
27224 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
27228 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
27231 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
27232 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
27235 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
27236 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
27238 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
27242 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
27243 on the menu bar.
27245 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
27247 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27249 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
27250 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
27251 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
27253 \(fn)" nil nil)
27255 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex" '("reftex-")))
27257 ;;;***
27258 \f
27259 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-auc" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
27260 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27261 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-auc.el
27263 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-auc" '("reftex-")))
27265 ;;;***
27266 \f
27267 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-cite"
27268 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (0 0 0 0))
27269 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
27271 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-cite" '("reftex-")))
27273 ;;;***
27274 \f
27275 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-dcr" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
27276 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27277 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-dcr.el
27279 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-dcr" '("reftex-")))
27281 ;;;***
27282 \f
27283 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-global"
27284 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" (0 0 0 0))
27285 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
27287 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-global" '("reftex-")))
27289 ;;;***
27290 \f
27291 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-index"
27292 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" (0 0 0 0))
27293 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
27295 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-index" '("reftex-")))
27297 ;;;***
27298 \f
27299 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-parse"
27300 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
27301 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
27303 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-parse" '("reftex-")))
27305 ;;;***
27306 \f
27307 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-ref" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
27308 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27309 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-ref.el
27311 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-ref" '("reftex-")))
27313 ;;;***
27314 \f
27315 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-sel" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
27316 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27317 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-sel.el
27319 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-sel" '("reftex-")))
27321 ;;;***
27322 \f
27323 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "reftex-toc" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
27324 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27325 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-toc.el
27327 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-toc" '("reftex-")))
27329 ;;;***
27330 \f
27331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (0
27332 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
27333 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
27334 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
27335 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
27336 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27337 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
27339 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reftex-vars" '("reftex-")))
27341 ;;;***
27342 \f
27343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (0
27344 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
27345 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
27347 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
27348 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
27349 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain
27350 any regexps, quoted or not. Optional PAREN specifies how the
27351 returned regexp is surrounded by grouping constructs.
27353 The optional argument PAREN can be any of the following:
27355 a string
27356 the resulting regexp is preceded by PAREN and followed by
27358 group.
27360 `words'
27363 `symbols'
27366 non-nil
27369 nil
27371 necessary to ensure that a postfix operator appended to it will
27372 apply to the whole expression.
27374 The resulting regexp is equivalent to but usually more efficient
27375 than that of a simplified version:
27377 (defun simplified-regexp-opt (strings &optional paren)
27378 (let ((parens
27384 (concat (car paren)
27386 (cdr paren))))
27388 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
27390 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
27391 Return the depth of REGEXP.
27392 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
27393 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
27395 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
27397 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regexp-opt" '("regexp-opt-")))
27399 ;;;***
27400 \f
27401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (0 0 0 0))
27402 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
27403 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
27405 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "regi" '("regi-")))
27407 ;;;***
27408 \f
27409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "registry" "registry.el" (0 0 0 0))
27410 ;;; Generated autoloads from registry.el
27412 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "registry" '("registry-")))
27414 ;;;***
27415 \f
27416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (0 0 0 0))
27417 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
27418 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27420 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
27421 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
27422 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
27423 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
27425 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
27427 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
27429 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
27430 Call `remember' in another frame.
27432 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
27434 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
27435 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
27436 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
27438 \(fn)" t nil)
27440 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
27441 Extract diary entries from the region.
27443 \(fn)" nil nil)
27445 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
27446 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
27447 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
27448 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
27450 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
27452 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
27453 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
27454 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
27455 minor mode.
27457 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
27459 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
27460 Return the buffer.
27462 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
27464 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
27466 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
27468 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "remember" '("remember-")))
27470 ;;;***
27471 \f
27472 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (0 0 0 0))
27473 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
27474 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
27476 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
27477 Repeat most recently executed command.
27478 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
27479 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
27480 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
27482 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
27483 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
27484 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
27485 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
27487 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
27491 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
27493 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "repeat" '("repeat-")))
27495 ;;;***
27496 \f
27497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (0 0 0 0))
27498 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
27500 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
27501 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
27503 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
27504 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
27505 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
27506 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
27507 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
27508 and point is left after the salutation.
27510 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
27511 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
27512 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
27513 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
27514 left after that text.
27516 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
27517 is non-nil.
27519 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
27520 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
27521 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
27522 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
27524 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
27526 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reporter" '("reporter-")))
27528 ;;;***
27529 \f
27530 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (0 0 0 0))
27531 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
27533 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
27534 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
27535 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
27536 visibility of comments that precede it.
27537 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
27538 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
27539 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
27540 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
27541 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
27542 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
27543 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
27544 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
27545 the comment lines.
27546 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
27547 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
27548 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
27549 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
27550 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
27552 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27554 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reposition" '("repos-count-screen-lines")))
27556 ;;;***
27557 \f
27558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (0 0 0 0))
27559 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
27561 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
27562 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
27563 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
27564 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27565 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27567 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
27568 reveals invisible text around point.
27570 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27572 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
27573 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
27574 See the `global-reveal-mode' command
27575 for a description of this minor mode.
27576 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27577 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27578 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
27580 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
27582 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
27583 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
27584 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
27586 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
27587 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27588 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
27590 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27592 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "reveal" '("reveal-")))
27594 ;;;***
27595 \f
27596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc1843" "international/rfc1843.el" (0 0 0
27597 ;;;;;; 0))
27598 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/rfc1843.el
27600 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc1843" '("rfc1843-")))
27602 ;;;***
27603 \f
27604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2045" "mail/rfc2045.el" (0 0 0 0))
27605 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2045.el
27607 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2045" '("rfc2045-encode-string")))
27609 ;;;***
27610 \f
27611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2047" "mail/rfc2047.el" (0 0 0 0))
27612 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2047.el
27614 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2047" '("rfc2047-")))
27616 ;;;***
27617 \f
27618 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2104" "net/rfc2104.el" (0 0 0 0))
27619 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rfc2104.el
27621 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2104" '("rfc2104-")))
27623 ;;;***
27624 \f
27625 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2231" "mail/rfc2231.el" (0 0 0 0))
27626 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2231.el
27628 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2231" '("rfc2231-")))
27630 ;;;***
27631 \f
27632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc2368" "mail/rfc2368.el" (0 0 0 0))
27633 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc2368.el
27635 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc2368" '("rfc2368-")))
27637 ;;;***
27638 \f
27639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rfc822" "mail/rfc822.el" (0 0 0 0))
27640 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rfc822.el
27642 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rfc822" '("rfc822-")))
27644 ;;;***
27645 \f
27646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (0 0 0 0))
27647 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
27649 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
27650 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
27652 \(fn X)" nil nil)
27654 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
27655 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
27657 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
27659 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ring" '("ring-")))
27661 ;;;***
27662 \f
27663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (0 0 0 0))
27664 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
27666 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
27667 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
27668 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
27669 other arguments for `rlogin'.
27671 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
27673 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
27674 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
27675 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
27676 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
27678 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
27679 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
27681 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
27682 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
27684 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
27685 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
27686 INPUT-ARGS.
27688 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
27689 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
27690 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
27691 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
27692 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
27694 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
27695 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
27696 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
27697 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
27699 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
27700 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
27701 variable.
27703 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
27705 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rlogin" '("rlogin-")))
27707 ;;;***
27708 \f
27709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
27710 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
27712 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
27713 Name of user's primary mail file.")
27715 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
27717 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
27719 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
27720 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
27721 Its name should end with a slash.")
27723 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
27724 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
27726 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
27727 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
27728 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
27730 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
27732 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
27733 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
27734 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
27735 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
27736 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
27737 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
27738 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
27740 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
27741 sent by you under different user names.
27742 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
27744 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
27746 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
27748 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27750 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
27751 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
27752 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
27753 explicitly.")
27755 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
27757 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^ARC-.*:" "\\|^Received-SPF:" "\\|^Authentication-Results:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
27758 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
27759 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
27760 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
27761 which normally happens once for each message,
27762 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
27763 To make a change in this variable take effect
27764 for a message that you have already viewed,
27767 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27769 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
27770 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
27771 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
27772 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
27774 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
27776 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
27777 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
27779 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
27782 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
27783 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
27785 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
27787 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
27788 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
27789 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
27790 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
27791 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
27794 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
27796 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
27797 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
27799 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
27802 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
27804 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
27806 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
27807 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
27809 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
27810 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
27812 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
27814 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
27815 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
27817 This is set to nil by default.")
27819 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
27820 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
27821 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
27822 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
27823 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
27824 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
27825 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
27827 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
27828 Read and edit incoming mail.
27829 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
27830 file in RMAIL Mode.
27833 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
27834 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
27835 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
27836 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
27838 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
27840 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
27842 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
27844 All normal editing commands are turned off.
27845 Instead, these commands are available:
27861 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
27862 till a deleted message is found.
27863 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
27876 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
27881 (label defaults to last one specified).
27882 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
27892 \(fn)" t nil)
27894 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
27895 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
27897 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
27899 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
27900 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
27902 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
27904 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail" '("mail-" "rmail-")))
27906 ;;;***
27907 \f
27908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail-spam-filter" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
27909 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27910 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail-spam-filter.el
27912 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmail-spam-filter" '("rmail-" "rsf-")))
27914 ;;;***
27915 \f
27916 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
27917 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27918 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
27920 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailedit" '("rmail-")))
27922 ;;;***
27923 \f
27924 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailkwd" "mail/rmailkwd.el"
27925 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27926 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
27928 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailkwd" '("rmail-")))
27930 ;;;***
27931 \f
27932 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailmm" "mail/rmailmm.el"
27933 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
27934 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmm.el
27936 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailmm" '("rmail-")))
27938 ;;;***
27939 \f
27940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (0 0 0 0))
27941 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
27942 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
27944 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
27945 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
27946 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
27947 case it writes Babyl.
27949 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
27950 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
27951 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
27952 `rmail-default-file'.
27954 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
27955 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
27956 buffer, updates it accordingly.
27958 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
27959 the header display is currently pruned.
27961 If `rmail-output-reset-deleted-flag' is non-nil, the message's
27962 deleted flag is reset in the message appended to the destination
27963 file. Otherwise, the appended message will remain marked as
27964 deleted if it was deleted before invoking this command.
27966 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
27967 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
27968 deleted messages, unless `rmail-output-reset-deleted-flag' is
27969 non-nil). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
27970 messages after output.
27972 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
27974 message (if writing a file directly).
27976 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
27977 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
27979 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27981 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
27982 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
27983 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
27984 i) the header is output as currently seen
27985 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
27986 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
27988 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
27989 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
27990 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
27992 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
27994 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
27995 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
27996 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
27998 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
27999 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
28000 `rmail-default-body-file'.
28002 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
28003 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
28004 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
28006 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
28008 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailout" '("rmail-")))
28010 ;;;***
28011 \f
28012 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el"
28013 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28014 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
28016 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsort" '("rmail-")))
28018 ;;;***
28019 \f
28020 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el"
28021 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
28022 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
28024 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rmailsum" '("rmail-")))
28026 ;;;***
28027 \f
28028 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmc" "emacs-lisp/rmc.el" (0 0 0 0))
28029 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rmc.el
28031 (autoload 'read-multiple-choice "rmc" "\
28032 Ask user a multiple choice question.
28033 PROMPT should be a string that will be displayed as the prompt.
28035 CHOICES is a list of (KEY NAME [DESCRIPTION]). KEY is a
28036 character to be entered. NAME is a short name for the entry to
28037 be displayed while prompting (if there's room, it might be
28038 shortened). DESCRIPTION is an optional longer explanation that
28039 will be displayed in a help buffer if the user requests more
28040 help.
28042 This function translates user input into responses by consulting
28043 the bindings in `query-replace-map'; see the documentation of
28044 that variable for more information. In this case, the useful
28045 bindings are `recenter', `scroll-up', and `scroll-down'. If the
28046 user enters `recenter', `scroll-up', or `scroll-down' responses,
28047 perform the requested window recentering or scrolling and ask
28048 again.
28050 When `use-dialog-box' is t (the default), this function can pop
28051 up a dialog window to collect the user input. That functionality
28052 requires `display-popup-menus-p' to return t. Otherwise, a
28053 text dialog will be used.
28055 The return value is the matching entry from the CHOICES list.
28057 Usage example:
28064 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES)" nil nil)
28066 ;;;***
28067 \f
28068 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (0 0 0 0))
28069 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
28071 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
28072 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
28073 Return a pattern.
28075 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
28077 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-cmpct" '("rng-")))
28079 ;;;***
28080 \f
28081 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-dt" "nxml/rng-dt.el" (0 0 0 0))
28082 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-dt.el
28084 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-dt" '("rng-dt-")))
28086 ;;;***
28087 \f
28088 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-loc" "nxml/rng-loc.el" (0 0 0 0))
28089 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-loc.el
28091 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-loc" '("rng-")))
28093 ;;;***
28094 \f
28095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-maint" "nxml/rng-maint.el" (0 0 0 0))
28096 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-maint.el
28098 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-maint" '("rng-")))
28100 ;;;***
28101 \f
28102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-match" "nxml/rng-match.el" (0 0 0 0))
28103 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-match.el
28105 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-match" '("rng-")))
28107 ;;;***
28108 \f
28109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (0 0 0 0))
28110 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
28112 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
28113 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
28114 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
28115 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
28117 \(fn)" t nil)
28119 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-nxml" '("rng-")))
28121 ;;;***
28122 \f
28123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-parse" "nxml/rng-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
28124 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-parse.el
28126 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-parse" '("rng-parse-")))
28128 ;;;***
28129 \f
28130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-pttrn" "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" (0 0 0 0))
28131 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-pttrn.el
28133 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-pttrn" '("rng-")))
28135 ;;;***
28136 \f
28137 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-uri" "nxml/rng-uri.el" (0 0 0 0))
28138 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-uri.el
28140 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-uri" '("rng-")))
28142 ;;;***
28143 \f
28144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-util" "nxml/rng-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
28145 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-util.el
28147 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-util" '("rng-")))
28149 ;;;***
28150 \f
28151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (0 0 0 0))
28152 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
28154 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
28155 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
28157 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
28158 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
28159 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
28160 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
28161 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
28163 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
28164 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
28165 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
28166 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
28168 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
28169 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
28171 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
28172 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
28173 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
28174 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
28175 to use for finding the schema.
28177 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
28179 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-valid" '("rng-")))
28181 ;;;***
28182 \f
28183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (0 0 0 0))
28184 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
28186 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile #'rng-xsd-compile)
28188 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
28189 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
28190 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
28191 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
28192 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
28193 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls `rng-dt-error'
28194 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
28195 `rng-dt-error' will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
28196 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
28197 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
28198 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
28199 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
28200 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
28201 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
28202 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
28203 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
28204 must be equal.
28206 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
28208 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rng-xsd" '("rng-xsd-" "xsd-duration-reference-dates")))
28210 ;;;***
28211 \f
28212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (0 0 0 0))
28213 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
28215 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
28216 Define a robin package.
28218 NAME is the string of this robin package.
28219 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
28220 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
28221 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
28223 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
28224 one replaces the old one.
28226 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
28228 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
28229 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
28231 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
28232 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
28233 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
28235 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
28237 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
28238 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
28240 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
28242 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "robin" '("robin-")))
28244 ;;;***
28245 \f
28246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (0 0 0 0))
28247 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
28249 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
28250 ROT13 encrypt OBJECT, a buffer or string.
28251 If OBJECT is a buffer, encrypt the region between START and END.
28252 If OBJECT is a string, encrypt it in its entirety, ignoring START
28253 and END, and return the encrypted string.
28255 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
28257 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
28258 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
28260 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
28262 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
28263 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
28265 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28267 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
28268 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
28269 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
28271 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
28272 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
28273 in ROT13.
28275 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
28277 \(fn)" t nil)
28279 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
28280 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
28282 \(fn)" t nil)
28284 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rot13" '("rot13-")))
28286 ;;;***
28287 \f
28288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (0 0 0 0))
28289 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
28292 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
28293 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
28296 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
28297 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
28298 highlighting.
28302 \(fn)" t nil)
28304 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
28305 Toggle ReST minor mode.
28306 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
28307 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28308 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28310 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
28311 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
28312 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
28314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28316 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rst" '("rst-")))
28318 ;;;***
28319 \f
28320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rtree" "rtree.el" (0 0 0 0))
28321 ;;; Generated autoloads from rtree.el
28323 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rtree" '("rtree-")))
28325 ;;;***
28326 \f
28327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (0 0 0
28328 ;;;;;; 0))
28329 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
28330 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
28332 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
28333 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
28335 \(fn)" t nil)
28337 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
28339 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
28341 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruby-mode" '("ruby-")))
28343 ;;;***
28344 \f
28345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28346 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
28347 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
28349 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
28350 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
28351 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
28353 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
28354 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
28355 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
28356 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28357 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28359 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28361 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ruler-mode" '("ruler-")))
28363 ;;;***
28364 \f
28365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (0 0 0 0))
28366 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
28368 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
28369 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
28370 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
28371 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
28373 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
28375 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
28376 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
28377 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
28379 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
28380 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
28381 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
28383 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
28384 notation.
28386 STRING
28387 matches string STRING literally.
28389 CHAR
28390 matches character CHAR literally.
28392 `not-newline', `nonl'
28393 matches any character except a newline.
28395 `anything'
28396 matches any character
28398 `(any SET ...)'
28399 `(in SET ...)'
28400 `(char SET ...)'
28401 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
28402 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
28403 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
28405 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
28406 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
28407 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
28408 `word', or one of their synonyms.
28410 `(not (any SET ...))'
28411 matches any character not in SET ...
28413 `line-start', `bol'
28414 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
28415 in the text being matched
28417 `line-end', `eol'
28418 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
28420 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
28421 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
28422 string being matched against.
28424 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
28425 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
28426 string being matched against.
28428 `buffer-start'
28429 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
28430 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
28432 `buffer-end'
28433 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
28434 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
28436 `point'
28437 matches the empty string, but only at point.
28439 `word-start', `bow'
28440 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
28442 `word-end', `eow'
28443 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
28445 `word-boundary'
28446 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
28447 word.
28449 `(not word-boundary)'
28450 `not-word-boundary'
28451 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
28452 word.
28454 `symbol-start'
28455 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
28457 `symbol-end'
28458 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
28460 `digit', `numeric', `num'
28461 matches 0 through 9.
28463 `control', `cntrl'
28464 matches ASCII control characters.
28466 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
28467 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
28469 `blank'
28470 matches horizontal whitespace, as defined by Annex C of the
28471 Unicode Technical Standard #18. In particular, it matches
28472 spaces, tabs, and other characters whose Unicode
28473 `general-category' property indicates they are spacing
28474 separators.
28476 `graphic', `graph'
28477 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
28478 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
28479 unassigned by Unicode.
28481 `printing', `print'
28482 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
28484 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
28485 matches alphabetic characters and digits. For multibyte characters,
28486 it matches characters whose Unicode `general-category' property
28487 indicates they are alphabetic or decimal number characters.
28489 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
28490 matches alphabetic characters. For multibyte characters,
28491 it matches characters whose Unicode `general-category' property
28492 indicates they are alphabetic characters.
28494 `ascii'
28495 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
28497 `nonascii'
28498 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
28500 `lower', `lower-case'
28501 matches anything lower-case, as determined by the current case
28502 table. If `case-fold-search' is non-nil, this also matches any
28503 upper-case letter.
28505 `upper', `upper-case'
28506 matches anything upper-case, as determined by the current case
28507 table. If `case-fold-search' is non-nil, this also matches any
28508 lower-case letter.
28510 `punctuation', `punct'
28511 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
28512 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
28514 `space', `whitespace', `white'
28515 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
28517 `word', `wordchar'
28518 matches anything that has word syntax.
28520 `not-wordchar'
28521 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
28523 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
28524 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
28525 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
28544 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
28545 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
28547 `(category CATEGORY)'
28548 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
28549 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
28591 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
28592 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
28594 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28595 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28596 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28597 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28598 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
28600 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28601 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28602 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
28603 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
28605 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28606 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28607 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
28608 group number N.
28610 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28611 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
28612 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
28613 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
28614 regular expression.
28616 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
28617 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
28619 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
28620 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
28622 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
28623 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
28625 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
28626 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
28628 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
28629 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
28630 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
28632 `(* SEXP ...)'
28633 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
28634 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
28636 `(*? SEXP ...)'
28637 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
28638 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
28640 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
28641 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
28642 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
28644 `(+ SEXP ...)'
28645 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28647 `(+? SEXP ...)'
28648 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28650 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
28651 `(optional SEXP ...)'
28652 `(opt SEXP ...)'
28653 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
28655 `(? SEXP ...)'
28656 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
28658 `(?? SEXP ...)'
28659 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
28661 `(repeat N SEXP)'
28662 `(= N SEXP ...)'
28663 matches N occurrences.
28665 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
28666 matches N or more occurrences.
28668 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
28669 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
28670 matches N to M occurrences.
28672 `(backref N)'
28673 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
28675 `(eval FORM)'
28676 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
28677 `regexp-quote' it.
28679 `(regexp REGEXP)'
28680 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
28682 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
28684 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "rx" '("rx-")))
28686 ;;;***
28687 \f
28688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl" "net/sasl.el" (0 0 0 0))
28689 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl.el
28691 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl" '("sasl-")))
28693 ;;;***
28694 \f
28695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-cram" "net/sasl-cram.el" (0 0 0 0))
28696 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-cram.el
28698 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-cram" '("sasl-cram-md5-")))
28700 ;;;***
28701 \f
28702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-digest" "net/sasl-digest.el" (0 0 0 0))
28703 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-digest.el
28705 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-digest" '("sasl-digest-md5-")))
28707 ;;;***
28708 \f
28709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (0 0 0 0))
28710 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
28711 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
28713 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-ntlm" '("sasl-ntlm-")))
28715 ;;;***
28716 \f
28717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-scram-rfc" "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" (0
28718 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
28719 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-scram-rfc.el
28721 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sasl-scram-rfc" '("sasl-scram-")))
28723 ;;;***
28724 \f
28725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (0 0 0 0))
28726 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
28727 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
28729 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
28730 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
28731 See the `savehist-mode' command
28732 for a description of this minor mode.
28733 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28734 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28735 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
28737 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
28739 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
28740 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
28741 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
28742 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28743 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28745 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
28746 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
28747 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
28748 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
28750 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
28751 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
28752 histories, which is probably undesirable.
28754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28756 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "savehist" '("savehist-")))
28758 ;;;***
28759 \f
28760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (0 0 0 0))
28761 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
28763 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
28764 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
28765 See the `save-place-mode' command
28766 for a description of this minor mode.
28767 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28768 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28769 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
28771 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
28773 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
28774 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
28775 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
28776 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
28778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28780 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
28781 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
28782 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
28783 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
28784 even in a later Emacs session.
28786 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
28787 the argument is positive.
28789 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
28790 file:
28792 \(save-place-mode 1)
28794 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28796 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "saveplace" '("load-save-place-alist-from-file" "save-place")))
28798 ;;;***
28799 \f
28800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sb-image" "sb-image.el" (0 0 0 0))
28801 ;;; Generated autoloads from sb-image.el
28803 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sb-image" '("defimage-speedbar" "speedbar-")))
28805 ;;;***
28806 \f
28807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
28808 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
28810 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
28811 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
28812 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28814 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
28815 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
28816 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
28817 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
28819 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
28821 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
28823 Commands:
28824 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28825 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28828 \(fn)" t nil)
28830 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
28831 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
28832 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
28834 Commands:
28835 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
28836 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
28838 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
28839 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
28840 that variable's value is a string.
28842 \(fn)" t nil)
28844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scheme" '("dsssl-" "scheme-")))
28846 ;;;***
28847 \f
28848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
28849 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
28851 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
28852 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
28853 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
28857 \(fn)" t nil)
28859 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "score-mode" '("gnus-score-" "score-mode-")))
28861 ;;;***
28862 \f
28863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (0 0 0 0))
28864 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
28866 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
28867 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
28868 See the `scroll-all-mode' command
28869 for a description of this minor mode.
28870 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28871 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28872 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
28874 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
28876 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
28877 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
28878 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
28879 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28880 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28882 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
28883 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
28885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28887 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-all" '("scroll-all-")))
28889 ;;;***
28890 \f
28891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-bar" "scroll-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
28892 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-bar.el
28894 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-bar" '("get-scroll-bar-mode" "horizontal-scroll-bar" "previous-scroll-bar-mode" "scroll-bar-" "set-scroll-bar-mode" "toggle-")))
28896 ;;;***
28897 \f
28898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (0 0 0 0))
28899 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
28901 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
28902 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
28903 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28904 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28905 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
28906 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
28907 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
28908 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
28910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28912 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "scroll-lock" '("scroll-lock-")))
28914 ;;;***
28915 \f
28916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (0 0 0 0))
28917 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
28918 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
28919 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
28921 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "secrets" '("secrets-")))
28923 ;;;***
28924 \f
28925 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (0 0 0 0))
28926 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
28927 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
28929 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
28930 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
28931 The possible elements of this list include the following:
28933 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
28934 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
28935 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
28936 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
28937 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
28938 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
28939 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
28940 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
28941 keybinding for tag names.
28942 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
28943 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
28944 of the symbol under point.
28945 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
28946 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
28947 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
28948 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
28949 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
28950 syntax tokens.
28951 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
28953 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
28955 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
28956 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
28957 See the `semantic-mode' command
28958 for a description of this minor mode.
28959 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28960 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28961 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
28963 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
28965 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
28966 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
28967 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
28968 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28969 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28971 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
28972 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
28973 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
28974 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
28975 Semantic mode.
28979 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28981 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic" '("bovinate" "semantic-")))
28983 ;;;***
28984 \f
28985 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze"
28986 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" (0 0 0 0))
28987 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze.el
28989 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze" '("semantic-a")))
28991 ;;;***
28992 \f
28993 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/complete"
28994 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" (0 0 0 0))
28995 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el
28997 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/complete" '("semantic-analyze-")))
28999 ;;;***
29000 \f
29001 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/debug" "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el"
29002 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29003 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el
29005 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/debug" '("semantic-analyze")))
29007 ;;;***
29008 \f
29009 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/analyze/fcn" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
29010 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29011 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el
29013 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/fcn" '("semantic-analyze-")))
29015 ;;;***
29016 \f
29017 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/analyze/refs"
29018 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" (0 0 0 0))
29019 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el
29021 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/analyze/refs" '("semantic-")))
29023 ;;;***
29024 \f
29025 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine"
29026 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" (0 0 0 0))
29027 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine.el
29029 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine" '("semantic-")))
29031 ;;;***
29032 \f
29033 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/c"
29034 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" (0 0 0 0))
29035 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el
29037 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/c" '("c++-mode" "c-mode" "semantic")))
29039 ;;;***
29040 \f
29041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/debug" "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el"
29042 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29043 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el
29045 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/debug" '("semantic-")))
29047 ;;;***
29048 \f
29049 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/el"
29050 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el" (0 0 0 0))
29051 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el
29053 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/el" '("emacs-lisp-mode" "lisp-mode" "semantic-")))
29055 ;;;***
29056 \f
29057 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/gcc"
29058 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" (0 0 0 0))
29059 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el
29061 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/gcc" '("semantic-")))
29063 ;;;***
29064 \f
29065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
29066 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29067 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
29069 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
29070 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
29072 \(fn)" t nil)
29074 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/grammar" '("bovine-")))
29076 ;;;***
29077 \f
29078 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/make"
29079 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" (0 0 0 0))
29080 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el
29082 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/make" '("makefile-mode" "semantic-")))
29084 ;;;***
29085 \f
29086 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/bovine/scm"
29087 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" (0 0 0 0))
29088 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el
29090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/bovine/scm" '("semantic-")))
29092 ;;;***
29093 \f
29094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/chart" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
29095 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29096 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/chart.el
29098 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/chart" '("semantic-chart-")))
29100 ;;;***
29101 \f
29102 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/complete"
29103 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" (0 0 0 0))
29104 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/complete.el
29106 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/complete" '("semantic-")))
29108 ;;;***
29109 \f
29110 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ctxt"
29111 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" (0 0 0 0))
29112 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ctxt.el
29114 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ctxt" '("semantic-")))
29116 ;;;***
29117 \f
29118 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db"
29119 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" (0 0 0 0))
29120 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db.el
29122 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db" '("semanticdb-")))
29124 ;;;***
29125 \f
29126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-debug" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
29127 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29128 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-debug.el
29130 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-debug" '("semanticdb-")))
29132 ;;;***
29133 \f
29134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ebrowse" "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el"
29135 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29136 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el
29138 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ebrowse" '("c++-mode" "semanticdb-")))
29140 ;;;***
29141 \f
29142 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
29143 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29144 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-el.el
29146 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-el" '("emacs-lisp-mode" "semanticdb-")))
29148 ;;;***
29149 \f
29150 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-file"
29151 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
29152 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-file.el
29154 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-file" '("semanticdb-")))
29156 ;;;***
29157 \f
29158 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-find"
29159 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" (0 0 0 0))
29160 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-find.el
29162 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-find" '("semanticdb-")))
29164 ;;;***
29165 \f
29166 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-global"
29167 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" (0 0 0 0))
29168 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-global.el
29170 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-global" '("semanticdb-")))
29172 ;;;***
29173 \f
29174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-javascript" "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el"
29175 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29176 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el
29178 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-javascript" '("javascript-mode" "semanticdb-")))
29180 ;;;***
29181 \f
29182 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-mode"
29183 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29184 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-mode.el
29186 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-mode" '("semanticdb-")))
29188 ;;;***
29189 \f
29190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/db-ref" "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el"
29191 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29192 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-ref.el
29194 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-ref" '("semanticdb-ref-")))
29196 ;;;***
29197 \f
29198 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/db-typecache"
29199 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" (0 0 0 0))
29200 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el
29202 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/db-typecache" '("semanticdb-")))
29204 ;;;***
29205 \f
29206 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/debug"
29207 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/debug.el" (0 0 0 0))
29208 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/debug.el
29210 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/debug" '("semantic-debug-")))
29212 ;;;***
29213 \f
29214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/decorate" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
29215 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29216 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate.el
29218 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate" '("semantic-")))
29220 ;;;***
29221 \f
29222 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/include"
29223 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" (0 0 0 0))
29224 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el
29226 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/include" '("semantic-decoration-")))
29228 ;;;***
29229 \f
29230 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/decorate/mode"
29231 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
29232 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el
29234 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/decorate/mode" '("define-semantic-decoration-style" "semantic-")))
29236 ;;;***
29237 \f
29238 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/dep"
29239 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" (0 0 0 0))
29240 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/dep.el
29242 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/dep" '("defcustom-mode-local-semantic-dependency-system-include-path" "semantic-")))
29244 ;;;***
29245 \f
29246 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/doc"
29247 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/doc.el" (0 0 0 0))
29248 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/doc.el
29250 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/doc" '("semantic-doc")))
29252 ;;;***
29253 \f
29254 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/ede-grammar" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
29255 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29256 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el
29258 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ede-grammar" '("semantic-ede-")))
29260 ;;;***
29261 \f
29262 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/edit"
29263 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
29264 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/edit.el
29266 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/edit" '("semantic-")))
29268 ;;;***
29269 \f
29270 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/find"
29271 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" (0 0 0 0))
29272 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/find.el
29274 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/find" '("semantic-")))
29276 ;;;***
29277 \f
29278 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/format"
29279 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/format.el" (0 0 0 0))
29280 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/format.el
29282 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/format" '("semantic-")))
29284 ;;;***
29285 \f
29286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/fw" "cedet/semantic/fw.el" (0 0 0
29287 ;;;;;; 0))
29288 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/fw.el
29290 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/fw" '("semantic")))
29292 ;;;***
29293 \f
29294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
29295 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29296 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar.el
29298 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar" '("semantic-")))
29300 ;;;***
29301 \f
29302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/grammar-wy" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el"
29303 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29304 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el
29306 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/grammar-wy" '("semantic-grammar-wy--")))
29308 ;;;***
29309 \f
29310 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/html"
29311 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" (0 0 0 0))
29312 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/html.el
29314 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/html" '("html-helper-mode" "semantic-")))
29316 ;;;***
29317 \f
29318 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia"
29319 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia.el" (0 0 0 0))
29320 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia.el
29322 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia" '("semantic-ia-")))
29324 ;;;***
29325 \f
29326 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/ia-sb"
29327 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" (0 0 0 0))
29328 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el
29330 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/ia-sb" '("semantic-ia-s")))
29332 ;;;***
29333 \f
29334 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/idle"
29335 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" (0 0 0 0))
29336 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/idle.el
29338 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/idle" '("define-semantic-idle-service" "global-semantic-idle-summary-mode" "semantic-")))
29340 ;;;***
29341 \f
29342 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/imenu"
29343 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" (0 0 0 0))
29344 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/imenu.el
29346 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/imenu" '("semantic-")))
29348 ;;;***
29349 \f
29350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/java" "cedet/semantic/java.el" (0
29351 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
29352 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/java.el
29354 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/java" '("semantic-")))
29356 ;;;***
29357 \f
29358 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex"
29359 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex.el" (0 0 0 0))
29360 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex.el
29362 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex" '("define-lex" "semantic-")))
29364 ;;;***
29365 \f
29366 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/lex-spp"
29367 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" (0 0 0 0))
29368 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el
29370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/lex-spp" '("define-lex-spp-" "semantic-lex-")))
29372 ;;;***
29373 \f
29374 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/mru-bookmark"
29375 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" (0 0 0 0))
29376 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el
29378 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/mru-bookmark" '("global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode" "semantic-")))
29380 ;;;***
29381 \f
29382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/sb" "cedet/semantic/sb.el" (0 0 0
29383 ;;;;;; 0))
29384 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sb.el
29386 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sb" '("semantic-sb-")))
29388 ;;;***
29389 \f
29390 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/scope"
29391 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/scope.el" (0 0 0 0))
29392 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/scope.el
29394 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/scope" '("semantic-")))
29396 ;;;***
29397 \f
29398 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/senator"
29399 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" (0 0 0 0))
29400 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/senator.el
29402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/senator" '("semantic-up-reference" "senator-")))
29404 ;;;***
29405 \f
29406 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/sort"
29407 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" (0 0 0 0))
29408 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/sort.el
29410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/sort" '("semantic-")))
29412 ;;;***
29413 \f
29414 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref"
29415 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref.el" (0 0 0 0))
29416 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref.el
29418 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref" '("semantic-symref-")))
29420 ;;;***
29421 \f
29422 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/cscope"
29423 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" (0 0 0 0))
29424 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el
29426 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/cscope" '("semantic-symref-cscope--line-re")))
29428 ;;;***
29429 \f
29430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/symref/filter" "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el"
29431 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29432 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el
29434 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/filter" '("semantic-symref-")))
29436 ;;;***
29437 \f
29438 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/global"
29439 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el" (0 0 0 0))
29440 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/global.el
29442 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/global" '("semantic-symref-global--line-re")))
29444 ;;;***
29445 \f
29446 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/grep"
29447 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" (0 0 0 0))
29448 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el
29450 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/grep" '("semantic-symref-")))
29452 ;;;***
29453 \f
29454 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/idutils"
29455 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el" (0 0 0 0))
29456 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el
29458 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/idutils" '("semantic-symref-idutils--line-re")))
29460 ;;;***
29461 \f
29462 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/symref/list"
29463 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" (0 0 0 0))
29464 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/symref/list.el
29466 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/symref/list" '("semantic-symref-")))
29468 ;;;***
29469 \f
29470 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag"
29471 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" (0 0 0 0))
29472 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag.el
29474 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag" '("semantic-")))
29476 ;;;***
29477 \f
29478 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-file"
29479 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
29480 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-file.el
29482 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-file" '("semantic-prototype-file")))
29484 ;;;***
29485 \f
29486 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-ls"
29487 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" (0 0 0 0))
29488 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el
29490 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-ls" '("semantic-")))
29492 ;;;***
29493 \f
29494 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/tag-write"
29495 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el" (0 0 0 0))
29496 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/tag-write.el
29498 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/tag-write" '("semantic-tag-write-")))
29500 ;;;***
29501 \f
29502 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/texi"
29503 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/texi.el" (0 0 0 0))
29504 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/texi.el
29506 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/texi" '("semantic-")))
29508 ;;;***
29509 \f
29510 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/util" "cedet/semantic/util.el" (0
29511 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
29512 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util.el
29514 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util" '("semantic-")))
29516 ;;;***
29517 \f
29518 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/util-modes"
29519 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el" (0 0 0 0))
29520 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/util-modes.el
29522 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/util-modes" '("semantic-")))
29524 ;;;***
29525 \f
29526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el"
29527 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29528 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent.el
29530 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent" '("define-wisent-lexer" "wisent-")))
29532 ;;;***
29533 \f
29534 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/comp" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
29535 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29536 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el
29538 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/comp" '("wisent-")))
29540 ;;;***
29541 \f
29542 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
29543 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29544 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
29546 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
29547 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
29549 \(fn)" t nil)
29551 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/grammar" '("wisent-")))
29553 ;;;***
29554 \f
29555 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/java-tags"
29556 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" (0 0 0 0))
29557 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el
29559 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/java-tags" '("semantic-" "wisent-java-parse-error")))
29561 ;;;***
29562 \f
29563 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/javascript"
29564 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el" (0 0 0 0))
29565 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el
29567 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/javascript" '("js-mode" "semantic-" "wisent-javascript-jv-expand-tag")))
29569 ;;;***
29570 \f
29571 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "semantic/wisent/python"
29572 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el" (0 0 0 0))
29573 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el
29575 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/python" '("python-" "semantic-" "wisent-python-")))
29577 ;;;***
29578 \f
29579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/wisent" "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el"
29580 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
29581 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el
29583 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "semantic/wisent/wisent" '("$action" "$nterm" "$region" "wisent-")))
29585 ;;;***
29586 \f
29587 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
29588 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
29590 (defvar mail-from-style 'angles "\
29593 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
29594 king@grassland.com
29595 If `parens', they look like:
29596 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
29597 If `angles', they look like:
29598 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
29600 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
29601 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
29603 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
29605 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
29606 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
29607 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
29608 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
29610 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
29611 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
29612 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
29613 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
29615 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
29617 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
29618 Non-nil means insert Bcc to self in messages to be sent.
29619 This is done when the message is initialized,
29620 so you can remove or alter the Bcc field to override the default.")
29622 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
29624 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
29625 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
29626 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
29628 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
29630 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
29631 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
29632 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
29633 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
29634 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
29635 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
29636 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
29638 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
29640 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
29641 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
29643 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
29645 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
29646 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
29647 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
29648 be a Babyl file.")
29650 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
29652 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
29653 Address to insert as default Reply-To field of outgoing messages.
29654 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
29655 when you first send mail.")
29657 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
29659 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
29660 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
29661 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
29662 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
29663 This file need not actually exist.")
29665 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
29667 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
29668 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
29670 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
29672 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
29673 Alist of mail address aliases,
29674 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
29675 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
29676 can specify a different file name.)
29677 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
29678 alias ALIAS MEANING")
29680 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
29681 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
29682 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
29684 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
29686 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
29687 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
29688 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
29690 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
29692 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
29693 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
29694 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
29695 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
29696 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
29697 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
29698 in the cited portion of the message.
29700 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
29701 instead of no action.")
29703 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
29705 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ \11]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ \11]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
29706 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
29707 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
29708 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
29709 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
29711 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
29713 (defvar mail-signature t "\
29714 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
29715 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
29716 If a string, that string is inserted.
29718 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
29719 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
29720 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
29722 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
29724 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
29725 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
29727 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
29729 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
29730 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
29731 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
29733 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
29734 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
29736 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
29738 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
29739 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
29740 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
29741 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
29743 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
29745 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
29746 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
29747 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
29749 \(fn)" nil nil)
29751 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
29753 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
29756 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29758 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
29759 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
29760 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
29765 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
29777 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
29778 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
29780 \(fn)" t nil)
29782 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
29783 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
29785 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
29787 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
29789 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
29790 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29791 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
29792 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
29793 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
29794 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29796 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
29797 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
29798 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
29800 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
29801 User should not set this variable manually,
29802 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
29803 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
29804 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
29806 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
29807 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
29808 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
29809 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
29811 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
29812 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
29817 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
29818 to move to message header fields:
29821 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a Bcc to yourself is inserted
29822 when the message is initialized.
29824 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
29825 a Reply-To: field with that address is inserted.
29827 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an Fcc field with that file name
29828 is inserted.
29830 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
29831 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
29833 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
29834 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
29835 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
29836 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
29837 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
29838 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
29839 buffer without erasing the contents.
29841 The second through fifth arguments,
29842 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
29843 the initial contents of those header fields.
29844 These arguments should not have final newlines.
29845 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
29846 original message being replied to, or else an action
29847 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
29848 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
29849 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
29850 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
29851 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
29852 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
29854 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
29856 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
29857 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
29859 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29861 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
29862 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
29864 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
29866 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sendmail" '("mail-" "sendmail-")))
29868 ;;;***
29869 \f
29870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (0 0 0 0))
29871 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
29872 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 20)) package--builtin-versions)
29874 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "seq" '("seq-")))
29876 ;;;***
29877 \f
29878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (0 0 0 0))
29879 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
29881 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
29883 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
29885 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
29887 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
29888 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
29889 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
29891 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
29894 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
29895 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
29897 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
29898 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
29899 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
29904 To check from a Lisp program whether a server is running, use
29905 the `server-process' variable.
29907 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
29909 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
29910 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
29911 If server is running, it is first stopped.
29912 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
29914 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
29916 (defvar server-mode nil "\
29917 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
29918 See the `server-mode' command
29919 for a description of this minor mode.
29920 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29921 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29922 or call the function `server-mode'.")
29924 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
29926 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
29927 Toggle Server mode.
29928 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
29929 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29930 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29932 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
29933 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
29934 `server-start' for details.
29936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29938 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
29939 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
29940 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
29942 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
29943 only these files will be asked to be saved.
29945 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
29947 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "server" '("server-")))
29949 ;;;***
29950 \f
29951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (0 0 0 0))
29952 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
29954 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
29955 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
29957 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
29958 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
29959 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
29960 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
29961 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
29963 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
29964 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
29965 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
29966 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
29967 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
29968 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
29970 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
29971 displayed.
29973 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
29974 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
29975 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
29978 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
29980 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
29981 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
29984 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
29985 part):
29987 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
29988 formula:
29991 \(fn)" t nil)
29993 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ses" '("1value" "noreturn" "ses")))
29995 ;;;***
29996 \f
29997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (0 0 0
29998 ;;;;;; 0))
29999 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
30001 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
30002 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
30003 Makes > match <.
30005 `sgml-quick-keys'.
30007 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
30008 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
30009 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
30012 in your init file.
30020 \(fn)" t nil)
30022 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
30023 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
30024 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
30025 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
30027 which this is based.
30029 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
30031 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
30032 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
30033 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
30034 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
30036 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
30037 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
30038 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
30040 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
30041 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
30042 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
30043 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
30048 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
30052 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
30053 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''.
30054 To work around that, do:
30059 \(fn)" t nil)
30061 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sgml-mode" '("html-" "sgml-")))
30063 ;;;***
30064 \f
30065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (0 0 0
30066 ;;;;;; 0))
30067 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
30068 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
30069 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
30071 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
30072 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
30073 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
30074 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
30075 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
30076 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
30078 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
30079 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
30080 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
30081 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
30082 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
30084 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
30085 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
30086 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
30099 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
30103 would indent to the way it currently is.
30105 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
30114 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
30115 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
30116 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
30118 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
30119 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
30120 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
30123 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
30125 \(fn)" t nil)
30127 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
30129 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sh-script" '("sh-")))
30131 ;;;***
30132 \f
30133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (0 0 0 0))
30134 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
30136 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
30137 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
30139 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
30140 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
30141 else prints messages listing any shadows.
30143 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
30144 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
30145 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
30147 the earlier.
30149 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
30153 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
30154 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
30157 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
30158 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
30160 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
30161 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
30162 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
30163 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
30164 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
30165 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
30166 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
30167 Emacs version).
30169 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
30170 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
30171 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
30172 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
30173 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
30175 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
30176 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
30178 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
30180 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadow" '("load-path-shadows-")))
30182 ;;;***
30183 \f
30184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (0 0 0 0))
30185 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
30187 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
30188 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
30189 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
30190 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
30191 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
30192 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
30193 sites in the cluster.
30195 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
30197 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
30198 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
30199 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
30200 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
30201 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
30203 \(fn)" t nil)
30205 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
30206 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
30207 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
30208 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
30209 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
30210 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
30211 `shadow-define-cluster').
30213 \(fn)" t nil)
30215 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
30216 Set up file shadowing.
30218 \(fn)" t nil)
30220 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shadowfile" '("shadow")))
30222 ;;;***
30223 \f
30224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (0 0 0 0))
30225 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
30228 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
30229 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
30230 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
30231 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
30232 arguments.")
30234 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
30236 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
30237 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
30238 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
30239 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
30240 to change if called with a prefix arg.
30242 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
30243 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
30244 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
30245 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
30246 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
30247 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
30248 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
30249 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
30250 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
30251 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
30252 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
30254 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
30257 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
30258 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
30259 `default-process-coding-system'.
30261 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
30262 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
30263 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
30264 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
30268 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30270 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shell" '("dirs" "explicit-" "shell-")))
30272 ;;;***
30273 \f
30274 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (0 0 0 0))
30275 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
30277 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
30278 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
30280 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30282 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
30283 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
30284 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
30285 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
30287 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
30289 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr" '("shr-")))
30291 ;;;***
30292 \f
30293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr-color" "net/shr-color.el" (0 0 0 0))
30294 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr-color.el
30296 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "shr-color" '("shr-color-")))
30298 ;;;***
30299 \f
30300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "net/sieve.el" (0 0 0 0))
30301 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve.el
30303 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
30306 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
30308 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
30311 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
30313 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
30316 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
30318 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
30321 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
30323 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve" '("sieve-")))
30325 ;;;***
30326 \f
30327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-manage" "net/sieve-manage.el" (0 0 0
30328 ;;;;;; 0))
30329 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-manage.el
30331 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-manage" '("sieve-")))
30333 ;;;***
30334 \f
30335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "net/sieve-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30336 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sieve-mode.el
30338 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
30339 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
30340 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
30341 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
30342 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
30344 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
30346 \(fn)" t nil)
30348 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sieve-mode" '("sieve-")))
30350 ;;;***
30351 \f
30352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (0 0 0 0))
30353 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
30355 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
30356 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
30358 Variables controlling indentation style:
30359 `simula-tab-always-indent'
30360 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
30361 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30362 `simula-indent-level'
30363 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
30364 `simula-substatement-offset'
30365 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
30366 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
30367 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
30368 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
30369 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
30370 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
30371 `simula-label-offset' -4711
30372 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
30373 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
30374 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
30375 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
30376 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
30377 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
30378 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
30379 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
30380 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
30381 `simula-electric-indent' nil
30382 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
30383 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
30384 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
30385 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
30386 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
30387 or nil if they should not be changed.
30388 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
30389 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
30390 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
30391 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
30393 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
30394 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
30396 \(fn)" t nil)
30398 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "simula" '("simula-")))
30400 ;;;***
30401 \f
30402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (0 0 0 0))
30403 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
30405 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
30406 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
30408 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
30409 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
30410 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
30411 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
30413 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
30415 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
30417 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
30418 Insert SKELETON.
30419 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
30420 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
30421 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
30422 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
30425 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
30426 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
30428 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
30430 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
30431 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
30433 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
30434 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
30435 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
30436 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
30438 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
30439 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
30440 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
30441 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
30443 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
30444 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
30445 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
30447 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point, add
30448 a newline (unless `skeleton-end-newline' is nil) and run the hook
30449 `skeleton-end-hook'.
30451 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
30452 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
30454 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
30455 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
30458 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
30459 is at bol/eol
30460 _ interesting point, interregion here
30461 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
30462 interesting point set by _
30463 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
30464 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
30465 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
30466 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
30467 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
30468 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
30469 nil skipped
30471 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
30472 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
30475 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
30477 as the first element when at bol.
30479 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
30480 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
30481 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
30483 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
30485 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
30486 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
30488 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
30489 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
30490 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
30491 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
30492 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
30493 available:
30495 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
30496 then: insert previously read string once more
30497 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
30498 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
30499 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
30501 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
30503 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
30504 Insert the character you type ARG times.
30506 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
30507 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
30508 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
30509 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
30510 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
30511 such as backslash.
30513 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
30514 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
30515 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
30516 twice for the others.
30518 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30520 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "skeleton" '("skeleton-")))
30522 ;;;***
30523 \f
30524 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30525 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
30527 (autoload 'smerge-refine-regions "smerge-mode" "\
30528 Show fine differences in the two regions BEG1..END1 and BEG2..END2.
30529 PROPS-C is an alist of properties to put (via overlays) on the changes.
30530 PROPS-R is an alist of properties to put on removed characters.
30531 PROPS-A is an alist of properties to put on added characters.
30532 If PROPS-R and PROPS-A are nil, put PROPS-C on all changes.
30533 If PROPS-C is nil, but PROPS-R and PROPS-A are non-nil,
30534 put PROPS-A on added characters, PROPS-R on removed characters.
30535 If PROPS-C, PROPS-R and PROPS-A are non-nil, put PROPS-C on changed characters,
30536 PROPS-A on added characters, and PROPS-R on removed characters.
30538 If non-nil, PREPROC is called with no argument in a buffer that contains
30539 a copy of a region, just before preparing it to for `diff'. It can be
30540 used to replace chars to try and eliminate some spurious differences.
30542 \(fn BEG1 END1 BEG2 END2 PROPS-C &optional PREPROC PROPS-R PROPS-A)" nil nil)
30544 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
30545 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
30546 NAME-UPPER, NAME-LOWER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
30547 buffer names.
30549 \(fn &optional NAME-UPPER NAME-LOWER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
30551 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
30552 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
30553 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
30554 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
30555 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30560 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
30561 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
30562 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
30564 \(fn)" t nil)
30566 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smerge-mode" '("smerge-")))
30568 ;;;***
30569 \f
30570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smie" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" (0 0 0 0))
30571 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/smie.el
30573 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smie" '("smie-")))
30575 ;;;***
30576 \f
30577 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (0 0 0 0))
30578 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
30580 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
30581 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
30582 A list of images is returned.
30584 \(fn START END)" t nil)
30586 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
30587 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
30588 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
30590 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
30592 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smiley" '("gnus-smiley-file-types" "smiley-")))
30594 ;;;***
30595 \f
30596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smime" "gnus/smime.el" (0 0 0 0))
30597 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smime.el
30599 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smime" '("smime")))
30601 ;;;***
30602 \f
30603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
30604 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
30606 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
30609 \(fn)" nil nil)
30611 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
30612 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
30614 \(fn)" t nil)
30616 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "smtpmail" '("smtpmail-")))
30618 ;;;***
30619 \f
30620 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (0 0 0 0))
30621 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
30623 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
30624 Play the Snake game.
30625 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
30627 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
30629 Snake mode keybindings:
30639 \(fn)" t nil)
30641 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snake" '("snake-")))
30643 ;;;***
30644 \f
30645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
30646 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
30648 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
30649 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
30650 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
30651 Tab indents for C code.
30652 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30653 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30655 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
30656 `snmp-mode-hook'.
30658 \(fn)" t nil)
30660 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
30661 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
30662 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
30663 Tab indents for C code.
30664 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
30665 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30667 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
30668 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
30670 \(fn)" t nil)
30672 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "snmp-mode" '("snmp")))
30674 ;;;***
30675 \f
30676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (0 0 0 0))
30677 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
30678 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
30680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-client" '("soap-")))
30682 ;;;***
30683 \f
30684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-inspect" "net/soap-inspect.el" (0 0 0
30685 ;;;;;; 0))
30686 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-inspect.el
30688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soap-inspect" '("soap-")))
30690 ;;;***
30691 \f
30692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "socks" "net/socks.el" (0 0 0 0))
30693 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/socks.el
30695 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "socks" '("socks-")))
30697 ;;;***
30698 \f
30699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (0 0 0 0))
30700 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
30702 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
30703 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
30704 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
30705 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
30706 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
30708 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
30710 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solar" '("calendar-" "diary-sunrise-sunset" "solar-")))
30714 ;;;***
30715 \f
30716 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (0 0 0 0))
30717 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
30719 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
30720 Play Solitaire.
30724 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
30728 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
30729 check after each move or undo.)
30731 What is Solitaire?
30733 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
30734 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
30735 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
30737 Le Solitaire
30738 ============
30740 o o o
30742 o o o
30744 o o o o o o o
30746 o o o . o o o
30748 o o o o o o o
30750 o o o
30752 o o o
30754 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
30755 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
30756 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
30757 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
30759 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
30760 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
30761 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
30762 this: o o .
30764 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
30765 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
30767 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
30769 o o o
30771 . o o
30773 o o . o o o o
30775 o . o o o o o
30777 o o o o o o o
30779 o o o
30781 o o o
30783 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
30787 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
30789 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "solitaire" '("solitaire-")))
30791 ;;;***
30792 \f
30793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (0 0 0 0))
30794 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
30795 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
30797 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
30798 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
30800 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
30801 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
30802 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
30803 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
30804 contiguous.
30806 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
30807 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
30808 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30809 the sort order.
30811 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
30812 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
30814 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
30815 It moves point to the start of the next record.
30816 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
30817 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
30818 is called.
30820 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
30821 It should move point to the end of the record.
30823 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
30824 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
30825 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
30826 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
30827 starts at the beginning of the record.
30829 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
30830 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
30831 same as ENDRECFUN.
30833 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
30834 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
30835 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
30836 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
30837 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
30838 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
30839 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
30841 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
30843 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
30844 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30845 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30846 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30847 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30848 the sort order.
30850 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30852 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
30853 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30854 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30855 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30856 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30857 the sort order.
30859 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30861 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
30862 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
30863 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30864 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
30865 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30866 the sort order.
30868 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
30869 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
30871 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
30872 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
30873 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30874 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
30876 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
30877 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30878 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30879 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30881 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30883 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
30884 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
30885 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
30886 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
30887 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
30888 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
30889 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30890 the sort order.
30892 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
30894 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
30895 Sort the text in the region lexicographically.
30896 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
30897 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
30899 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
30902 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
30903 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
30905 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
30907 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
30908 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
30909 found within a record, that record is ignored.
30911 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
30913 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30914 the sort order.
30916 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
30920 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
30922 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
30923 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
30924 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
30925 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
30926 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
30927 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
30928 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
30929 the sort order.
30931 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
30932 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
30933 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
30934 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
30937 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
30939 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
30940 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
30941 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
30943 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
30945 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
30946 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
30947 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
30948 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
30949 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
30950 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
30951 each repeated line.
30953 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
30954 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
30955 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
30956 on large regions that have already been sorted.
30958 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
30959 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
30961 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
30962 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
30964 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
30966 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sort" '("sort-")))
30968 ;;;***
30969 \f
30970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soundex" "soundex.el" (0 0 0 0))
30971 ;;; Generated autoloads from soundex.el
30973 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "soundex" '("soundex")))
30975 ;;;***
30976 \f
30977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (0 0 0 0))
30978 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
30980 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
30981 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
30982 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
30983 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
30984 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
30985 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
30987 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
30989 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam" '("spam-")))
30991 ;;;***
30992 \f
30993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (0 0 0
30994 ;;;;;; 0))
30995 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
30997 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
30998 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
31000 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
31001 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
31002 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
31004 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
31006 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
31007 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
31008 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
31009 server.
31011 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
31013 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
31014 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
31015 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
31017 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
31019 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
31020 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
31022 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
31023 Agent is plugged.
31025 \(fn)" t nil)
31027 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
31028 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
31029 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
31032 \(fn)" t nil)
31034 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-report" '("spam-report-")))
31036 ;;;***
31037 \f
31038 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-stat" "gnus/spam-stat.el" (0 0 0 0))
31039 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-stat.el
31041 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-stat" '("spam-stat" "with-spam-stat-max-buffer-size")))
31043 ;;;***
31044 \f
31045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-wash" "gnus/spam-wash.el" (0 0 0 0))
31046 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-wash.el
31048 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spam-wash" '("spam-")))
31050 ;;;***
31051 \f
31052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (0 0 0 0))
31053 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
31055 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
31057 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
31058 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
31059 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
31060 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
31061 supported at a time.
31062 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
31063 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
31065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31067 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
31068 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
31069 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
31070 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
31072 \(fn)" t nil)
31074 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "speedbar" '("speedbar-")))
31076 ;;;***
31077 \f
31078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (0 0 0 0))
31079 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
31081 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
31082 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
31084 \(fn)" t nil)
31086 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
31087 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
31089 \(fn)" nil nil)
31091 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "spook" '("spook-phrase")))
31093 ;;;***
31094 \f
31095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (0 0 0 0))
31096 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
31097 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 6)) package--builtin-versions)
31099 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
31100 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
31102 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
31103 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
31104 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
31105 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
31106 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
31107 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
31108 of the current highlighting list.
31110 For example:
31115 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
31116 `_t' as data types.
31118 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
31120 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
31121 Major mode to edit SQL.
31123 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
31125 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
31128 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
31130 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
31131 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
31134 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
31137 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
31138 `sql-interactive-mode'.
31140 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
31141 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
31142 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
31145 (lambda ()
31148 \(fn)" t nil)
31150 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
31151 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
31153 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
31154 their settings.
31156 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
31157 is specified in the connection settings.
31159 \(fn CONNECTION &optional BUF-NAME)" t nil)
31161 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
31162 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
31164 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31165 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
31167 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
31174 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
31176 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
31177 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
31179 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31180 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31181 `*SQL*'.
31183 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
31184 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
31185 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
31186 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
31188 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31189 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31194 buffer.
31196 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31199 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31200 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31201 `default-process-coding-system'.
31205 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31207 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
31208 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
31210 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31211 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31212 `*SQL*'.
31214 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
31215 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
31216 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
31217 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
31219 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31220 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31225 buffer.
31227 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31230 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31231 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31232 `default-process-coding-system'.
31236 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31238 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
31239 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
31241 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31242 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31243 `*SQL*'.
31245 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
31246 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
31248 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31249 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31254 buffer.
31256 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31259 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31260 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31261 `default-process-coding-system'.
31265 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31267 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
31268 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
31270 SQLite is free software.
31272 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31273 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31274 `*SQL*'.
31276 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
31277 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
31278 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
31279 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
31281 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31282 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31287 buffer.
31289 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31292 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31293 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31294 `default-process-coding-system'.
31298 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31300 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
31301 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
31303 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
31305 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31306 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31307 `*SQL*'.
31309 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
31310 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
31311 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
31312 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
31314 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31315 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31320 buffer.
31322 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31325 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31326 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31327 `default-process-coding-system'.
31331 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31333 (autoload 'sql-mariadb "sql" "\
31334 Run mysql by MariaDB as an inferior process.
31336 MariaDB is free software.
31338 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31339 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31340 `*SQL*'.
31342 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mariadb-program'. Login uses
31343 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
31344 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
31345 can be stored in the list `sql-mariadb-options'.
31347 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31348 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31353 buffer.
31355 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31358 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31359 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31360 `default-process-coding-system'.
31364 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31366 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
31367 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
31369 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31370 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31371 `*SQL*'.
31373 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
31374 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
31375 defaults, if set.
31377 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31378 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31383 buffer.
31385 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31388 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31389 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31390 `default-process-coding-system'.
31394 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31396 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
31397 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
31399 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31400 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31401 `*SQL*'.
31403 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
31404 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
31406 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31407 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31412 buffer.
31414 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31417 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31418 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31419 `default-process-coding-system'.
31423 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31425 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
31426 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
31428 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31429 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31430 `*SQL*'.
31432 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
31433 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
31434 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
31435 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
31437 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31438 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31443 buffer.
31445 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31448 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31449 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31450 `default-process-coding-system'.
31454 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31456 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
31457 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
31459 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31460 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31461 `*SQL*'.
31463 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
31464 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
31465 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
31466 `sql-postgres-options'.
31468 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31469 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31474 buffer.
31476 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31479 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31480 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31481 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
31482 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
31483 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
31485 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
31490 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31492 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
31493 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
31495 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31496 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31497 `*SQL*'.
31499 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
31500 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
31501 defaults, if set.
31503 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31504 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31509 buffer.
31511 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31514 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31515 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31516 `default-process-coding-system'.
31520 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31522 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
31523 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
31525 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31526 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31527 `*SQL*'.
31529 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
31530 automatic login.
31532 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31533 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31536 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
31537 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
31538 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
31543 buffer.
31545 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
31548 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
31549 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
31550 `default-process-coding-system'.
31554 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31556 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
31557 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
31559 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
31560 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
31561 `*SQL*'.
31563 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
31564 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
31565 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
31566 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
31567 parameters.
31569 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
31570 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
31571 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
31572 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
31573 an empty password.
31575 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
31576 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
31581 buffer.
31585 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31587 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
31588 Run vsql as an inferior process.
31590 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
31592 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "sql" '("sql-")))
31594 ;;;***
31595 \f
31596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
31597 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
31598 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31600 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode" '("srecode-version")))
31602 ;;;***
31603 \f
31604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/args" "cedet/srecode/args.el" (0 0
31605 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31606 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/args.el
31608 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/args" '("srecode-")))
31610 ;;;***
31611 \f
31612 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/compile"
31613 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" (0 0 0 0))
31614 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/compile.el
31616 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/compile" '("srecode-")))
31618 ;;;***
31619 \f
31620 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/cpp"
31621 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" (0 0 0 0))
31622 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/cpp.el
31624 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/cpp" '("srecode-")))
31626 ;;;***
31627 \f
31628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/ctxt" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el" (0 0
31629 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31630 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/ctxt.el
31632 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/ctxt" '("srecode-")))
31634 ;;;***
31635 \f
31636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/dictionary" "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el"
31637 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31638 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/dictionary.el
31640 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/dictionary" '("srecode-")))
31642 ;;;***
31643 \f
31644 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/document"
31645 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/document.el" (0 0 0 0))
31646 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/document.el
31648 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/document" '("srecode-document-")))
31650 ;;;***
31651 \f
31652 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/el" "cedet/srecode/el.el"
31653 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31654 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/el.el
31656 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/el" '("srecode-semantic-apply-tag-to-dict")))
31658 ;;;***
31659 \f
31660 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/expandproto"
31661 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" (0 0 0 0))
31662 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/expandproto.el
31664 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/expandproto" '("srecode-")))
31666 ;;;***
31667 \f
31668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/extract" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
31669 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31670 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/extract.el
31672 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/extract" '("srecode-extract")))
31674 ;;;***
31675 \f
31676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/fields" "cedet/srecode/fields.el"
31677 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31678 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/fields.el
31680 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/fields" '("srecode-")))
31682 ;;;***
31683 \f
31684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/filters" "cedet/srecode/filters.el"
31685 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31686 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/filters.el
31688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/filters" '("srecode-comment-prefix")))
31690 ;;;***
31691 \f
31692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/find" "cedet/srecode/find.el" (0 0
31693 ;;;;;; 0 0))
31694 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/find.el
31696 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/find" '("srecode-")))
31698 ;;;***
31699 \f
31700 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/getset"
31701 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" (0 0 0 0))
31702 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/getset.el
31704 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/getset" '("srecode-")))
31706 ;;;***
31707 \f
31708 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/insert"
31709 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" (0 0 0 0))
31710 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/insert.el
31712 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/insert" '("srecode-")))
31714 ;;;***
31715 \f
31716 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/map"
31717 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" (0 0 0 0))
31718 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/map.el
31720 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/map" '("srecode-")))
31722 ;;;***
31723 \f
31724 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/mode"
31725 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
31726 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/mode.el
31728 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/mode" '("srecode-")))
31730 ;;;***
31731 \f
31732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/semantic" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
31733 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31734 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/semantic.el
31736 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/semantic" '("srecode-semantic-")))
31738 ;;;***
31739 \f
31740 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/srt"
31741 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt.el" (0 0 0 0))
31742 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt.el
31744 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt" '("srecode-read-")))
31746 ;;;***
31747 \f
31748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
31749 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
31750 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
31752 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
31753 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
31755 \(fn)" t nil)
31757 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
31759 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/srt-mode" '("semantic-" "srecode-")))
31761 ;;;***
31762 \f
31763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/table" "cedet/srecode/table.el" (0
31764 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
31765 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/table.el
31767 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/table" '("object-sort-list" "srecode-")))
31769 ;;;***
31770 \f
31771 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/template"
31772 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" (0 0 0 0))
31773 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/template.el
31775 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/template" '("semantic-tag-components")))
31777 ;;;***
31778 \f
31779 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "srecode/texi"
31780 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/texi.el" (0 0 0 0))
31781 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/texi.el
31783 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "srecode/texi" '("semantic-insert-foreign-tag" "srecode-texi-")))
31785 ;;;***
31786 \f
31787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (0 0 0 0))
31788 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
31790 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
31791 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
31792 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
31793 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
31794 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
31795 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
31797 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
31799 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
31801 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
31802 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31803 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31804 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
31805 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
31806 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
31807 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31809 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31811 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31812 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
31813 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
31814 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
31815 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
31816 then complete the stroke with button 3.
31817 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
31819 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
31821 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
31822 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31823 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31825 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31827 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31828 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
31829 This must be bound to a mouse event.
31831 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
31833 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
31834 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
31836 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
31838 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
31839 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
31841 \(fn)" t nil)
31843 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
31844 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
31846 \(fn)" t nil)
31848 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
31849 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
31851 by command name.
31852 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
31854 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
31856 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
31857 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
31858 See the `strokes-mode' command
31859 for a description of this minor mode.
31860 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31861 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31862 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
31864 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
31866 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
31867 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
31868 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
31869 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31870 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31873 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
31878 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
31885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31887 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
31888 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
31889 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
31890 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
31892 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
31894 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
31895 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
31897 \(fn)" t nil)
31899 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "strokes" '("strokes-")))
31901 ;;;***
31902 \f
31903 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (0 0 0 0))
31904 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
31906 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
31907 Studlify-case the region.
31909 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
31911 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
31912 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
31914 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
31916 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
31917 Studlify-case the current buffer.
31919 \(fn)" t nil)
31921 ;;;***
31922 \f
31923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subr-x" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" (0 0 0 0))
31924 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/subr-x.el
31926 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subr-x" '("and-let*" "hash-table-" "if-let" "internal--" "string-" "thread-" "when-let")))
31928 ;;;***
31929 \f
31930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (0 0 0 0))
31931 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
31933 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
31935 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
31936 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
31937 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
31938 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31939 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31941 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31942 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
31943 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
31946 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
31947 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
31948 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
31950 Nomenclature Subwords
31951 ===========================================================
31956 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
31957 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
31961 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31963 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
31964 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
31965 See the `global-subword-mode' command
31966 for a description of this minor mode.
31967 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31968 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31969 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
31971 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
31973 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
31974 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
31975 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
31976 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
31977 ARG is omitted or nil.
31979 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
31980 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
31981 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
31983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31985 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
31986 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
31987 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
31988 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31989 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31991 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
31992 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
31993 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
31998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32000 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
32001 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
32002 See the `global-superword-mode' command
32003 for a description of this minor mode.
32004 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32005 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32006 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
32008 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
32010 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
32011 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
32012 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
32013 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
32014 ARG is omitted or nil.
32016 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
32017 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
32018 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
32020 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32022 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "subword" '("subword-" "superword-mode-map")))
32024 ;;;***
32025 \f
32026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (0 0 0 0))
32027 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
32029 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
32030 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
32031 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
32032 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
32033 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
32034 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
32035 original message but it does require a few things:
32037 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
32039 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
32040 reply buffer.
32042 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
32043 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
32044 original message.
32046 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
32048 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
32050 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
32051 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
32052 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
32054 \(fn)" nil nil)
32056 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "supercite" '("sc-")))
32058 ;;;***
32059 \f
32060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "svg" "svg.el" (0 0 0 0))
32061 ;;; Generated autoloads from svg.el
32063 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "svg" '("svg-")))
32065 ;;;***
32066 \f
32067 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
32068 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
32070 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
32072 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
32073 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32074 See the `gpm-mouse-mode' command
32075 for a description of this minor mode.
32076 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32077 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32078 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
32080 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
32082 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
32083 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
32084 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
32085 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32086 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32088 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
32089 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
32090 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
32092 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
32093 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
32094 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
32096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32098 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "t-mouse" '("gpm-mouse-")))
32100 ;;;***
32101 \f
32102 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (0 0 0 0))
32103 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
32105 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
32106 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
32107 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
32108 buffer.
32110 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
32111 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
32112 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
32114 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
32116 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
32117 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
32118 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
32119 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
32120 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
32121 buffer.
32123 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
32124 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
32125 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
32127 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
32129 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tabify" '("tabify-regexp")))
32131 ;;;***
32132 \f
32133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (0 0 0 0))
32134 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
32136 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
32137 Insert an editable text table.
32138 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
32139 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
32140 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
32141 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
32142 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
32143 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
32144 delimiting them.
32146 Examples:
32150 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
32151 location of point.
32153 -!-
32156 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
32157 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
32158 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
32159 first cell.
32161 +-----+-----+-----+
32162 |-!- | | |
32163 +-----+-----+-----+
32167 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
32168 width, which results as
32170 +--------------+-----+-----+
32171 |-!- | | |
32172 +--------------+-----+-----+
32174 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
32175 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
32177 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32178 | | |-!- |
32179 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32181 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
32182 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
32183 width information to `table-insert'.
32185 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
32187 instead of
32189 Cell width(s): 5
32191 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
32192 work all together.
32194 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
32197 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32198 |-!- | | |
32199 | | | |
32200 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32204 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32205 |-!- | | |
32206 | | | |
32207 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32208 | | | |
32209 | | | |
32210 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32212 Move the point under the table as shown below.
32214 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32215 | | | |
32216 | | | |
32217 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32218 | | | |
32219 | | | |
32220 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32221 -!-
32223 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
32224 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
32225 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
32227 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32228 | | | |
32229 | | | |
32230 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32231 | | | |
32232 | | | |
32233 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32234 |-!- | | |
32235 | | | |
32236 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32238 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
32239 results.
32241 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32242 | | | |
32243 | | | |
32244 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32245 | | |Text editing inside the table |
32246 | | |cell produces reasonably |
32247 | | |expected results.-!- |
32248 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32249 | | | |
32250 | | | |
32251 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
32253 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
32257 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
32259 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
32260 Insert N table row(s).
32261 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
32262 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
32263 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
32264 are appended at the bottom of the table.
32266 \(fn N)" t nil)
32268 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
32269 Insert N table column(s).
32270 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
32271 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
32272 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
32273 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
32275 \(fn N)" t nil)
32277 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
32278 Insert row(s) or column(s).
32279 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
32281 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
32283 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
32284 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
32285 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
32286 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
32287 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
32288 all the table specific features.
32290 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32292 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
32295 \(fn)" t nil)
32297 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
32298 Recognize all tables within region.
32299 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
32300 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
32301 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
32302 specific features.
32304 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
32306 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
32309 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
32311 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
32312 Recognize a table at point.
32313 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
32314 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
32315 the table specific features.
32317 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32319 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
32322 \(fn)" t nil)
32324 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
32325 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
32326 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
32327 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
32328 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
32329 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
32330 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
32332 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
32334 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
32337 \(fn)" t nil)
32339 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
32340 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
32341 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
32342 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
32343 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
32344 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
32345 specified.
32347 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
32349 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
32350 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
32351 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
32352 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
32353 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
32354 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
32355 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
32356 table structure.
32358 \(fn N)" t nil)
32360 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
32361 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
32362 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
32363 table's rectangle structure.
32365 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
32367 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
32368 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
32369 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
32370 table's rectangle structure.
32372 \(fn N)" t nil)
32374 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
32375 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
32376 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
32377 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
32378 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
32380 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
32382 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
32386 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
32387 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
32388 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
32389 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
32390 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
32391 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
32392 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
32394 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
32395 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
32396 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
32397 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
32398 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
32399 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
32400 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
32402 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
32403 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
32404 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
32405 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
32406 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
32407 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
32408 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
32409 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
32411 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
32413 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
32414 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
32415 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
32416 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
32418 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32420 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
32421 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
32422 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
32424 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
32426 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
32427 Split current cell vertically.
32428 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
32430 \(fn)" t nil)
32432 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
32433 Split current cell horizontally.
32434 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
32436 \(fn)" t nil)
32438 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
32439 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
32440 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
32442 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
32444 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
32445 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
32446 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
32447 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
32449 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32451 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
32452 Justify cell contents.
32453 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
32454 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
32455 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
32456 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
32458 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
32460 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
32461 Justify cells of a row.
32462 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
32463 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
32465 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32467 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
32468 Justify cells of a column.
32469 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
32470 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
32472 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32474 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
32475 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
32476 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
32477 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
32478 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
32479 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
32480 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
32482 run-time.
32484 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32486 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
32487 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
32488 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
32489 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
32490 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
32491 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
32492 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
32493 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
32494 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
32495 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
32496 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
32498 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
32500 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
32501 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
32502 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
32503 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
32504 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
32505 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
32506 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
32507 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
32508 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
32509 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
32510 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
32511 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
32512 untouched.
32514 References used for this implementation:
32516 HTML:
32517 URL `http://www.w3.org'
32519 LaTeX:
32520 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
32522 CALS (DocBook DTD):
32523 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
32524 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
32526 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
32528 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
32529 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
32530 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
32531 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
32532 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
32533 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
32534 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
32535 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
32536 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
32537 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
32538 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
32539 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
32540 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
32541 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
32542 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
32543 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
32544 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
32546 Example:
32548 (progn
32549 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
32550 (table-forward-cell 15)
32552 (table-forward-cell 16)
32554 (table-forward-cell 1)
32557 (progn
32558 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
32560 (table-forward-cell 1)
32563 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
32565 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
32566 Delete N row(s) of cells.
32567 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
32568 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
32569 consists from cells of same height.
32571 \(fn N)" t nil)
32573 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
32574 Delete N column(s) of cells.
32575 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
32576 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
32577 column must consists from cells of same width.
32579 \(fn N)" t nil)
32581 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
32582 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
32583 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
32584 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
32585 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
32586 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
32587 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
32588 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
32589 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
32590 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
32591 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
32592 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
32593 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
32594 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
32595 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
32598 Example 1:
32600 1, 2, 3, 4
32601 5, 6, 7, 8
32602 , 9, 10
32604 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
32606 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
32607 specified as 5.
32609 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32610 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
32611 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32612 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
32613 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32614 | | 9 | 10 | |
32615 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
32617 Note:
32621 of each row is optional.
32624 Example 2:
32626 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
32627 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
32628 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
32629 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
32630 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
32632 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
32633 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
32635 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
32636 expression and raw delimiter regular
32637 expression, it parses the specified text
32638 area and extracts cell items from
32639 non-table text and then forms a table out
32640 of them.
32642 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
32643 creates a single cell table. The text in
32644 the specified region is placed in that
32645 cell.-*-
32647 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
32648 like this.
32650 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32651 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
32652 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
32653 | |
32654 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
32655 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
32656 | expression, it parses the specified text |
32657 | area and extracts cell items from |
32658 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
32659 | of them. |
32660 | |
32661 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
32662 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
32663 | the specified region is placed in that |
32664 | cell. |
32665 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32667 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
32668 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
32669 independently.
32671 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
32672 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
32673 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
32674 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32675 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
32676 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
32677 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
32678 | |area and extracts cell items from |
32679 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
32680 | |of them. |
32681 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32682 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
32683 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
32684 | |the specified region is placed in that |
32685 | |cell. |
32686 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
32688 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
32689 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
32690 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
32692 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
32694 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
32695 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
32696 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
32697 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
32698 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
32700 \(fn)" t nil)
32702 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "table" '("*table--" "table-")))
32704 ;;;***
32705 \f
32706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabulated-list" "emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el"
32707 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
32708 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tabulated-list.el
32709 (push (purecopy '(tabulated-list 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
32711 ;;;***
32712 \f
32713 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (0 0 0 0))
32714 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
32716 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
32717 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
32719 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
32721 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
32722 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
32724 \(fn)" t nil)
32726 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "talk" '("talk-")))
32728 ;;;***
32729 \f
32730 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32731 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
32733 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
32734 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
32735 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
32736 Letters no longer insert themselves.
32737 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
32738 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
32739 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
32741 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
32743 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
32744 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
32746 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
32749 \(fn)" t nil)
32751 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tar-mode" '("tar-")))
32753 ;;;***
32754 \f
32755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (0 0 0 0))
32756 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
32758 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
32759 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
32760 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
32761 Tab indents for Tcl code.
32762 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
32763 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
32765 Variables controlling indentation style:
32766 `tcl-indent-level'
32767 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
32768 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
32769 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
32771 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
32772 documentation for details):
32773 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
32774 Controls action of TAB key.
32775 `tcl-auto-newline'
32776 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
32777 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
32778 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
32779 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
32780 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
32782 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
32783 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
32784 already exist.
32786 \(fn)" t nil)
32788 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
32789 Run inferior Tcl process.
32790 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
32791 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
32793 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
32795 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
32796 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
32797 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
32799 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
32801 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcl" '("add-log-tcl-defun" "calculate-tcl-indent" "indent-tcl-exp" "inferior-tcl-" "run-tcl" "switch-to-tcl" "tcl-")))
32803 ;;;***
32804 \f
32805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-ses" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" (0
32806 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
32807 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el
32809 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-ses" '("ses-exercise")))
32811 ;;;***
32812 \f
32813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcover-unsafep" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32814 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
32815 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el
32817 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tcover-unsafep" '("testcover-unsafep")))
32819 ;;;***
32820 \f
32821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (0 0 0 0))
32822 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
32824 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
32825 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32826 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
32829 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
32830 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
32831 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
32832 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
32833 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32835 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
32837 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
32838 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
32839 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
32840 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
32842 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
32844 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "telnet" '("send-process-next-char" "telnet-")))
32846 ;;;***
32847 \f
32848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tempo" "tempo.el" (0 0 0 0))
32849 ;;; Generated autoloads from tempo.el
32851 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tempo" '("tempo-")))
32853 ;;;***
32854 \f
32855 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (0 0 0 0))
32856 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
32858 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
32859 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
32860 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
32861 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
32862 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
32863 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
32865 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
32867 (autoload 'term "term" "\
32868 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32869 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
32870 commands to use in that buffer.
32874 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
32876 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
32877 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
32878 This is almost the same as `term' apart from always creating a new buffer,
32879 and `C-x' being marked as a `term-escape-char'.
32881 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
32883 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
32884 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
32885 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
32888 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
32889 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
32890 `serial-process-configure' for details.
32891 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
32892 use in that buffer.
32895 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
32897 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "term" '("ansi-term-color-vector" "explicit-shell-file-name" "serial-" "term-")))
32899 ;;;***
32900 \f
32901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (0 0
32902 ;;;;;; 0 0))
32903 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
32905 (autoload 'testcover-start "testcover" "\
32906 Use Edebug to instrument for coverage all macros and functions in FILENAME.
32907 If BYTE-COMPILE is non-nil, byte compile each function after instrumenting.
32909 \(fn FILENAME &optional BYTE-COMPILE)" t nil)
32911 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
32912 Start coverage on function under point.
32914 \(fn)" t nil)
32916 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "testcover" '("testcover-")))
32918 ;;;***
32919 \f
32920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (0 0 0 0))
32921 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
32922 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
32924 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
32925 Play the Tetris game.
32926 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
32927 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
32928 as to form complete rows.
32930 tetris-mode keybindings:
32941 \(fn)" t nil)
32943 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tetris" '("tetris-")))
32945 ;;;***
32946 \f
32947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (0 0 0 0))
32948 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
32950 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
32951 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
32953 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
32955 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
32956 Directory in which temporary files are written.
32957 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
32961 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
32963 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
32964 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
32965 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
32966 if it matches the first line of the file,
32967 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
32969 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
32971 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
32972 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
32973 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
32974 if the variable is non-nil.")
32976 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
32978 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
32981 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
32983 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
32984 Command used to run TeX subjob.
32985 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32986 See the documentation of that variable.")
32988 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32990 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
32991 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
32992 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
32993 See the documentation of that variable.")
32995 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
32997 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
32998 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
32999 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
33000 See the documentation of that variable.")
33002 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
33004 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
33005 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
33006 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
33007 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
33008 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
33010 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
33013 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
33014 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
33015 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
33017 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
33019 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
33020 User defined LaTeX block names.
33021 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
33023 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
33025 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
33026 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
33027 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
33028 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
33030 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
33032 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
33034 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
33035 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
33037 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
33039 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
33041 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
33042 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
33044 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
33045 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
33046 for example,
33048 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
33052 use.")
33054 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
33056 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
33058 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
33059 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
33060 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
33062 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
33064 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
33066 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
33070 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
33072 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
33073 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
33074 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
33075 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
33076 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
33078 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
33080 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
33083 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
33085 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
33088 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
33090 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
33091 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
33092 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
33093 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
33094 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
33095 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
33096 says which mode to use.
33098 \(fn)" t nil)
33100 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
33102 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
33104 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
33106 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
33107 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
33108 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
33113 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
33121 mismatched $'s or braces.
33123 Special commands:
33126 Mode variables:
33127 tex-run-command
33129 tex-directory
33130 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
33132 tex-dvi-print-command
33134 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
33136 argument) to print a .dvi file.
33137 tex-dvi-view-command
33139 tex-show-queue-command
33143 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
33144 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
33145 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
33147 \(fn)" t nil)
33149 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
33150 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
33151 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
33164 mismatched $'s or braces.
33166 Special commands:
33169 Mode variables:
33170 latex-run-command
33172 tex-directory
33173 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
33175 tex-dvi-print-command
33177 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
33179 argument) to print a .dvi file.
33180 tex-dvi-view-command
33182 tex-show-queue-command
33186 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
33187 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
33188 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
33190 \(fn)" t nil)
33192 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
33193 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
33194 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
33207 mismatched $'s or braces.
33209 Special commands:
33212 Mode variables:
33213 slitex-run-command
33215 tex-directory
33216 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
33218 tex-dvi-print-command
33220 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
33222 argument) to print a .dvi file.
33223 tex-dvi-view-command
33225 tex-show-queue-command
33229 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
33230 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
33231 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
33232 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
33234 \(fn)" t nil)
33236 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
33239 \(fn)" nil nil)
33241 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
33242 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
33244 \(fn)" t nil)
33246 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tex-mode" '("doctex-font-lock-" "latex-" "plain-tex-mode-map" "tex-")))
33248 ;;;***
33249 \f
33250 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (0 0 0 0))
33251 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
33253 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
33254 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
33255 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
33256 name specified in the @setfilename command.
33258 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
33259 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
33260 `Info-split' to do these manually.
33262 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
33264 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
33265 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
33266 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
33268 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
33270 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
33272 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
33273 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
33274 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
33275 names specified in the @setfilename command.
33277 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
33278 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
33279 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
33280 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
33282 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
33283 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
33285 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
33287 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfmt" '("batch-texinfo-format" "texinf")))
33289 ;;;***
33290 \f
33291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (0 0 0 0))
33292 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
33294 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
33297 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
33299 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
33302 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
33304 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
33305 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
33307 It has these extra commands:
33310 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
33312 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
33313 modified version of TeX input format.
33315 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
33316 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
33317 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
33321 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
33322 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
33323 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
33324 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
33326 in the Texinfo file.
33328 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
33329 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
33330 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
33332 move forward past the closing brace.
33334 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
33335 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
33337 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
33338 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
33339 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
33341 Here are the functions:
33345 texinfo-sequential-node-update
33349 texinfo-master-menu
33351 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
33353 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
33354 which menu descriptions are indented.
33356 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
33357 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
33358 in the region.
33360 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
33361 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
33362 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
33363 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
33365 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
33366 be the first node in the file.
33368 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
33369 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
33371 \(fn)" t nil)
33373 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texinfo" '("texinfo-")))
33375 ;;;***
33376 \f
33377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texnfo-upd" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" (0 0
33378 ;;;;;; 0 0))
33379 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texnfo-upd.el
33381 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "texnfo-upd" '("texinfo-")))
33383 ;;;***
33384 \f
33385 ;;;### (autoloads nil "text-property-search" "emacs-lisp/text-property-search.el"
33386 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
33387 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/text-property-search.el
33389 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "text-property-search" '("text-property-")))
33391 ;;;***
33392 \f
33393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (0 0 0
33394 ;;;;;; 0))
33395 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
33397 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
33398 Compose Thai characters in the region.
33399 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
33400 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
33402 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
33404 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
33405 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
33407 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
33409 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
33410 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
33412 \(fn)" t nil)
33414 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
33417 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
33419 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-util" '("exit-thai-language-environment-internal" "setup-thai-language-environment-internal" "thai-")))
33421 ;;;***
33422 \f
33423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-word" "language/thai-word.el" (0 0 0
33424 ;;;;;; 0))
33425 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-word.el
33427 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thai-word" '("thai-")))
33429 ;;;***
33430 \f
33431 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (0 0 0 0))
33432 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
33434 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
33435 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
33436 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
33437 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
33438 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
33439 `line', and `page'.
33441 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
33443 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33444 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
33445 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
33446 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
33447 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
33448 `line', and `page'.
33450 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
33451 valid THING.
33453 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
33454 positions of the thing found.
33456 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
33458 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33459 Return the THING at point.
33460 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
33461 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
33462 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
33463 `line', `number', and `page'.
33465 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
33466 strip text properties from the return value.
33468 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
33469 a symbol as a valid THING.
33471 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
33473 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33474 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
33476 \(fn)" nil nil)
33478 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33479 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
33481 \(fn)" nil nil)
33483 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33484 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
33486 \(fn)" nil nil)
33488 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
33489 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
33491 \(fn)" nil nil)
33493 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thingatpt" '("beginning-of-thing" "define-thing-chars" "end-of-thing" "filename" "form-at-point" "in-string-p" "sentence-at-point" "thing-at-point-" "word-at-point")))
33495 ;;;***
33496 \f
33497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (0 0 0 0))
33498 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
33500 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
33501 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
33503 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
33505 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
33506 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
33507 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
33508 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
33510 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
33512 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
33513 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
33515 \(fn)" t nil)
33517 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
33518 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
33520 \(fn)" t nil)
33522 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
33524 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
33525 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
33527 \(fn)" t nil)
33529 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thumbs" '("thumbs-")))
33531 ;;;***
33532 \f
33533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (0 0 0 0))
33534 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
33535 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
33537 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "thunk" '("thunk-")))
33539 ;;;***
33540 \f
33541 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (0 0
33542 ;;;;;; 0 0))
33543 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
33545 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
33546 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
33547 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
33549 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
33551 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
33552 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
33554 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33556 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
33557 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
33558 The returned string has no composition information.
33560 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33562 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
33563 Compose Tibetan string STR.
33565 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33567 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
33568 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
33570 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
33572 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
33573 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
33574 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
33575 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
33577 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
33579 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
33580 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
33581 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
33582 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
33584 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
33586 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
33587 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
33588 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
33590 \(fn)" t nil)
33592 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
33593 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
33594 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
33596 \(fn)" t nil)
33598 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
33601 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
33603 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
33606 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
33608 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
33611 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
33613 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tibet-util" '("tibetan-")))
33615 ;;;***
33616 \f
33617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (0 0 0 0))
33618 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
33619 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
33621 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
33622 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
33623 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
33624 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
33625 parameters.
33626 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
33627 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
33628 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
33630 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
33632 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
33633 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
33634 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
33635 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
33636 parameters.
33637 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
33638 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
33639 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
33641 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
33643 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
33644 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
33646 If
33647 * character before point is a space character,
33649 constituent),
33650 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
33651 characters) from before the space character, and
33652 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
33653 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
33654 return t.
33656 Otherwise, if
33657 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
33658 * character before point is a space character, and
33659 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
33660 `tildify-space-string' variable,
33661 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
33663 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
33665 \(fn)" t nil)
33667 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
33668 Adds electric behavior to space character.
33670 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
33671 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
33672 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
33673 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
33675 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
33676 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
33677 variable will be set to the representation.
33679 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33681 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tildify" '("tildify-")))
33683 ;;;***
33684 \f
33685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (0 0 0 0))
33686 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
33688 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
33691 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
33692 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
33694 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
33695 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33696 This display updates automatically every minute.
33697 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
33698 are displayed as well.
33699 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33701 \(fn)" t nil)
33703 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
33704 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
33705 See the `display-time-mode' command
33706 for a description of this minor mode.
33707 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33708 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33709 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
33711 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
33713 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
33714 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
33715 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
33716 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
33717 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
33719 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
33720 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
33721 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
33722 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
33723 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
33725 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33727 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
33728 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
33729 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
33730 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
33732 \(fn)" t nil)
33734 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
33735 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
33736 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
33739 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
33741 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
33742 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
33744 \(fn)" t nil)
33746 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time" '("display-time-" "legacy-style-world-list" "time--display-world-list" "zoneinfo-style-world-list")))
33748 ;;;***
33749 \f
33750 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (0 0 0
33751 ;;;;;; 0))
33752 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
33754 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
33755 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33756 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
33758 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33760 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
33762 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
33763 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
33765 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
33767 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
33768 Convert DAYS into a time value.
33770 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
33772 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
33773 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
33774 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
33776 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33778 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract "26.1")
33780 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
33781 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
33782 DATE should be a date-time string.
33784 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33786 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
33787 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
33788 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
33790 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
33792 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
33793 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
33795 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
33797 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
33798 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
33800 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33802 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
33803 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
33804 TIME should be a time value.
33805 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
33807 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
33809 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
33810 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
33811 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
33813 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
33815 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
33816 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
33817 The valid format specifiers are:
33818 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
33819 %d is the number of days.
33820 %h is the number of hours.
33821 %m is the number of minutes.
33822 %s is the number of seconds.
33823 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
33827 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
33835 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
33837 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
33839 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
33841 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
33842 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
33844 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
33846 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-date" '("encode-time-value" "seconds-to-string" "time-" "with-decoded-time-value")))
33848 ;;;***
33849 \f
33850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (0 0 0 0))
33851 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
33852 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33853 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
33854 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33855 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33856 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33857 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
33858 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
33859 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
33861 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
33862 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
33863 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
33864 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
33866 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
33867 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
33868 look like one of the following:
33869 Time-stamp: <>
33871 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
33872 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
33873 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
33874 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
33875 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
33876 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
33877 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
33878 the template.
33880 \(fn)" t nil)
33882 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
33884 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
33886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33888 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "time-stamp" '("time-stamp-")))
33890 ;;;***
33891 \f
33892 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (0 0 0
33893 ;;;;;; 0))
33894 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
33895 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
33897 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
33898 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
33899 See the `timeclock-mode-line-display' command
33900 for a description of this minor mode.
33901 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
33902 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
33903 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
33905 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
33907 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
33908 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
33909 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
33910 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
33911 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
33912 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
33913 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
33914 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
33915 display (non-nil means on).
33917 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
33919 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
33920 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33921 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
33922 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
33923 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
33924 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
33925 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
33926 this function is called within a day.
33928 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
33929 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
33930 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
33931 discover the name of the project.
33933 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
33935 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
33936 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
33937 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
33938 begun during the last time segment.
33940 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
33941 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
33942 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
33943 discover the reason.
33945 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
33947 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
33948 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
33949 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
33950 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
33951 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
33953 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33955 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
33956 Change to working on a different project.
33957 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
33958 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
33959 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
33960 working on.
33962 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
33964 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
33965 Ask the user whether to clock out.
33966 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
33968 \(fn)" nil nil)
33970 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
33971 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
33972 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
33974 \(fn)" t nil)
33976 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
33977 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
33978 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
33979 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
33980 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
33983 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
33985 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
33986 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
33987 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
33988 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
33990 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
33992 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
33993 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
33994 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
33995 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
33996 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
33997 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
33999 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
34001 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timeclock" '("timeclock-")))
34003 ;;;***
34004 \f
34005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timer-list" "emacs-lisp/timer-list.el" (0
34006 ;;;;;; 0 0 0))
34007 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer-list.el
34009 (autoload 'list-timers "timer-list" "\
34010 List all timers in a buffer.
34012 \(fn &optional IGNORE-AUTO NONCONFIRM)" t nil)
34013 (put 'list-timers 'disabled "Beware: manually canceling timers can ruin your Emacs session.")
34015 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timer-list" '("timer-list-")))
34017 ;;;***
34018 \f
34019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timezone" "timezone.el" (0 0 0 0))
34020 ;;; Generated autoloads from timezone.el
34022 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "timezone" '("timezone-")))
34024 ;;;***
34025 \f
34026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
34027 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
34028 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
34030 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
34031 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
34032 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
34033 the generated Quail package is saved.
34035 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
34037 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
34038 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
34039 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
34040 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
34045 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
34047 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "titdic-cnv" '("batch-miscdic-convert" "ctlau-" "miscdic-convert" "py-converter" "quail-" "quick-" "tit-" "tsang-" "ziranma-converter")))
34049 ;;;***
34050 \f
34051 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (0 0 0 0))
34052 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
34053 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
34054 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
34056 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
34057 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
34058 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
34059 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
34060 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
34063 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
34064 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
34066 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
34068 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
34069 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
34070 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
34071 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
34072 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
34074 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
34076 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
34077 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
34078 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
34079 in the menu in two ways:
34080 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
34081 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
34082 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
34084 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
34085 keymap or an alist of alists.
34086 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
34087 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
34089 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
34091 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tmm" '("tmm-")))
34093 ;;;***
34094 \f
34095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (0 0 0
34096 ;;;;;; 0))
34097 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
34099 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
34100 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
34102 When invoked in Todo mode, Todo Archive mode or Todo Filtered
34103 Items mode, or when invoked anywhere else with a prefix argument,
34104 prompt for which todo file to visit. When invoked outside of a
34105 Todo mode buffer without a prefix argument, visit
34106 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside of
34107 Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
34108 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
34109 file was last visited.
34111 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
34112 the current format, and you have a todo file in old format, it
34113 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
34114 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
34115 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
34116 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
34117 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
34118 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
34119 for the first item.
34121 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
34122 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
34123 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
34124 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
34125 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
34126 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
34127 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
34128 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
34130 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
34131 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
34133 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
34134 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
34136 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
34138 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
34139 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
34143 \(fn)" t nil)
34145 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
34146 Major mode for archived todo categories.
34150 \(fn)" t nil)
34152 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
34153 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
34157 \(fn)" t nil)
34159 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "todo-mode" '("todo-")))
34161 ;;;***
34162 \f
34163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (0 0 0 0))
34164 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
34166 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
34167 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
34168 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
34170 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34172 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
34173 Add an item to the tool bar.
34174 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
34175 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
34176 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
34177 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
34179 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
34180 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
34181 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
34182 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
34184 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
34185 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
34187 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
34189 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
34190 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
34191 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
34192 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
34193 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
34194 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
34196 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
34197 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
34198 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
34199 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
34201 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
34203 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
34204 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
34205 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
34206 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
34207 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
34208 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
34209 properties to add to the binding.
34211 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
34213 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
34214 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
34216 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
34218 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
34219 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
34220 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
34221 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
34222 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
34223 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
34224 properties to add to the binding.
34226 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
34227 holds a keymap.
34229 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
34231 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tool-bar" '("tool-bar-")))
34233 ;;;***
34234 \f
34235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tooltip" "tooltip.el" (0 0 0 0))
34236 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
34238 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tooltip" '("tooltip-")))
34240 ;;;***
34241 \f
34242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (0 0 0 0))
34243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
34245 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
34246 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
34247 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
34248 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
34249 to a tcp server on another machine.
34251 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
34253 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tq" '("tq-")))
34255 ;;;***
34256 \f
34257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (0 0 0 0))
34258 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
34260 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
34261 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
34263 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
34265 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
34266 Helper function to get internal values.
34267 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
34269 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
34271 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
34272 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
34273 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
34274 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
34276 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
34277 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
34278 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
34279 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
34280 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
34282 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
34283 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
34284 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
34285 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
34287 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
34289 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
34291 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
34292 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
34293 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
34294 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
34296 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
34298 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
34300 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trace" '("inhibit-trace" "trace-" "untrace-")))
34302 ;;;***
34303 \f
34304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34305 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
34307 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
34308 Whether Tramp is enabled.
34309 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
34311 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
34314 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for autoload.
34315 It must match the initial `tramp-syntax' settings.")
34317 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp tramp-initial-file-name-regexp "\
34318 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
34319 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file
34320 names. When calling `tramp-register-file-name-handlers', the
34321 initial value is overwritten by the car of `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
34323 (defvar tramp-ignored-file-name-regexp nil "\
34324 Regular expression matching file names that are not under Tramp’s control.")
34326 (custom-autoload 'tramp-ignored-file-name-regexp "tramp" t)
34328 (defconst tramp-autoload-file-name-regexp (concat "\\`/" (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\(-\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}\\)" "[^/|:]+") ":") "\
34329 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp autoload.
34330 It must match the initial `tramp-syntax' settings. It should not
34331 match file names at root of the underlying local file system,
34334 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
34335 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (if tramp-mode (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" 'noerror 'nomessage)) (tramp-unload-file-name-handlers)) (apply operation args))
34337 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
34338 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list 'file-name-handler-alist (cons tramp-autoload-file-name-regexp 'tramp-autoload-file-name-handler)) (put 'tramp-autoload-file-name-handler 'safe-magic t))
34339 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
34341 (defun tramp-unload-file-name-handlers nil "\
34342 Unload Tramp file name handlers from `file-name-handler-alist'." (dolist (fnh '(tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler tramp-archive-file-name-handler tramp-autoload-file-name-handler)) (let ((a1 (rassq fnh file-name-handler-alist))) (setq file-name-handler-alist (delq a1 file-name-handler-alist)))))
34344 (defvar tramp-completion-mode nil "\
34345 If non-nil, external packages signal that they are in file name completion.")
34347 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
34348 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
34350 \(fn)" t nil)
34352 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp" '("tramp-" "with-")))
34354 ;;;***
34355 \f
34356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-adb" "net/tramp-adb.el" (0 0 0 0))
34357 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-adb.el
34359 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-adb" '("tramp-")))
34361 ;;;***
34362 \f
34363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-archive" "net/tramp-archive.el" (0 0
34364 ;;;;;; 0 0))
34365 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-archive.el
34367 (defvar tramp-archive-enabled (featurep 'dbusbind) "\
34368 Non-nil when file archive support is available.")
34370 (defconst tramp-archive-suffixes '("7z" "apk" "ar" "cab" "CAB" "cpio" "deb" "depot" "exe" "iso" "jar" "lzh" "LZH" "msu" "MSU" "mtree" "odb" "odf" "odg" "odp" "ods" "odt" "pax" "rar" "rpm" "shar" "tar" "tbz" "tgz" "tlz" "txz" "warc" "xar" "xpi" "xps" "zip" "ZIP") "\
34371 List of suffixes which indicate a file archive.
34372 It must be supported by libarchive(3).")
34374 (defconst tramp-archive-compression-suffixes '("bz2" "gz" "lrz" "lz" "lz4" "lzma" "lzo" "uu" "xz" "Z") "\
34375 List of suffixes which indicate a compressed file.
34376 It must be supported by libarchive(3).")
34378 (defmacro tramp-archive-autoload-file-name-regexp nil "\
34379 Regular expression matching archive file names." `(concat "\\`" "\\(" ".+" "\\." (regexp-opt tramp-archive-suffixes) "\\(?:" "\\." (regexp-opt tramp-archive-compression-suffixes) "\\)*" "\\)" "\\(" "/" ".*" "\\)" "\\'"))
34381 (defun tramp-register-archive-file-name-handler nil "\
34382 Add archive file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (when tramp-archive-enabled (add-to-list 'file-name-handler-alist (cons (tramp-archive-autoload-file-name-regexp) 'tramp-autoload-file-name-handler)) (put 'tramp-archive-file-name-handler 'safe-magic t)))
34384 (add-hook 'after-init-hook 'tramp-register-archive-file-name-handler)
34386 (add-hook 'tramp-archive-unload-hook (lambda nil (remove-hook 'after-init-hook 'tramp-register-archive-file-name-handler)))
34388 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-archive" '("tramp-" "with-parsed-tramp-archive-file-name")))
34390 ;;;***
34391 \f
34392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cache" "net/tramp-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
34393 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cache.el
34395 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cache" '("tramp-")))
34397 ;;;***
34398 \f
34399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-cmds" "net/tramp-cmds.el" (0 0 0 0))
34400 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-cmds.el
34402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-cmds" '("tramp-")))
34404 ;;;***
34405 \f
34406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-compat" "net/tramp-compat.el" (0 0 0
34407 ;;;;;; 0))
34408 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-compat.el
34410 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-compat" '("tramp-")))
34412 ;;;***
34413 \f
34414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
34415 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
34417 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
34418 Reenable Ange-FTP, when Tramp is unloaded.
34420 \(fn)" nil nil)
34422 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-ftp" '("tramp-")))
34424 ;;;***
34425 \f
34426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-gvfs" "net/tramp-gvfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
34427 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-gvfs.el
34429 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-gvfs" '("tramp-" "with-tramp-dbus-")))
34431 ;;;***
34432 \f
34433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-sh" "net/tramp-sh.el" (0 0 0 0))
34434 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-sh.el
34436 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-sh" '("tramp-")))
34438 ;;;***
34439 \f
34440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-smb" "net/tramp-smb.el" (0 0 0 0))
34441 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-smb.el
34443 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-smb" '("tramp-smb-")))
34445 ;;;***
34446 \f
34447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-uu" "net/tramp-uu.el" (0 0 0 0))
34448 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-uu.el
34450 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tramp-uu" '("tramp-uu")))
34452 ;;;***
34453 \f
34454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (0 0 0 0))
34455 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
34456 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 4 0)) package--builtin-versions)
34458 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "trampver" '("tramp-")))
34460 ;;;***
34461 \f
34462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tree-widget" "tree-widget.el" (0 0 0 0))
34463 ;;; Generated autoloads from tree-widget.el
34465 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tree-widget" '("tree-widget-")))
34467 ;;;***
34468 \f
34469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (0 0 0 0))
34470 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
34472 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
34473 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
34474 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
34475 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
34476 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
34477 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
34478 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
34479 any question when restarting the tutorial.
34481 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
34482 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
34483 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
34485 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
34486 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
34487 resumed later.
34489 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
34491 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tutorial" '("get-lang-string" "lang-strings" "tutorial--")))
34493 ;;;***
34494 \f
34495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
34496 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
34498 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
34501 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
34503 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "tv-util" '("tai-viet-")))
34505 ;;;***
34506 \f
34507 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (0 0
34508 ;;;;;; 0 0))
34509 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
34510 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
34511 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
34512 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
34514 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
34515 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
34518 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
34519 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
34520 first and the associated buffer to its right.
34522 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
34524 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
34525 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
34526 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
34527 accepting the proposed default buffer.
34531 \(fn)" t nil)
34533 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
34534 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
34535 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
34536 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
34537 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
34538 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
34539 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
34541 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
34542 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
34544 First column's text sSs Second column's text
34551 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
34553 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "two-column" '("2C-")))
34555 ;;;***
34556 \f
34557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (0 0 0 0))
34558 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
34560 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
34561 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
34562 See the `type-break-mode' command
34563 for a description of this minor mode.
34564 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
34565 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
34566 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
34568 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
34570 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
34571 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
34572 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
34574 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
34575 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
34576 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
34577 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
34578 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
34579 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
34580 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
34582 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
34583 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
34585 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
34586 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
34587 reset the keystroke counter.
34589 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
34590 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
34591 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
34592 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
34594 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
34595 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
34596 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
34597 `type-break-schedule' command.
34599 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
34600 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
34601 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
34602 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
34603 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
34604 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
34605 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
34606 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
34607 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
34609 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
34610 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
34611 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
34612 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
34613 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
34615 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
34616 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
34617 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
34618 approximate good values for this.
34620 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
34621 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
34623 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
34624 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
34625 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
34626 `type-break-warning-repeat'
34627 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
34628 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
34630 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
34631 a typing break occur. They include:
34633 `type-break-query-mode'
34634 `type-break-query-function'
34635 `type-break-query-interval'
34637 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
34639 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
34640 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
34641 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
34642 problems.
34644 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
34646 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
34647 Take a typing break.
34649 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
34650 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
34652 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
34653 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
34655 \(fn)" t nil)
34657 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
34658 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
34659 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
34660 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
34662 \(fn)" t nil)
34664 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
34665 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
34667 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
34668 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
34669 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
34670 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
34671 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
34672 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
34673 average typing speed.)
34675 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
34676 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
34677 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
34678 the computed maximum threshold.
34680 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
34681 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
34682 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
34683 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
34684 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
34686 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
34688 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "type-break" '("timep" "type-break-")))
34690 ;;;***
34691 \f
34692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (0 0 0 0))
34693 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
34695 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
34696 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
34697 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
34698 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
34699 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
34701 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
34703 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uce" '("uce-")))
34705 ;;;***
34706 \f
34707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
34708 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
34709 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
34711 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34712 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
34714 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34716 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34717 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
34719 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34721 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34722 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
34724 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34726 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34727 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
34729 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34731 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34732 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
34734 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34736 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34737 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
34739 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34741 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34742 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
34744 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34746 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34747 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
34749 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34751 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34752 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34754 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34756 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34757 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34759 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34761 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
34762 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34764 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
34766 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
34767 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
34769 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
34771 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "ucs-normalize" '("ucs-normalize-" "utf-8-hfs")))
34773 ;;;***
34774 \f
34775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (0 0 0
34776 ;;;;;; 0))
34777 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
34779 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
34780 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
34781 Works by overstriking underscores.
34782 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34783 which specify the range to operate on.
34785 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34787 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
34788 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
34789 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
34790 which specify the range to operate on.
34792 \(fn START END)" t nil)
34794 ;;;***
34795 \f
34796 ;;;### (autoloads "actual autoloads are elsewhere" "undigest" "mail/undigest.el"
34797 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
34798 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
34800 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "undigest" '("rmail-")))
34802 ;;;***
34803 \f
34804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (0 0 0 0))
34805 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
34807 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
34808 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
34809 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
34810 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
34811 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
34812 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
34814 \(fn)" nil nil)
34816 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
34817 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
34818 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
34820 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
34822 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unrmail" '("unrmail-mbox-format")))
34824 ;;;***
34825 \f
34826 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (0 0 0 0))
34827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
34829 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
34830 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
34831 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
34832 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
34834 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
34836 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "unsafep" '("safe-functions" "unsafep-")))
34838 ;;;***
34839 \f
34840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (0 0 0 0))
34841 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
34843 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
34844 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
34845 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
34846 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
34847 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
34849 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
34850 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
34851 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
34852 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
34853 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
34854 occurred. Each pair is one of:
34856 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
34857 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
34858 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
34860 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
34861 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
34862 the callback is not called).
34864 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
34865 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
34866 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
34867 take effect.
34869 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
34870 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
34871 the server.
34872 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
34873 URL-encoded before it's used.
34875 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
34877 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
34878 Retrieve URL synchronously.
34879 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
34880 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
34881 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
34883 If SILENT is non-nil, don't do any messaging while retrieving.
34884 If INHIBIT-COOKIES is non-nil, refuse to store cookies. If
34885 TIMEOUT is passed, it should be a number that says (in seconds)
34886 how long to wait for a response before giving up.
34888 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES TIMEOUT)" nil nil)
34890 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url" '("url-")))
34892 ;;;***
34893 \f
34894 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-about" "url/url-about.el" (0 0 0 0))
34895 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-about.el
34897 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-about" '("url-")))
34899 ;;;***
34900 \f
34901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (0 0 0 0))
34902 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
34904 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
34905 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
34906 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
34908 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
34909 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
34910 `url-generic-parse-url'
34911 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
34912 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
34913 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
34914 realm
34915 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
34916 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
34917 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
34918 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
34919 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
34920 what type of auth to use
34921 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
34922 if one cannot be found in the cache
34924 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
34926 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
34927 Register an HTTP authentication method.
34929 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
34930 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
34931 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
34932 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
34933 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
34934 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
34935 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
34936 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
34938 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
34940 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-auth" '("url-")))
34942 ;;;***
34943 \f
34944 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (0 0 0 0))
34945 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
34947 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
34948 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
34950 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
34952 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
34953 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
34954 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
34956 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34958 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
34959 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
34961 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
34963 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cache" '("url-")))
34965 ;;;***
34966 \f
34967 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (0 0 0 0))
34968 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
34970 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
34973 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34975 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cid" '("url-cid-gnus")))
34977 ;;;***
34978 \f
34979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cookie" "url/url-cookie.el" (0 0 0 0))
34980 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cookie.el
34982 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-cookie" '("url-cookie")))
34984 ;;;***
34985 \f
34986 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
34987 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
34989 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
34990 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
34991 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
34993 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
34995 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
34996 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
34997 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
34998 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
35000 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
35001 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
35002 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
35003 though.
35005 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
35007 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
35008 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
35009 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
35011 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
35013 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
35016 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35018 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dav" '("url-")))
35020 ;;;***
35021 \f
35022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dired" "url/url-dired.el" (0 0 0 0))
35023 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dired.el
35025 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-dired" '("url-")))
35027 ;;;***
35028 \f
35029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-domsuf" "url/url-domsuf.el" (0 0 0 0))
35030 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-domsuf.el
35032 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-domsuf" '("url-domsuf-")))
35034 ;;;***
35035 \f
35036 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-expand" "url/url-expand.el" (0 0 0 0))
35037 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-expand.el
35039 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-expand" '("url-")))
35041 ;;;***
35042 \f
35043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (0 0 0 0))
35044 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
35046 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
35047 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
35049 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
35051 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-file" '("url-file-")))
35053 ;;;***
35054 \f
35055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ftp" "url/url-ftp.el" (0 0 0 0))
35056 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ftp.el
35058 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ftp" '("url-ftp")))
35060 ;;;***
35061 \f
35062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-future" "url/url-future.el" (0 0 0 0))
35063 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-future.el
35065 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-future" '("url-future-")))
35067 ;;;***
35068 \f
35069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (0 0 0 0))
35070 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
35072 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
35073 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
35075 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
35077 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
35078 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
35079 Args per `open-network-stream'.
35080 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
35081 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
35083 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
35084 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
35086 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
35088 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-gw" '("url-")))
35090 ;;;***
35091 \f
35092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (0 0 0
35093 ;;;;;; 0))
35094 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
35096 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
35097 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
35098 See the `url-handler-mode' command
35099 for a description of this minor mode.
35100 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
35101 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
35102 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
35104 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
35106 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
35107 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
35108 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
35109 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
35110 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
35112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35114 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
35115 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
35116 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
35117 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
35119 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35121 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
35122 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
35123 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
35124 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
35125 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
35126 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
35127 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
35128 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
35129 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
35130 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
35132 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
35134 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
35135 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
35136 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
35137 accessible.
35139 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
35141 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
35142 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
35143 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
35144 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
35146 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
35148 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
35151 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
35153 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-handlers" '("url-")))
35155 ;;;***
35156 \f
35157 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-history" "url/url-history.el" (0 0 0 0))
35158 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-history.el
35160 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-history" '("url-")))
35162 ;;;***
35163 \f
35164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (0 0 0 0))
35165 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
35166 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
35168 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
35169 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
35170 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
35171 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
35172 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
35174 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-http" '("url-h")))
35176 ;;;***
35177 \f
35178 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-imap" "url/url-imap.el" (0 0 0 0))
35179 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-imap.el
35181 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-imap" '("url-imap")))
35183 ;;;***
35184 \f
35185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (0 0 0 0))
35186 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
35188 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
35191 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35193 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-irc" '("url-irc-")))
35195 ;;;***
35196 \f
35197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (0 0 0 0))
35198 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
35200 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
35201 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
35202 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
35203 URL can be a URL string, or a URL record of the type returned by
35204 `url-generic-parse-url'.
35206 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35208 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ldap" '("url-ldap-")))
35210 ;;;***
35211 \f
35212 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (0 0 0 0))
35213 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
35215 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
35218 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
35220 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
35221 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
35223 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35225 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-mailto" '("url-mail-goto-field")))
35227 ;;;***
35228 \f
35229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-methods" "url/url-methods.el" (0 0 0 0))
35230 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-methods.el
35232 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-methods" '("url-scheme-")))
35234 ;;;***
35235 \f
35236 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (0 0 0 0))
35237 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
35239 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
35240 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
35242 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35244 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
35245 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
35247 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35249 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
35252 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35254 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
35256 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
35258 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
35260 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
35261 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
35263 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35265 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-misc" '("url-do-terminal-emulator")))
35267 ;;;***
35268 \f
35269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (0 0 0 0))
35270 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
35272 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
35275 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35277 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
35280 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35282 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-news" '("url-news-")))
35284 ;;;***
35285 \f
35286 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-nfs" "url/url-nfs.el" (0 0 0 0))
35287 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-nfs.el
35289 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-nfs" '("url-nfs")))
35291 ;;;***
35292 \f
35293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (0 0 0 0))
35294 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
35296 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
35299 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
35301 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
35304 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
35306 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
35309 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
35311 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
35314 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
35316 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
35319 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
35321 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
35324 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
35326 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
35329 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
35331 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-ns" '("url-ns-")))
35333 ;;;***
35334 \f
35335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (0 0 0 0))
35336 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
35338 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
35339 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
35341 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
35343 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
35344 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
35345 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
35347 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
35348 USER is the user name (string or nil).
35349 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
35350 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
35351 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
35352 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
35353 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
35354 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
35355 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
35356 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
35357 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
35358 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
35359 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
35362 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
35363 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
35364 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
35366 Here is an example. The URL
35368 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
35370 parses to
35376 PORTSPEC = 42
35379 ATTRIBUTES = nil
35380 FULLNESS = t
35382 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35384 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-parse" '("url-")))
35386 ;;;***
35387 \f
35388 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (0 0 0 0))
35389 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
35391 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
35392 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
35394 \(fn)" t nil)
35396 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-privacy" '("url-device-type")))
35398 ;;;***
35399 \f
35400 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-proxy" "url/url-proxy.el" (0 0 0 0))
35401 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-proxy.el
35403 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-proxy" '("url-")))
35405 ;;;***
35406 \f
35407 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (0 0 0 0))
35408 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
35410 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
35411 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
35412 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
35413 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
35414 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
35415 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
35417 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
35419 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-queue" '("url-queue")))
35421 ;;;***
35422 \f
35423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (0 0 0 0))
35424 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
35426 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
35427 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
35428 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
35430 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
35432 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
35433 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
35434 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
35435 would have been passed to OPERATION.
35437 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35439 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-tramp" '("url-tramp-convert-")))
35441 ;;;***
35442 \f
35443 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (0 0 0 0))
35444 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
35446 (defvar url-debug nil "\
35447 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
35448 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
35450 If t, all messages will be logged.
35451 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
35452 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
35454 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
35456 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
35459 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35461 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
35464 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
35466 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
35467 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
35469 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
35470 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
35471 & ==> &
35472 < ==> <
35473 > ==> >
35476 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
35478 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
35480 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
35482 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35484 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
35485 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
35486 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
35488 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35490 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
35491 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
35493 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
35495 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
35496 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
35498 \(fn X)" nil nil)
35500 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
35501 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
35503 \(fn X)" nil nil)
35505 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
35508 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
35510 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
35513 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
35515 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
35517 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
35518 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
35520 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35522 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
35523 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
35525 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35527 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
35530 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
35532 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
35533 Build a query-string.
35535 Given a QUERY in the form:
35536 ((key1 val1)
35537 (key2 val2)
35538 (key3 val1 val2)
35539 (key4)
35542 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
35544 This will return a string
35546 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
35547 be used.
35554 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
35556 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
35557 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
35558 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
35559 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
35560 forbidden in URL encoding.
35562 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
35564 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
35565 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
35566 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
35567 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
35568 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
35571 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
35572 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
35573 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
35574 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
35576 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
35578 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
35579 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
35580 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
35581 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
35582 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
35583 should return it unchanged.
35585 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35587 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
35588 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
35589 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
35590 of the file with the extension stripped off.
35592 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
35594 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
35595 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
35596 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
35598 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
35600 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
35601 View the current document's URL.
35602 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
35603 the minibuffer.
35605 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
35607 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
35609 (autoload 'url-domain "url-util" "\
35610 Return the domain of the host of the URL.
35611 Return nil if this can't be determined.
35616 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
35618 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-util" '("url-")))
35620 ;;;***
35621 \f
35622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-vars" "url/url-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
35623 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-vars.el
35625 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "url-vars" '("url-")))
35627 ;;;***
35628 \f
35629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (0 0 0 0))
35630 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
35632 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
35633 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
35634 This function has a choice of three things to do:
35636 to refrain from editing the file
35637 return t (grab the lock on the file)
35638 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
35639 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
35640 in any way you like.
35642 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
35644 (autoload 'userlock--ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
35647 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
35649 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
35650 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
35651 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
35653 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
35655 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
35656 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
35658 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
35660 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "userlock" '("ask-user-about-" "file-" "userlock--check-content-unchanged")))
35662 ;;;***
35663 \f
35664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35665 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
35667 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35670 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35672 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
35675 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
35677 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35680 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35682 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
35685 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
35687 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf-7" '("utf-7-")))
35689 ;;;***
35690 \f
35691 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "international/utf7.el" (0 0 0 0))
35692 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf7.el
35694 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
35695 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
35697 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
35699 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "utf7" '("utf7-")))
35701 ;;;***
35702 \f
35703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (0 0 0 0))
35704 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
35706 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
35707 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
35708 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
35709 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
35711 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35713 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
35714 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
35715 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35717 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
35719 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
35720 Uudecode region between START and END.
35721 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
35723 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
35725 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "uudecode" '("uudecode-")))
35727 ;;;***
35728 \f
35729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (0 0 0 0))
35730 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
35732 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
35733 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
35734 See `run-hooks'.")
35736 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
35738 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
35739 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
35740 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
35742 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35744 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
35745 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
35746 See `run-hooks'.")
35748 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
35750 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
35751 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
35753 If FILE is already registered, return the
35754 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
35755 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
35756 responsible for FILE is returned.
35758 Note that if FILE is a symbolic link, it will not be resolved --
35759 the responsible backend system for the symbolic link itself will
35760 be reported.
35762 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
35764 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
35765 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
35766 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
35767 same state. If not, signal an error.
35769 For merging-based version control systems:
35770 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
35771 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
35772 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
35773 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
35774 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
35775 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
35777 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
35778 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
35779 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
35780 the file(s) for editing.
35781 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
35782 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
35783 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
35784 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
35785 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
35787 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
35789 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
35790 Register into a version control system.
35791 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
35792 Otherwise register the current file.
35793 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
35795 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
35796 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
35797 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
35798 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
35799 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
35800 first backend that could register the file is used.
35802 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
35804 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
35805 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
35807 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35809 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
35810 Display diffs between file revisions.
35811 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35812 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35813 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35815 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35816 saving the buffer.
35818 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35820 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
35821 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
35822 repository history using ediff.
35824 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
35826 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
35827 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
35828 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
35829 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
35830 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35832 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35833 saving the buffer.
35835 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35837 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
35838 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
35839 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
35840 fileset with the working revision.
35841 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
35842 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
35844 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
35845 saving the buffer.
35847 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
35849 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
35850 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
35851 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
35853 \(fn)" nil nil)
35855 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
35856 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
35857 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
35858 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
35860 \(fn REV)" t nil)
35862 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
35863 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
35864 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
35865 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
35867 \(fn)" t nil)
35869 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
35870 Perform a version control merge operation.
35871 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35873 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
35874 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
35876 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
35877 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
35878 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
35879 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
35880 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
35881 changes from the current branch.
35883 \(fn)" t nil)
35885 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
35886 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
35888 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
35890 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
35892 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
35893 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
35894 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
35895 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
35896 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
35897 checked out in that new branch.
35899 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
35901 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
35902 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
35903 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
35904 named branch in the directory DIR.
35905 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
35906 otherwise use the repository root of the current buffer.
35907 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
35908 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
35909 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
35910 allowed and simply skipped).
35912 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
35914 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
35915 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
35916 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
35917 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35918 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35920 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
35921 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
35923 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
35925 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
35926 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
35927 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
35928 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
35929 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
35931 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
35933 (autoload 'vc-print-branch-log "vc" "\
35934 Show the change log for BRANCH in a window.
35936 \(fn BRANCH)" t nil)
35938 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
35939 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
35940 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35942 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35944 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
35945 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
35946 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
35948 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
35950 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
35951 Show the history of the region between FROM and TO.
35953 If called interactively, show the history between point and
35954 mark.
35956 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
35958 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
35959 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
35960 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
35961 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
35963 \(fn)" t nil)
35965 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
35967 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
35968 Update the current fileset or branch.
35969 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35971 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
35972 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
35973 command to run.
35975 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
35976 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
35977 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
35978 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
35979 tip revision are merged into the working file.
35981 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35983 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
35985 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
35986 Push the current branch.
35987 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
35989 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
35990 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
35991 VCS command to run.
35993 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
35994 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
35996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
35998 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
35999 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
36000 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
36001 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
36002 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
36003 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
36004 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
36006 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
36008 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
36009 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
36010 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
36011 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
36012 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
36013 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
36014 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
36015 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
36016 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
36018 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
36020 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
36021 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
36022 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
36023 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
36025 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
36027 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
36028 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
36029 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
36030 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
36032 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
36034 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
36035 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
36036 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
36037 directory.
36039 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
36041 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
36042 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
36043 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
36045 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
36046 log entries should be gathered.
36048 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
36050 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
36051 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
36053 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
36055 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc" '("vc-" "with-vc-properties")))
36057 ;;;***
36058 \f
36059 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (0 0 0 0))
36060 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
36062 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
36063 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
36065 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
36066 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
36067 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
36068 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
36069 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
36070 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
36072 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
36073 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
36074 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
36075 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
36076 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
36077 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
36078 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
36079 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
36081 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
36083 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
36085 Customization variables:
36087 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
36088 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
36089 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
36090 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
36091 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
36092 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
36094 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
36096 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-annotate" '("vc-")))
36098 ;;;***
36099 \f
36100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (0 0 0 0))
36101 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
36103 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
36104 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
36106 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
36107 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
36108 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
36109 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
36110 (progn
36111 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
36112 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
36114 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-bzr" '("vc-bzr-")))
36116 ;;;***
36117 \f
36118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (0 0 0 0))
36119 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
36120 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
36121 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
36122 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
36123 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
36124 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
36125 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
36127 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-cvs" '("vc-cvs-")))
36129 ;;;***
36130 \f
36131 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dav" "vc/vc-dav.el" (0 0 0 0))
36132 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dav.el
36134 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dav" '("vc-dav-")))
36136 ;;;***
36137 \f
36138 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (0 0 0 0))
36139 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
36141 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
36143 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
36144 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
36145 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
36147 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
36148 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
36149 The file lines appear later.
36151 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
36152 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
36154 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
36158 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
36160 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dir" '("vc-")))
36162 ;;;***
36163 \f
36164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (0 0
36165 ;;;;;; 0 0))
36166 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
36168 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
36169 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
36170 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
36171 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
36172 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
36173 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
36174 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
36175 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
36176 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
36177 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
36178 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
36179 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
36180 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
36181 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
36182 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
36184 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
36186 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-dispatcher" '("vc-")))
36188 ;;;***
36189 \f
36190 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-filewise" "vc/vc-filewise.el" (0 0 0 0))
36191 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-filewise.el
36193 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-filewise" '("vc-")))
36195 ;;;***
36196 \f
36197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (0 0 0 0))
36198 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
36199 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
36200 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
36201 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
36202 (progn
36203 (load "vc-git" nil t)
36204 (vc-git-registered file))))
36206 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-git" '("vc-git-")))
36208 ;;;***
36209 \f
36210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (0 0 0 0))
36211 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
36212 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
36213 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
36214 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
36215 (progn
36216 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
36217 (vc-hg-registered file))))
36219 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-hg" '("vc-hg-")))
36221 ;;;***
36222 \f
36223 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (0 0 0 0))
36224 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
36226 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
36227 Name of the monotone directory.")
36229 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
36230 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
36231 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
36232 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
36233 (progn
36234 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
36235 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
36237 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-mtn" '("vc-mtn-")))
36239 ;;;***
36240 \f
36241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (0 0 0 0))
36242 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
36244 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
36245 Where to look for RCS master files.
36246 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
36248 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
36250 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
36252 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-rcs" '("vc-r")))
36254 ;;;***
36255 \f
36256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (0 0 0 0))
36257 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
36259 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
36260 Where to look for SCCS master files.
36261 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
36263 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
36265 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
36267 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
36268 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
36269 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
36270 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs '("SCCS" "")) (setq dirs '("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source")) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
36272 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-sccs" '("vc-sccs-")))
36274 ;;;***
36275 \f
36276 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (0 0 0 0))
36277 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
36279 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
36280 Where to look for SRC master files.
36281 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
36283 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
36285 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
36287 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-src" '("vc-src-")))
36289 ;;;***
36290 \f
36291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (0 0 0 0))
36292 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
36293 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
36294 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
36295 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
36296 "_svn")
36297 (t ".svn"))))
36298 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
36299 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
36300 (vc-svn-registered f))))
36302 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vc-svn" '("vc-svn-")))
36304 ;;;***
36305 \f
36306 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vcursor" "vcursor.el" (0 0 0 0))
36307 ;;; Generated autoloads from vcursor.el
36309 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vcursor" '("vcursor-")))
36311 ;;;***
36312 \f
36313 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (0 0 0
36314 ;;;;;; 0))
36315 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
36316 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
36319 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
36320 Major mode for editing Vera code.
36322 Usage:
36323 ------
36325 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
36326 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
36328 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
36330 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
36331 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
36332 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
36333 completions.
36335 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
36336 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
36338 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
36339 uncomments a region if already commented out.
36341 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
36342 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
36343 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
36345 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
36348 Maintenance:
36349 ------------
36351 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
36352 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
36354 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
36356 Official distribution is at
36357 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
36360 The Vera Mode Maintainer
36361 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
36363 Key bindings:
36364 -------------
36368 \(fn)" t nil)
36370 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vera-mode" '("vera-")))
36372 ;;;***
36373 \f
36374 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
36375 ;;;;;; (0 0 0 0))
36376 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
36378 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
36379 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
36382 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
36386 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
36387 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
36389 Supports highlighting.
36391 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
36392 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
36394 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
36396 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
36397 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
36398 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
36399 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
36400 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
36401 on the left side of your screen.
36402 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
36403 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
36404 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
36405 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
36406 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
36407 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
36408 function keyword.
36409 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
36411 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
36412 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
36413 if (a)
36414 begin
36415 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
36416 Indentation for case statements.
36417 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
36418 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
36419 mark after an end.
36420 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
36421 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
36422 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
36423 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
36424 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
36425 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
36426 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
36427 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
36428 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
36429 if (a)
36430 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
36431 otherwise you get:
36432 if (a)
36433 begin
36434 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
36435 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
36436 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
36437 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
36438 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
36439 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
36440 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
36441 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
36442 comments in tight quarters.
36443 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
36444 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
36446 Variables controlling other actions:
36448 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
36449 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
36454 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
36460 Some other functions are:
36490 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
36491 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
36503 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
36506 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
36510 \(fn)" t nil)
36512 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "verilog-mode" '("electric-verilog-" "verilog-" "vl-")))
36514 ;;;***
36515 \f
36516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (0 0 0
36517 ;;;;;; 0))
36518 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
36520 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
36521 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
36523 Usage:
36524 ------
36526 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
36527 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
36528 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
36529 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
36530 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
36531 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
36532 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
36533 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
36534 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
36536 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
36537 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
36538 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
36539 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
36541 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
36542 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
36543 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
36544 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
36545 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
36547 Template styles can be customized in customization group
36548 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
36551 HEADER INSERTION:
36552 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
36553 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
36554 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
36557 STUTTERING:
36558 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
36559 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
36560 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
36561 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
36570 WORD COMPLETION:
36571 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
36572 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
36573 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
36574 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
36576 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
36577 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
36578 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
36582 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
36583 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
36584 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
36585 stop.
36588 COMMENTS:
36589 `--' puts a single comment.
36590 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
36591 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
36592 with a comment in between.
36593 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
36594 out following lines.
36595 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
36596 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
36597 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
36598 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
36600 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
36601 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
36602 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
36603 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
36604 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
36605 non-nil.
36607 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
36608 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
36609 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
36610 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
36611 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
36612 multi-line comments.
36615 INDENTATION:
36616 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
36617 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
36618 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
36619 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
36620 the entire region.
36622 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
36624 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
36625 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
36627 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
36629 tabs and vice versa.
36631 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
36632 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
36634 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
36635 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
36636 line.
36639 ALIGNMENT:
36640 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
36641 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
36642 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
36643 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
36644 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
36645 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
36646 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
36647 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
36649 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
36650 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
36651 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
36652 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
36653 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
36654 is non-nil.
36656 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
36657 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
36658 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
36660 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
36661 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
36664 CODE FILLING:
36665 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
36666 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
36667 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
36668 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
36669 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
36670 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
36673 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
36674 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
36675 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
36676 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
36677 command:
36679 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
36682 PORT TRANSLATION:
36683 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
36684 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
36685 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
36686 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
36687 internal signal initializations (menu).
36689 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
36690 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
36691 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
36693 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
36694 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
36695 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
36696 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
36697 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
36698 in subsequent paste operations.)
36700 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
36701 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
36702 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
36705 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
36706 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
36707 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
36708 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
36709 association list with formals).
36712 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
36713 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
36714 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
36715 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
36716 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
36717 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
36718 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
36719 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
36720 `vhdl-testbench'.
36723 KEY BINDINGS:
36724 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
36727 VHDL MENU:
36728 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
36731 FILE BROWSER:
36732 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
36733 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
36734 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
36736 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
36737 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
36740 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
36741 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
36742 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
36743 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
36745 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
36746 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
36747 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
36749 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
36750 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
36751 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
36754 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
36755 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
36756 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
36757 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
36758 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
36760 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
36761 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
36762 required by secondary units.
36765 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
36766 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
36767 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
36768 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
36769 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
36770 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
36771 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
36772 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
36773 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
36774 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
36775 inputs to this component -> input port created
36776 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
36777 outputs from this component -> output port created
36778 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
36779 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
36781 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
36782 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
36783 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
36784 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
36785 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
36787 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
36788 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
36790 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
36791 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
36792 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
36793 component instantiation is also supported (option
36794 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
36796 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
36797 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
36798 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
36799 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
36800 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
36801 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
36802 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
36803 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
36804 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
36805 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
36806 generating the configuration.
36808 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
36809 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
36810 configurations in speedbar.
36812 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
36815 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
36816 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
36817 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
36818 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
36819 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
36820 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
36821 information. New compilers can be added.
36823 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
36824 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
36827 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
36828 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
36829 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
36830 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
36831 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36833 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
36834 command:
36836 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
36837 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
36838 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
36842 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
36843 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
36844 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
36845 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
36846 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
36847 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
36848 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
36850 Limitations:
36851 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
36852 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
36853 not (yet) supported.
36854 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
36855 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
36859 PROJECTS:
36860 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
36861 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
36862 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
36863 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
36864 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
36865 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
36866 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
36867 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
36869 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
36870 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
36871 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
36874 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
36875 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
36876 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
36877 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
36878 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
36879 `vhdl-project-alist'.
36882 SPECIAL MENUES:
36883 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
36884 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
36886 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
36887 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
36888 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
36889 current directory for VHDL source files.
36892 VHDL STANDARDS:
36893 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
36894 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
36897 KEYWORD CASE:
36898 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
36899 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
36900 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
36901 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
36902 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
36903 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
36904 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
36905 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
36908 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
36909 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
36910 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
36911 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
36912 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
36913 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
36914 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
36916 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
36917 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
36918 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
36919 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
36920 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
36921 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
36923 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
36924 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
36925 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
36926 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
36927 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
36928 visually.
36930 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
36931 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
36932 highlighted if written in lower case.
36935 highlighted using a different background color if option
36936 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
36938 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
36940 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
36941 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
36942 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
36945 USER MODELS:
36946 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
36947 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
36948 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
36951 HIDE/SHOW:
36952 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
36953 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
36954 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
36955 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
36956 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
36959 CODE UPDATING:
36960 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
36961 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
36962 Limitations:
36963 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
36964 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
36965 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
36966 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
36967 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
36968 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
36969 (used to obtain the port names).
36970 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
36971 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
36972 sensitivity lists.
36975 CODE FIXING:
36976 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
36977 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
36980 PRINTING:
36981 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
36982 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
36983 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
36984 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
36985 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
36986 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
36987 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
36988 printers.
36991 OPTIONS:
36992 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
36994 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
36995 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
36998 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
37001 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
37002 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
37003 INSTALL file).
37005 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
37009 FILE EXTENSIONS:
37011 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
37017 HINTS:
37018 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
37019 a VHDL file first, use the command:
37021 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
37023 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
37025 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
37028 RELEASE NOTES:
37029 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
37032 Maintenance:
37033 ------------
37036 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
37038 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
37040 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
37041 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
37042 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
37043 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
37045 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
37046 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
37047 where the latest version can be found.
37050 Known problems:
37051 ---------------
37053 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
37054 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
37055 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
37056 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
37059 The VHDL Mode Authors
37060 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
37062 Key bindings:
37063 -------------
37067 \(fn)" t nil)
37069 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vhdl-mode" '("vhdl-")))
37071 ;;;***
37072 \f
37073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (0 0 0
37074 ;;;;;; 0))
37075 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
37077 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
37078 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
37080 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
37082 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
37083 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
37084 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
37085 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
37087 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
37089 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
37090 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
37092 \(fn)" t nil)
37094 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
37095 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
37096 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
37097 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
37099 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
37101 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
37102 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
37104 \(fn)" t nil)
37106 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
37109 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
37111 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
37114 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
37116 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viet-util" '("viet-viqr-alist" "viqr-regexp")))
37118 ;;;***
37119 \f
37120 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (0 0 0 0))
37121 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
37123 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
37124 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
37125 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
37127 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
37129 (defvar view-mode nil "\
37130 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
37131 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
37132 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
37134 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
37136 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
37137 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
37139 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
37141 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
37142 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
37143 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
37144 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
37145 moving around in the buffer.
37146 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37147 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37149 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37151 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
37153 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
37154 View FILE in View mode in another window.
37155 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
37156 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
37158 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
37159 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
37160 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
37161 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37162 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37164 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37166 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
37168 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
37169 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
37170 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
37171 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
37172 buffer.
37174 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
37175 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
37176 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
37177 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37178 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37180 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37182 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
37184 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
37185 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
37186 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
37187 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
37188 moving around in the buffer.
37189 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37190 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37192 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37194 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
37195 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
37196 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
37198 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
37199 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
37200 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
37201 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
37203 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
37204 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
37205 own View-like bindings.
37207 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
37209 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
37210 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
37211 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
37212 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
37213 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
37214 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37215 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37217 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37219 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
37221 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
37222 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
37223 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
37225 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
37226 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
37227 own View-like bindings.
37229 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
37231 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
37232 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
37233 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
37234 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
37235 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
37236 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
37237 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37239 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37241 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
37243 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
37244 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
37245 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
37247 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
37248 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
37249 own View-like bindings.
37251 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
37253 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
37254 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
37255 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
37256 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
37257 if ARG is omitted or nil.
37259 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
37260 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
37261 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
37262 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
37266 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
37268 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
37271 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
37272 to a repeat count of one.
37274 H, h, ? This message.
37275 Digits provide prefix arguments.
37278 > move to the end of buffer.
37281 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
37283 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
37284 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
37285 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
37288 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
37290 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
37291 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
37293 Use this to view a changing file.
37297 . set the mark.
37298 x exchanges point and mark.
37300 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
37301 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
37304 s do forward incremental search.
37305 r do reverse incremental search.
37306 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
37307 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
37308 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
37309 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
37312 p searches backward for last regular expression.
37316 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
37317 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
37319 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
37324 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
37325 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
37334 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37338 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
37339 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
37340 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
37341 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
37342 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
37343 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
37344 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
37345 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
37346 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
37348 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
37350 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
37352 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
37353 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
37354 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
37355 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
37356 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
37357 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
37359 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
37360 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
37361 called by `view-mode-exit'.
37363 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
37365 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
37367 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
37369 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
37370 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
37372 \(fn)" t nil)
37374 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "view" '("View-" "view-")))
37376 ;;;***
37377 \f
37378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (0 0 0 0))
37379 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
37380 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
37382 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
37383 Toggle Viper on/off.
37384 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
37386 \(fn)" t nil)
37388 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
37389 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
37391 \(fn)" t nil)
37393 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper" '("set-viper-state-in-major-mode" "this-major-mode-requires-vi-state" "viper-")))
37395 ;;;***
37396 \f
37397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-cmd" "emulation/viper-cmd.el" (0 0 0
37398 ;;;;;; 0))
37399 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-cmd.el
37401 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-cmd" '("viper-")))
37403 ;;;***
37404 \f
37405 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-ex" "emulation/viper-ex.el" (0 0 0 0))
37406 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-ex.el
37408 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-ex" '("ex-" "viper-")))
37410 ;;;***
37411 \f
37412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-init" "emulation/viper-init.el" (0 0
37413 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37414 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-init.el
37416 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-init" '("viper-")))
37418 ;;;***
37419 \f
37420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-keym" "emulation/viper-keym.el" (0 0
37421 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37422 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-keym.el
37424 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-keym" '("ex-read-filename-map" "viper-")))
37426 ;;;***
37427 \f
37428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-macs" "emulation/viper-macs.el" (0 0
37429 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37430 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-macs.el
37432 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-macs" '("ex-" "viper-")))
37434 ;;;***
37435 \f
37436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-mous" "emulation/viper-mous.el" (0 0
37437 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37438 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-mous.el
37440 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-mous" '("viper-")))
37442 ;;;***
37443 \f
37444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper-util" "emulation/viper-util.el" (0 0
37445 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37446 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper-util.el
37448 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "viper-util" '("viper")))
37450 ;;;***
37451 \f
37452 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt-control" "vt-control.el" (0 0 0 0))
37453 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt-control.el
37455 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt-control" '("vt-")))
37457 ;;;***
37458 \f
37459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vt100-led" "vt100-led.el" (0 0 0 0))
37460 ;;; Generated autoloads from vt100-led.el
37462 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "vt100-led" '("led-")))
37464 ;;;***
37465 \f
37466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-fns" "w32-fns.el" (0 0 0 0))
37467 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-fns.el
37469 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-fns" '("w32-")))
37471 ;;;***
37472 \f
37473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "w32-vars" "w32-vars.el" (0 0 0 0))
37474 ;;; Generated autoloads from w32-vars.el
37476 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "w32-vars" '("w32-")))
37478 ;;;***
37479 \f
37480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (0 0 0
37481 ;;;;;; 0))
37482 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
37484 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
37485 Function to generate warning prefixes.
37486 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
37487 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
37488 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
37489 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
37490 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
37491 the beginning of the warning.")
37493 (defvar warning-series nil "\
37494 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
37495 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
37496 which is the start of the current series; it means that
37497 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
37498 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
37499 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
37500 also call that function before the next warning.")
37502 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
37503 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
37505 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
37506 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
37507 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
37508 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
37510 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
37511 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
37512 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
37513 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
37514 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
37515 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
37517 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
37518 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
37519 Default is :warning.
37521 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
37522 if you do not attend to it promptly.
37523 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
37524 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
37525 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
37526 :debug -- info for debugging only.
37528 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
37529 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
37530 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
37532 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
37534 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
37535 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
37537 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
37539 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
37540 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
37542 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
37543 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
37545 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
37546 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
37547 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
37548 can be whatever you like.)
37550 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
37551 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
37553 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
37554 if you do not attend to it promptly.
37555 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
37556 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
37557 :debug -- info for debugging only.
37559 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37561 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
37562 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
37563 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
37564 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
37565 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
37567 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
37569 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "warnings" '("display-warning-minimum-level" "log-warning-minimum-level" "warning-")))
37571 ;;;***
37572 \f
37573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (0 0 0 0))
37574 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
37575 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
37577 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
37578 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
37580 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
37581 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
37583 directories to reflect your edits.
37585 See `wdired-mode'.
37587 \(fn)" t nil)
37589 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wdired" '("wdired-")))
37591 ;;;***
37592 \f
37593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (0 0 0 0))
37594 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
37596 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
37597 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
37599 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
37600 hotlist.
37602 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
37603 <nwv@acm.org>.
37605 \(fn)" t nil)
37607 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "webjump" '("webjump-")))
37609 ;;;***
37610 \f
37611 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (0 0
37612 ;;;;;; 0 0))
37613 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
37614 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
37615 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
37617 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
37619 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
37620 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
37621 See the `which-function-mode' command
37622 for a description of this minor mode.
37623 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37624 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37625 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
37627 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
37629 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
37630 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
37631 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
37632 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
37633 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
37635 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
37636 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
37637 in certain major modes.
37639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37641 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "which-func" '("which-func")))
37643 ;;;***
37644 \f
37645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (0 0 0 0))
37646 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
37647 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
37649 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
37650 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
37651 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
37652 positive, and disable it otherwise.
37654 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37655 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37657 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
37658 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37660 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37662 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
37663 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
37664 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
37665 is positive, and disable it otherwise.
37667 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37668 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37670 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
37671 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
37672 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
37673 use `whitespace-mode'.
37675 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37679 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
37680 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
37681 See the `global-whitespace-mode' command
37682 for a description of this minor mode.
37683 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37684 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37685 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
37687 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
37689 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
37690 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
37691 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
37692 is positive, and disable it otherwise.
37694 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37695 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37697 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
37698 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37700 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37702 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
37703 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
37704 See the `global-whitespace-newline-mode' command
37705 for a description of this minor mode.
37706 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
37707 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
37708 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
37710 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
37712 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
37713 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
37714 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
37715 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise.
37717 If called from Lisp, also enables the mode if ARG is omitted or nil,
37718 and toggles it if ARG is `toggle'.
37720 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
37721 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
37722 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
37723 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
37725 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
37727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
37729 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37730 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
37732 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37733 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
37735 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37736 and restart local whitespace-mode.
37738 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
37740 CHAR MEANING
37741 (VIA FACES)
37742 f toggle face visualization
37743 t toggle TAB visualization
37744 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37745 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37748 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37749 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37750 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37751 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37752 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37753 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37754 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37755 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37756 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37757 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37758 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37759 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37761 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37762 T toggle TAB visualization
37763 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37764 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37766 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37767 ? display brief help
37769 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37770 The valid symbols are:
37772 face toggle face visualization
37773 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37774 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37775 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37778 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37779 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37780 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37781 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37782 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37783 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37784 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37785 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37786 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37787 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37788 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37789 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37791 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37792 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37793 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37795 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37797 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37799 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37801 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
37802 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
37804 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
37805 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
37807 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
37808 and restart global whitespace-mode.
37810 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
37812 CHAR MEANING
37813 (VIA FACES)
37814 f toggle face visualization
37815 t toggle TAB visualization
37816 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37817 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
37820 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
37821 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37822 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37823 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37824 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
37825 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
37826 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37827 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37828 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37829 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
37830 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37831 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37833 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
37834 T toggle TAB visualization
37835 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37836 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
37838 x restore `whitespace-style' value
37839 ? display brief help
37841 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
37842 The valid symbols are:
37844 face toggle face visualization
37845 tabs toggle TAB visualization
37846 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
37847 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
37850 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
37851 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
37852 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37853 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
37854 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
37855 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
37856 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
37857 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
37858 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
37859 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37860 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
37861 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
37863 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
37864 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
37865 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
37867 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
37869 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
37871 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
37873 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
37874 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
37876 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
37877 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
37878 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
37880 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
37882 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
37884 The problems cleaned up are:
37886 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37887 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37888 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
37889 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
37891 3. `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37892 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37893 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by
37894 TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37895 SPACEs.
37896 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37897 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37898 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37899 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37901 4. SPACEs before TAB.
37902 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37903 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37904 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37905 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37906 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37907 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37908 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37910 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37911 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37912 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37914 6. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
37915 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37916 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37917 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37918 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37919 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37920 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37921 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37923 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37924 documentation.
37926 \(fn)" t nil)
37928 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
37929 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
37931 The problems cleaned up are:
37933 1. `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
37934 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
37935 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs,
37936 if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
37937 SPACEs.
37938 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
37939 replace `tab-width' or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
37940 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
37941 replace TABs by SPACEs.
37943 2. SPACEs before TAB.
37944 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
37945 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37946 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37947 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37948 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37949 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37950 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37952 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37953 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
37954 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37956 4. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
37957 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
37958 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
37959 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
37960 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37961 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
37962 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
37963 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
37965 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
37966 documentation.
37968 \(fn START END)" t nil)
37970 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
37971 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
37973 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
37975 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
37977 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
37978 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
37980 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
37981 non-nil.
37984 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
37985 forces all classes of whitespace problem to be considered
37986 significant.
37988 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
37989 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
37990 report problems.
37992 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
37994 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
37995 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
37996 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
37997 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
37998 indentation 4. line starts with `tab-width' or more SPACEs.
37999 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
38000 space-after-tab 6. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
38002 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
38003 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
38004 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
38005 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
38006 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
38007 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
38008 space-after-tab 6. `tab-width' or more SPACEs after TAB.
38010 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
38011 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
38012 cleaning up these problems.
38014 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
38016 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "whitespace" '("whitespace-")))
38018 ;;;***
38019 \f
38020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (0 0 0 0))
38021 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
38023 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
38024 Browse the widget under point.
38026 \(fn POS)" t nil)
38028 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
38029 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
38031 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
38033 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
38034 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
38036 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
38038 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
38039 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
38040 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
38041 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
38042 if ARG is omitted or nil.
38044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38046 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-browse" '("widget-")))
38048 ;;;***
38049 \f
38050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (0 0 0 0))
38051 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
38053 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
38054 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
38056 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
38058 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
38059 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
38060 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
38062 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
38064 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
38065 Create widget of TYPE.
38066 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
38068 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
38070 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
38071 Delete WIDGET.
38073 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
38075 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
38076 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
38078 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
38080 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "\11" 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\33\11" 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
38081 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
38082 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
38083 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
38085 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
38086 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
38088 \(fn)" nil nil)
38090 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "wid-edit" '("widget-")))
38092 ;;;***
38093 \f
38094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (0 0 0 0))
38095 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
38097 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
38098 Select the window to the left of the current one.
38099 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
38101 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
38102 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
38103 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
38105 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38107 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
38108 Select the window above the current one.
38110 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
38111 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
38112 negative ARG) of the current window.
38113 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
38115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38117 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
38118 Select the window to the right of the current one.
38119 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
38121 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
38122 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
38123 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
38125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38127 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
38128 Select the window below the current one.
38129 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
38131 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
38132 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
38133 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
38135 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38137 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
38138 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
38139 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIERS-{left,right,up,down},
38140 where MODIFIERS is either a list of modifiers or a single modifier.
38141 Default value of MODIFIERS is `shift'.
38143 \(fn &optional MODIFIERS)" t nil)
38145 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "windmove" '("windmove-")))
38147 ;;;***
38148 \f
38149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (0 0 0 0))
38150 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
38152 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
38153 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
38154 See the `winner-mode' command
38155 for a description of this minor mode.
38156 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
38157 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
38158 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
38160 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
38162 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
38163 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
38164 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
38165 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
38166 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
38168 Winner mode is a global minor mode that records the changes in
38169 the window configuration (i.e. how the frames are partitioned
38171 command `winner-undo'. By default this one is bound to the key
38172 sequence `C-c <left>'. If you change your mind (while undoing),
38173 you can press `C-c <right>' (calling `winner-redo').
38175 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38177 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "winner" '("winner-")))
38179 ;;;***
38180 \f
38181 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (0 0 0 0))
38182 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
38183 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
38185 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
38186 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
38187 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
38189 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
38191 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
38193 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
38194 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
38195 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
38196 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
38197 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
38198 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
38199 speed. With a prefix argument, force the caches to be
38200 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
38202 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
38203 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
38205 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
38207 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
38208 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
38210 \(fn)" t nil)
38212 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
38213 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
38214 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
38215 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
38216 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
38217 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
38218 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
38219 `woman' command for further details.
38221 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
38223 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
38224 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
38226 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
38228 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "woman" '("WoMan-" "menu-bar-manuals-menu" "set-woman-file-regexp" "woman")))
38230 ;;;***
38231 \f
38232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "x-dnd" "x-dnd.el" (0 0 0 0))
38233 ;;; Generated autoloads from x-dnd.el
38235 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "x-dnd" '("x-dnd-")))
38237 ;;;***
38238 \f
38239 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xdg" "xdg.el" (0 0 0 0))
38240 ;;; Generated autoloads from xdg.el
38242 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xdg" '("xdg-")))
38244 ;;;***
38245 \f
38246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (0 0 0 0))
38247 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
38249 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
38250 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
38251 Return the top node with all its children.
38252 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
38254 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
38255 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
38256 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
38260 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
38261 namespace to URIs instead.
38263 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
38264 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
38266 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
38268 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
38270 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
38272 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
38273 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
38274 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
38275 not contain well-formed XML.
38277 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
38278 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
38279 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
38280 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
38281 element of the list.
38282 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
38283 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
38284 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
38288 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
38289 namespace to URIs instead.
38291 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
38292 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
38294 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
38296 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
38298 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
38300 (autoload 'xml-remove-comments "xml" "\
38301 Remove XML/HTML comments in the region between BEG and END.
38302 All text between the <!-- ... --> markers will be removed.
38304 \(fn BEG END)" nil nil)
38306 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xml" '("xml-")))
38308 ;;;***
38309 \f
38310 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (0 0 0 0))
38311 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
38313 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
38314 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
38315 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
38316 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
38317 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
38318 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
38319 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
38320 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
38321 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
38322 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
38324 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
38326 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xmltok" '("xmltok-")))
38328 ;;;***
38329 \f
38330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (0 0 0 0))
38331 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
38333 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
38336 \(fn)" nil nil)
38338 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
38341 \(fn)" t nil)
38343 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
38344 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
38346 \(fn)" nil nil)
38348 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
38349 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
38350 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
38351 prompt for it.
38353 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
38354 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
38355 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
38356 buffer where the user can select from the list.
38358 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
38360 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
38361 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
38363 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
38365 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
38366 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
38368 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
38370 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
38371 Find references to the identifier at point.
38372 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
38374 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
38376 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
38377 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
38378 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
38380 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
38381 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
38382 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
38383 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
38384 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
38385 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
38386 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
38388 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
38389 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
38390 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
38391 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
38393 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
38395 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xref" '("xref-")))
38397 ;;;***
38398 \f
38399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xscheme" "progmodes/xscheme.el" (0 0 0 0))
38400 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xscheme.el
38402 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xscheme" '("default-xscheme-runlight" "exit-scheme-interaction-mode" "global-set-scheme-interaction-buffer" "local-" "reset-scheme" "run-scheme" "scheme-" "start-scheme" "verify-xscheme-buffer" "xscheme-")))
38404 ;;;***
38405 \f
38406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xsd-regexp" "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" (0 0 0 0))
38407 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xsd-regexp.el
38409 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xsd-regexp" '("xsdre-")))
38411 ;;;***
38412 \f
38413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (0 0 0 0))
38414 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
38416 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
38417 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
38418 See the `xterm-mouse-mode' command
38419 for a description of this minor mode.
38420 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
38421 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
38422 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
38424 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
38426 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
38427 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
38428 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
38429 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
38430 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
38432 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
38433 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
38434 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
38435 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
38436 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
38437 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
38439 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
38441 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xt-mouse" '("turn-o" "xt-mouse-epoch" "xterm-mouse-")))
38443 ;;;***
38444 \f
38445 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (0 0 0 0))
38446 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
38448 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
38449 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
38450 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
38451 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
38453 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
38455 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "xwidget" '("xwidget-")))
38457 ;;;***
38458 \f
38459 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "mail/yenc.el" (0 0 0 0))
38460 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/yenc.el
38462 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
38463 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
38465 \(fn START END)" t nil)
38467 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
38468 Extract file name from an yenc header.
38470 \(fn)" nil nil)
38472 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "yenc" '("yenc-")))
38474 ;;;***
38475 \f
38476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zeroconf" "net/zeroconf.el" (0 0 0 0))
38477 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zeroconf.el
38479 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zeroconf" '("zeroconf-")))
38481 ;;;***
38482 \f
38483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (0 0 0 0))
38484 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
38486 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
38487 Zone out, completely.
38489 \(fn)" t nil)
38491 (if (fboundp 'register-definition-prefixes) (register-definition-prefixes "zone" '("zone-")))
38493 ;;;***
38494 \f
38495 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("abbrev.el" "bindings.el" "buff-menu.el"
38496 ;;;;;; "button.el" "calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-misc.el"
38497 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-yank.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
38498 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "case-table.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
38499 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
38500 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el"
38501 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el"
38502 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
38503 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el"
38504 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el"
38505 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el"
38506 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
38507 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
38508 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
38509 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/complete.el"
38510 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el"
38511 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-global.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
38512 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el" "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el"
38513 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
38514 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/edit.el"
38515 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el" "cedet/semantic/html.el"
38516 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el" "cedet/semantic/idle.el"
38517 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el"
38518 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el"
38519 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/senator.el" "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el"
38520 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
38521 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
38522 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
38523 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
38524 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
38525 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
38526 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
38527 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
38528 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
38529 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/getset.el"
38530 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el" "cedet/srecode/map.el"
38531 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el"
38532 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "composite.el"
38533 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el"
38534 ;;;;;; "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
38535 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-preloaded.el"
38536 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
38537 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el"
38538 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
38539 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/nadvice.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el"
38540 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" "env.el" "epa-hook.el" "erc/erc-autoaway.el"
38541 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-button.el" "erc/erc-capab.el" "erc/erc-compat.el"
38542 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-dcc.el" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
38543 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-fill.el" "erc/erc-identd.el" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
38544 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-join.el" "erc/erc-list.el" "erc/erc-log.el" "erc/erc-match.el"
38545 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-menu.el" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" "erc/erc-notify.el"
38546 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-page.el" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" "erc/erc-replace.el"
38547 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ring.el" "erc/erc-services.el" "erc/erc-sound.el"
38548 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-speedbar.el" "erc/erc-spelling.el" "erc/erc-stamp.el"
38549 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-track.el" "erc/erc-truncate.el" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
38550 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
38551 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
38552 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
38553 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
38554 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el"
38555 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el" "facemenu.el" "faces.el"
38556 ;;;;;; "files.el" "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "frame.el"
38557 ;;;;;; "help.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el"
38558 ;;;;;; "international/charprop.el" "international/charscript.el"
38559 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/mule-cmds.el"
38560 ;;;;;; "international/mule-conf.el" "international/mule.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
38561 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
38562 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
38563 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
38564 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
38565 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
38566 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
38567 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
38568 ;;;;;; "isearch.el" "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "language/burmese.el"
38569 ;;;;;; "language/cham.el" "language/chinese.el" "language/cyrillic.el"
38570 ;;;;;; "language/czech.el" "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el"
38571 ;;;;;; "language/european.el" "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el"
38572 ;;;;;; "language/hebrew.el" "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el"
38573 ;;;;;; "language/khmer.el" "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el"
38574 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/sinhala.el"
38575 ;;;;;; "language/slovak.el" "language/tai-viet.el" "language/thai.el"
38576 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
38577 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el" "leim/leim-list.el"
38578 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/4Corner.el" "leim/quail/ARRAY30.el" "leim/quail/CCDOSPY.el"
38579 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/CTLau-b5.el" "leim/quail/CTLau.el" "leim/quail/ECDICT.el"
38580 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ETZY.el" "leim/quail/PY-b5.el" "leim/quail/PY.el"
38581 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/Punct-b5.el" "leim/quail/Punct.el" "leim/quail/QJ-b5.el"
38582 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/QJ.el" "leim/quail/SW.el" "leim/quail/TONEPY.el"
38583 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ZIRANMA.el" "leim/quail/ZOZY.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el"
38584 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el"
38585 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el"
38586 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el"
38587 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
38588 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
38589 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
38590 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/quick-b5.el"
38591 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/quick-cns.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
38592 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el"
38593 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tsang-b5.el" "leim/quail/tsang-cns.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
38594 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
38595 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
38596 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
38597 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "menu-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
38598 ;;;;;; "minibuffer.el" "mouse.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "newcomment.el"
38599 ;;;;;; "obarray.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-lob.el"
38600 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el"
38601 ;;;;;; "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-clock.el"
38602 ;;;;;; "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-feed.el"
38603 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
38604 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-mobile.el"
38605 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/ox-ascii.el"
38606 ;;;;;; "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
38607 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
38608 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
38609 ;;;;;; "progmodes/elisp-mode.el" "progmodes/prog-mode.el" "ps-def.el"
38610 ;;;;;; "ps-mule.el" "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el"
38611 ;;;;;; "select.el" "simple.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "subr.el"
38612 ;;;;;; "textmodes/fill.el" "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/paragraphs.el"
38613 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
38614 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-global.el" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
38615 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el"
38616 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/text-mode.el" "uniquify.el"
38617 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-hook.el" "vc/vc-hooks.el" "version.el" "widget.el"
38618 ;;;;;; "window.el") (0 0 0 0))
38620 ;;;***
38621 \f
38622 (provide 'loaddefs)
38623 ;; Local Variables:
38624 ;; version-control: never
38625 ;; no-byte-compile: t
38626 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
38627 ;; coding: utf-8
38628 ;; End:
38629 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here